Tove Skutnabb-Kangas      Page 1          28/10/2017

Bibliography on multilingualism, multilingual and Indigenous/tribal/minority/

minoritised (ITM) education; linguistic human rights; endangered languages, their maintenance and revitalisation; linguistic genocide and crimes against humanity in education; linguistic imperialism and the subtractive spread of English; and the relationship between linguistic diversity and biodiversity. And the state of the world, and our future.  Last updated in November 2017.

 

This private bibliography (7,098 entries, 432 pages in Times Roman 12; over 1,336,000 bytes, over 178,000 words), contains most of the references I (Tove Skutnabb-Kangas) have used (or intend to use) in what I have published since 1972. There may be errors (and certainly moving to Mac did garble references in Kurdish, Greek, Russian, etc). I have hopefully deleted most of the doubles (there may still be some). If an article says ÒIn XX (ed)Ó and page numbers, the book itself will be found under the editorÕs name. Since I have done the latest alphabetisations automatically, everything is not always in completely right order (an example: if something with several autors has ÒandÓ or Ò&Ó between the authors, the order can be wrong). I hope my Big Bib may be useful for some people, both students and (other) colleagues. My own publications are also here in alphabetical order, but for more recent ones check my web page, www.tove-skutnabb-kangas.org, Òpublications since 2000Ó, and Òpublications in pressÓ, which are updated more often. For (my husband) Robert PhillipsonÕs publications, check his webpage, www.cbs.dk/en/staff/rpibc. RobertÕs and mine are not always in the right order – it would take too much time to organise them properlyÉ All websites here were up-to-date when I put them in but I do not check them afterwards except when I need them myself. – Comments, corrections and additions are very welcome!

 

Aah˜li Dar—czi, J—zsef (1998). Poems. In Calliope. Glimpses of a poetic tongue. Brussels: European Bureau for Lesser Used Languages. (no page numbers).

Aaltonen, Hanna-Leena (2001). Opetusta vai kasvatusta. Maahanmuuttajien oman Šidinkielen opettajien pedagogiikka [Teaching or Nurtuting – Pedagogy of Immigrant PupilsÕ Mother Tongue Teachers]. Helsingin kaupungin opetusviraston julkaisusarja B8:2001. Helsinki: Helsingin kaupungin opetusvirasto.

Aapola, Sinikka & Kangas, Ilka (1994). VŠistelyŠ ja vastarintaa. Tarinoita naisten selviytymisestŠ. [Withdrawal and resistance. Stories about women managing] Helsinki: Gaudeamus.

Aarseth, Bj¿rn (2007). Fors¿k med reindriftsfag i skolen[Experimenting with reindeer knowledge as a school subject]. In Lund, Svein, Boine, Elfrid & Johansen, Siri Broch (eds) (2007). S‡mi skuvlahistorj‡ 2 / Samisk skolehistorie 2 [Saami school history]. Karasjok: Davvi Girji, 46-63. davvi@davvi.no, in English at http://www.davvi.no/site/index.php?l=eng&s=01 or direct at http://skuvla.info where the book can be read in Norwegian and Saami.

Abadzi, Helen (2006). Efficient Learning for the Poor. Insights from the Fontier of Cognitive Neuroscience. Directions in Development. Washington: World Bank.

Abbi, Anvita (Ed.) (1986). Studies in bilingualism. Delhi: Bahri Publications.

Abdoolcader, Levane (1989). Sydney Voices: a Survey of Languages Other Than English in Catholic Schools. Sydney: Catholic Education Office.

Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. 2003. ÔThe history of language policy in Africa with reference to language choice in education.Õ In Ouane, Adama (ed.).  Towards a multilingual culture of education. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Education, 181-199.

Abdussalam, Ahmad Shehu (1998). Human Language Rights: An Islamic Perspective. In Benson, Grundy & Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Language Rights. Special volume, Language Sciences 20:1, 55-62.

Abele, Robert (2014). The Norms of Justice, International Law, and the Duty to Protect. In Lendman, Stephen (ed.). Flashpoint in Ukraine. How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks World War III. Atlanta, GA: Clarity Press, 200-214.

AbŽls, Marc (1999). Multiculturalism and multilingualism in the European institutions. In European Cultural Foundation. Which languages for Europe? Report of the conference held at Oegstgeest, the Netherlands, 8-11 October 1998. Amsterdam: European Cultural Foundation, 111-118.

Abou, SŽlim (1989). Fondements des politiques linguistiques, in Pupier & Woehrling (Eds), 21-34.

Abramovitz, Janet N. (1998). Sustaining the WorldÕs Forests. In State of the World 1998, 21-40.

Abu-Saad, Ismael (2005). Re-telling the History: The Indigenous Palestinian Bedouin in Israel. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship 1: 1, 26-48.

Abu-saud, Mahmoud (1983). Concept of Islam, Indianapolis: American Trust Publications.

Abugre, Charles (2008). Behind most mass violence lurk economic interests.  Development Dialogue 50, December 2008. Thematic volume Revisiting the heart of darkness – Explorations into genocide and other forms of mass violence. 60 years after the UN Convention, ed. Henning Melber with John Y. Jones. Uppsala: Dag Hammarskjšld Foundation, in cooperation with Networkers South North, 271-278.

Acharya, Sushan (2009). Report on MLE Policy and Strategy. Bhaktapur, Nepal: MLE Programme, Inclusive Education Section, Department of Education.

Acheson, Dean (1969). Present at the Creation. My Years at the State Department. London: Hamish Hamilton.

Ada, Alma Flor (1987). A childrenÕs literature‑based whole language approach to creative reading and writing. Northvale, New Jersey: Santillana.

Ada, Alma Flor (1988). The Pajaro Valley Experience: Working with Spanish-Speaking Parents to Develop ChildrenÕs Reading and Writing Skills Through the Use of ChildrenÕs Literature. In Skutnabb-Kangas & Cummins (eds), 223-238.

Ada, Alma Flor & Campoy, F. Isabel (2004). Authors in the Classroom. A Transformative Education Process. Boston: Pearson Education.

Ada, Alma Flor, Harris, Violet J. & Hopkins, Lee Bennett (1993). A chorus of cultures. Developing literacy through multicultural poetry. Poetry Anthology. Carmel, CA: Hampton-Brown Books.

Adams, D. W. (1995). Education for extinction. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas.

Adams, Howard 1995. A Tortured People: The Politics of Colonization. Penticton, BC: Theytus Books.

Adams, K. & Brink, D. (eds) (1990). Perspectives on Official English: The Campaign for English as the Official Language of the U.S.A.. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Adegbija, E. (2001). Saving Threatened Languages in Africa: A Case Study of Oko. In Fishman, Joshua, A. (ed.) (2001). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 284-308.

Adelaar, Willem F.H. (1995). The endangered situation of the native languages in South America. Abstract of the paper presented at the International Symposium on Endangered Languages, November 18-20, 1995, University of Tokyo. Downloaded from <http://www.tooyoo.l.u-Tokyo.ac.jp/linguistics/newsletters/newslet1/html xx check, should it be . rather than / before html?xx

Adler, Max K. (1977). Collective and individual bilingualism, aming and addressing: A sociolinguistic study. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Adler, Max K. (1978). Naming and addressing: A sociolinguistic study. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Adorno, T.W., Frenkel-Brunswik E., Levinson D.J. & Sanford, R.N. (1950). The Authoritarian Personality. New York: Harper.

Affor (1983). Issues and resources. A handbook for teachers in the multicultural society. Birmingham: AFFOR.

Afolayan, Abebisi (1976). The six-year primary project in Nigeria. In Bamgbose, Ayo (ed.) Mother Tongue Education: the West African Experience. Paris: UNESCO Press, 113-134.

Afolayan, Abebisi (1978). Towards an Adequate Theory of Bilingual Education for Africa, in Alatis, James E. (ed.). International Dimensions of Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Afolayan, Abebisi (1984). The English Language in Nigerian Education as an Agent of Proper Multilingual and Multicultural Development. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 5:1, 1‑22.

Africa, Hugh (1980). Language in education in a multilingual state: a case study of the role of English in the education system of Zambia, Ph.D. dissertation, University of Toronto.

Ager, Dennis, Muskens, George & Wright, Sue (1993). Language education for intercultural communication. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Agnihotri, Rama K. (2007). Identity and Multilinguality: The Case of India. In Tsui, Amy B. M. & Tollefson, James W. (eds). Language Policy, Culture, and Identity in Asian Contexts. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers, 185-204.

Agnihotri, Rama Kant (2009). Multilinguality and Òa languageÓ: Reflections on the 2005 National Curricular Framework, India. In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 268-277.

Aguayo, David, Herman, Keith, Ojeda, Lizette & Flores, Lisa Y. (2011). Culture predicts Mexican Americans' college self-efficacy and college performance.  Journal of Diversity in Higher Education 4 (2): 79 DOI: 10.1037/a0022504

Ahearn, Laura M. (2010). Agency and language. In Jaspers, JŸrgen, …stman, Jan-Ola & Verschueren, Jef (eds). Society and Language Use. Volume 7, Handbook of Pragmatics Highlights. Amsterdam/ Philadelphia: John Benjamins,  28-48.

Ahlfors, Bengt (2011). Om jag var prŠst och andra historier. Helsingfors: Schildts.

Ahlgren, Inger & Hyltenstam, Kenneth (eds) (1994). Bilingualism in Deaf Education, International Studies on Sign Language and Communication of the Deaf, Vol. 27, Hamburg: Signum.

Ahmadi, Qais S. (2017). Unwelcome? English as a Medium of Instruction (EMI) in the Arabian Gulf. English Language Teaching 10 (8).  doi: 10.5539/elt.v10n8p11,URL: http://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v10n8p1.

Ahonen, PŠivi, Thinley, Dorji & KorkeamŠki, Riitta-Liisa (2013). Bhutanese TeachersÕ Peceptions about Gross National Happiness in Education for Sustainable Development. Bhutan Journal of Research and Development, Autumn 2013,  67-78.

hren, Mattias, Martin Scheinin and John B. Henriksen (2007). The Nordic Saami Convention: International Human Rights, Self-Determination and other Central Provisions. In series Magne Ove Varsi (ed.). G‡ldu č‡la – Journal of Indigenous Peoples Rights, No. 3/2007. Guovdageaidnu/ Kautokeino: Resource Centre for the Rights of Indigenous Peoples.

Ahrens, RŸdiger (ed.) (2003). EuropŠische Sprachenpolitik/ European Language Policy. Heidelberg: UniversitŠtsverlag WINTER.

Ahtela, H. (1953). Helena Schjerfbeck. Stockholm: Raben & Sjšgren.

Aikawa, Noriko (2004). UNESCOÕs Programme on Languages. In Sakiyama, Osamu, Endo, Fubito, Watanabe, HonorŽ & Sasama, Fumiko (eds). Lectures on Endangered Languages 4. Suita, Osaka: The Project ÒEndangered Languages of the Pacific RimÓ, 29-35.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (1997). S‡mi language in Finnish Schools. In Kasten, Erich (ed.). Bicultural Education in the North. Ways of Preserving and Enhancing Indigenous PeoplesÕ Languages and Traditional Knowledge. MŸnster, New York, MŸnchen & Berlin: Waxmann, 47-57.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2001). Saamen kielen ja saamenkielinen opetus Pohjoismaissa. Tutkimus saamelaisten kielellisistŠ ihmisoikeuksista Pohjoismaiden kouluissa (Teaching of and through the medium of Saami in the Nordic countries. A study of the linguistic human rights of the Saami in Nordic schools). Juridica Lapponica 25. Rovaniemi: Lapin yliopisto University of Lapland/Northern Institute for Environmental and Minority Law. [326 pp., ISBN 951-634-762-2].

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2002). Kielten ja kulttuurien risteysasemalla - kysymyksiŠ saamen kielestŠ ja identiteetistŠ [At the crossroads of languages and cultures - issues of Saami language and identity]. In Laihiala-Kankainen, Sirkka, PietikŠinen, Sari & Dufva, Hannele (toim.). MoniŠŠninen Suomi. Kieli, kulttuuri ja identiteetti. [Multivoiced Finland. Language, culture and identity]. JyvŠskylŠ: JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, Soveltavan kielentutkimuksen keskus, 90-108.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2003). Oahpahusdilit ja s‡miid gielalaš olmmošvuoigatvuodaid ollašuvvan Davviriikkaid skuvllain [The conditions of education and the realization of the linguistic human rights of the Saami in Nordic schools]. In Hirvonen, Vuokko (ed). S‡mi ‡ddejupmi ja s‡mi skuvla. Davviriikkalaš s‡mi skuvladutkiid konfer‡nsa Guovdageainnus 7.-9.11.2001- S‡mi understanding and S‡mi education, Nordic S‡mi Educational Research Conference Kautokeino, November 7th-9th 2001. SA-raporta/SUC-report 1-2003, Guovdageaidnu: S‡mi allaskuvla - Samisk h¿gskole—Saami University College, 77-86. www.samiskhs.no.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2004). The Education of the S‡mi in the Comprehensive Schooling of Three Nordic Countries: Norway, Finland and Sweden, Manuscript, prepared for the Expert Seminar on Indigenous Peoples and Education (Paris, October 18-20, 2004), to support the work of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights and fundamental freedoms of indigenous peoples, Mr. Rodolfo Stavenhagen. Nov.2004, 35 pp.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2005). Saamelaisopetuksen asema ja tilanne [The status and situation of Saami Education in Finland]. In Korkeakoski, Esko (toim.). Koulutuksen perusturva ja oppimisen tuki perusopetuksessa, osaraportti 3: SyventŠvŠt artikkelit. Koulutuksen arviointineuvoston julkaisuja 10. JyvŠskylŠ:  JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, 29-40.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2005). Saamelaisopetuksen asema ja tilanne [The status and situation of Saami Education in Finland]. In Korkeakoski, Esko (toim.). Koulutuksen perusturva ja oppimisen tuki perusopetuksessa, osaraportti 1: Arviointiraportti. Koulutuksen arviointineuvoston julkaisuja 8. JyvŠskylŠ:  JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, 24-25. [Summary of 2005a]. www.edev.fi/portal/julkaisu.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2005). S‡megiela ja –kultuvrra eal‡skahttin Soađegili Vuohčus (The Revitalization of Saami Language and Culture in Vuotso, SodankylŠ).  Artihkkal, mii vuođđuduvv‡ S‡mi allaskuvlla semin‡ras «S‡megielaid buolvvaidgaskasaš sirdaseapmi: Ohcamin vugiide bearr‡igeahččat gielladili« 12.10.2005 dollojuvvon logaldallamii. Almmuhuvvon sk‡bmam‡nus 2005 semin‡raraporttas http://www.samiskhs.no/.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2005). The Education of the S‡mi in the Comprehensive Schooling of Three Nordic Countries: Norway, Finland and Sweden/ S‡meoahpahusa sadji golmma Davviriikka vuođđoskuvlavuogadagas. Series G‡ldu č‡la, 2/2005, ed. Magne Ove Varsi, Guovdageaidnu: The Resource Centre for the Rights of Indigenous Peoples [http://www.galdu.org]. [two separate publications, one in North Saami, one in English].

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2006). Raporta s‡meoahpahusas Davviriikkaid vuođđoskuvllain [A Report on the S‡mi Education in the Nordic Compulsory Schools. A Nordic Comparison from the perspective of the basic prerequisites of education]. Three separate publications (original manuscripts in North S‡mi and in Finnish, translated into Swedish). An‡r/ Inari: S‡mi parlament‡ralaš R‡đđi/ S‡mediggi.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2006). Raporta s‡meoahpahusas Davviriikkaid vuođđoskuvllain [A Report on the S‡mi Education in the Nordic Compulsory Schools. A Nordic Comparison from the perspective of the basic prerequisites of education]. Three separate publications (original manuscripts in North S‡mi and in Finnish, translated into Swedish). An‡r/ Inari: S‡mi parlament‡ralaš R‡đđi/ S‡mediggi.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2006). Raportti saamelaisopetuksesta Pohjoismaiden peruskouluissa [A Report on the S‡mi Education in the Nordic Compulsory Schools]. [Three separate publications (original manuscripts in North S‡mi and in Finnish, translated into Swedish). Inari: Saamelainen Parlamentaarinen Neuvosto/ SaamelaiskŠrŠjŠt.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2006). Raportti saamelaisopetuksesta Pohjoismaiden peruskouluissa/ Raporta s‡meoahpahusas Davviriikkaid vuođđoskuvllain (A Report on Saami Education in the Nordic Compulsory Schools). Prepared for the Sami Parliamentary Assembly. [Three separate publications (original manuscripts in North S‡mi and in Finnish, translated into Swedish). Guovdageaidnu: S‡mi Parliament in Norway. 120 p. each].

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2006). Rapport om den samiska undervisningen i grundskolorna i Norden [A Report on the S‡mi Education in the Nordic Compulsory Schools]. [Three separate publications; original manuscripts in North S‡mi and in Finnish, translated into Swedish]. Enare: Samiskt Parlamentariskt RŒd/ Sametinget.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2007). «Saamelaisopetus osana suomalaista peruskoulua – kielenvaihdoksen vai revitalisaation edistŠjŠ?« [The S‡mi Education as a part of the Finnish Comprehensive School – towards a Language Shift or Revitalization?]. In Aikio, Ante and Jussi Ylikoski (eds). S‡mit, s‡nit, s‡tneh‡mit. Riepmoč‡la Pekka Sammallahtii miessem‡nu 21. beaivve 2007. Helsinki: Suomalais-Ugrilaisen Seuran Toimituksia = MŽmoires de la SociŽtŽ Finno-Ougrienne, 253, 73-84.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2009). ÔThe Ethnic Revival, Language and Education of the S‡mi, an Indigenous People, in three Nordic Countries (Finland, Norway and Sweden)Õ. In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 216-237.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2009). The Ethnic Revival, Language and Education of the S‡mi, an Indigenous People, in three Nordic Countries (Finland, Norway and Sweden). In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit & Panda, Minati (eds). Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 238-262.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla (2010). Saamelaisesta elŠmŠnmuodsta saamelaiseen kulttuuriin – isoŠidin elŠmŠ muutoksen mittatikkuna [From a Saami way of life to Saami clture – grandmotherÕs life as the measuring instrument for change]. In Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla and Magga, PŠivi) (toim). KylŠ kulttuurien risteyksessŠ. Artikkelikokoelma Vuotson saamelaisista [A village in cultural crossroads. Articles on the Vuotso Saami ]. Vuotso: Vuohču S‡miid Searvi, 108-123.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla / G‡ppe Piera Jovnna Ulla (2016). The Status of S‡mi Education in the Comprehensive Schooling of Three Nordic Countries: Norway, Finland and Sweden Completely updated for this volume. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Phillipson, Robert (eds). Language Rights. London & New York: Routledge. 4 volumes.

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla & PentikŠinen, Merja (2001). The language rights of the indigenous Saami in Finland under domestic and international law. Juridica Lapponica 26. Rovaniemi: Lapin yliopisto. [University of Lapland/Northern Institute for Environmental and Minority Law]. [243 pp. ISBN 951-634-766-5.]

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (2007). When few under 50 speak the language as a first language: linguistic (human) rights and linguistic challenges for endangered Saami languages. In Revitalizing the Periphery. Raporta/Report 1/2007. Guovdageaidnu: S‡mi Instituhtta, 9-63. [ISBN 978-82-7367-013-7].

Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla and Magga, PŠivi (toim) (2010). KylŠ kulttuurien risteyksessŠ. Artikkelikokoelma Vuotson saamelaisista [A village in cultural crossroads. Articles on the Vuotso Saami ]. Vuotso: Vuohču S‡miid Searvi.

Aikio, Jouni (2002). NŠkyy muttei vaikuta - saamelaiset mediassa ja muualla [Seen but not influencing - the Saami in the media and elsewhere]. In Laihiala-Kankainen, Sirkka, PietikŠinen, Sari & Dufva, Hannele (toim.) (2002). MoniŠŠninen Suomi. Kieli, kulttuuri ja identiteetti. [Multivoiced Finland. Language, culture and identity]. JyvŠskylŠ: JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, Soveltavan kielentutkimuksen keskus, 256-259.

Aikio, Marjut (1988). Saamelaiset kielenvaihdon kierteessŠ. Kielisosiologinen tutkimus viiden saamelaiskylŠn kielenvaihdosta 1910-1980 (The Saami in the screw of language shift. A sociolinguistic study of language shift in five Saami villages 1910-1980). Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura.

Aikio, Marjut (1990). The Changing Language Situation, Paper presented at the plenary session of the Sixth Nordic Conference on Bilingualism, Vaasa, Finland, June 4‑6.

Aikio, Marjut (1991). The Sami language: Pressure of Change and Reification. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 12:1&2, 93-103.

Aikio, Marjut & Aikio, Pekka (2010). Vuotson saamelaisten juurista [On the roots of the Vuotso Saami]. In Aikio-Puoskari, Ulla and Magga, PŠivi) (toim) (2010). KylŠ kulttuurien risteyksessŠ. Artikkelikokoelma Vuotson saamelaisista [A village in cultural crossroads. Articles on the Vuotso Saami ]. Vuotso: Vuohču S‡miid Searvi, 8-17.

Aikio, Pekka, Linkola, Martti, Nuorgam-Poutasuo, Helvi & Saressalo, Lassi (1985). The Sami people in Finland. In PentikŠinen & Anttonen (eds), 45-71.

kerlund, Tuula (2002). Oman kielen merkitys romanien kulttuuri-identiteetille [The importance of oneÕs own language for the cultural identity of the Roma]. In Laihiala-Kankainen, Sirkka, PietikŠinen, Sari & Dufva, Hannele (toim.) (2002). MoniŠŠninen Suomi. Kieli, kulttuuri ja identiteetti. [Multivoiced Finland. Language, culture and identity]. JyvŠskylŠ: JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, Soveltavan kielentutkimuksen keskus, 126-130.

Akinnaso, F. Niyi (1990). The Politics of Language Planning in Education in Nigeria, Word 41, 235-253.

Akinnaso, F. Niyi (1991). Toward the development of a multilingual language policy in Nigeria. Applied Linguistics 12:1, 29‑61.

Akinnaso, F. Niyi (1993). Policy and experiment in mother tongue literacy in Nigeria. International Review of Education 39:4, 255-285.

Akinnaso, F. Niyi (1994). Linguistic unification and language rights. Applied Linguistics 15:2, 139-168.

Akinnaso, F. Niyi (forthcoming). The National Language Question and Minority Language Rights in Africa. A Nigerian Case Study. In Cohen et al. (Eds).

Akpinar, Aylin (1988). Challenged family and kinship ideals. Family crisis and social networks among Turkish immigrants. Stockholm: Institutet fšr social forskning, Meddelande 10/1988.

Al-Ani, Abdul-Haq & Al-Ani, Tarik (2012). Genocide in Iraq. Volume I. The Case Against the Security Council and Member States. Abingdon, UK: Clarity Press.

Al-Ani, Abdul-Haq & Al-Ani, Tarik (2015). Genocide in Iraq. Volume II. The Obliteration of a Modern State. Abingdon, UK: Clarity Press.

Alagiah, George (2006). A Home from Home. From immigrant boy to English man. London: Little Brown.

Alakoski, Susanna (2015). April i anhšrig-Sverige. Dagbok. [April in xxx-Sweden. A diary]. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers Fšrlag.

Alameda County, Office of Education (1992). Creating A Multicultural Com­munity. Articulating Our Vision. Hayward, California.

Alatis, James A. (Ed.) (1970). Bilingualism and Language Contact: Anthropological, Linguistic, Psychological, and Sociological Aspects. Report of the Twenty-first Annual Round Table Meeting on Linguistics  and Language Studies. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Alatis, James A. (Ed.) (1978). International Dimensions of Bilingual Education. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1978. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Alatis, James A. (Ed.) (1980). Current Issues in Bilingual Education. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1980. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Alatis, James A. (Ed.) (1994). Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics (1993). Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Alatis, James E. & Twaddell, K. (Eds) (1976). English as a second language in bilingual education, Washington, D.C.: TESOL.

Alavi, Hamza & Halliday, Fred (Eds) (1988). State & Ideology in The Middle East and Pakistan, London: MacMillan.

Albert, Martin L. & Obler, Loraine K. (1978). The Bilingual Brain. Neuropsychological and Neurolinguistic Aspects of Bilingualism. New York: Academic Press.

Albo, Xavier (1988). Bilingualism in Bolivia, in  Paulston (Ed), 85‑108.

Alb—, Xavier and Amalia Anaya 2003. Ni–os Alegres, Libres, Espresivos. La Audacia de la Educaci—n Intercultural BilingŸe en Bolivia. Cuadernos de Investigaci—n 58. La Paz: CIPCA/UNICEF.

Albury, Nathan John (2016). National language policy theory; exploring SpolskyÕs model in the case of Iceland. Language Policy 15: 355-372.

Alcalde, Javier (2015). Linguistic Justice: An Interdiscipinary Overview of the Literature (July 1 2015). AÕdam Multiling Working Paper #3, 2015. Available at http://ssrn.com/abstracr=2630104.

Alden, Brice (2001). Visualist Theory 2001. Manuscript (http://hometown.aol.com/Alair38/vis.htm)

Alderson, Charles J. (1984). Reading in a Foreign Language:  a reading problem or a language problem? in Alderson & Urquhart (Eds), 1-27.

Alderson, Charles J. (ed.) (2009). The Politics of Language Education. Individuals and Institutions. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Alderson, Charles J. and Urquhart, A.H. (eds) (1984). Reading in a Foreign Language, Harlow: Longman.

Alexander, Amanda (2008). Introduction. In Alexander, Amanda (ed.) (2008). Articulations: A Harold Wolpe Memorial Lecture Collection. Trenton, NJ and Asmara, Eritrea: Africa World Press, i-v.

Alexander, Amanda (ed.) (2008). Articulations: A Harold Wolpe Memorial Lecture Collection. Trenton, NJ and Asmara, Eritrea: Africa World Press.

Alexander, Neville (1989). Language Policy and National Unity in South Africa/Azania. Cape Town: Buchu Books.

Alexander, Neville (1992). South Africa: Harmonising Nguni and Sotho. In Crawhall, Nick (ed.). Democratically Speaking: International Perspectives on Language Planning. Cape Town: National Language Project.

Alexander, Neville (1995). Models of multilingual schooling for a democratic South Africa. In Heugh, Kathleen, SiegrŸhn, Amanda & PlŸddemann, Peter (eds). Multilingual Education for South Africa. Johannesburg: Heinemann, 79-82.

Alexander, Neville (1995). Multilingualism for empowerment. In Heugh, Kathleen, SiegrŸhn, Amanda & PlŸddemann, Peter (eds). Multilingual Education for South Africa. Johannesburg: Heinemann, 37-41.

Alexander, Neville (1999). An African Renaissance Without African Languages. Social Dynamics, 25:1, 1-12.

Alexander, Neville (2000). English Unassailable but Unattainable: The Dilemma of Language Policy in South African Education. PRAESA Occasional Papers No. 3. Cape Town: University of Cape Town http://web.uct.ac.za/depts/praesa/OccPap3.pdf. (accessed 4 August 2008).

Alexander, Neville (2000). Language policy and planning in South Africa: some insights. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.) (2000). Rights to language. Equity, power and education. Celebrating the 60th Birthday of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 170-173.

Alexander, Neville (2002). An ordinary country. Issues in the transition from apartheid to democracy in South Africa. Pietermaritzburg: University of Natal Press.

Alexander, Neville (2006). Introduction. In Intergovernmental Conference on Language Policies in Africa. Harare, Zimbabwe, 17-21 March 1997. Final Report. Paris: UNESCO, Intangible Heritage Section, 9-16.

Alexander, Neville (2006). Mother tongue-based bilingual education as political and educational strategy. ACALAN Bulletin dÕinformation 2, Decembre 2006, 10-12.

Alexander, Neville (2006). Socio-political factors in the evolution of language policy in post-Apartheid South Africa. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 241-260.

Alexander, Neville (2007). Some thoughts on the language issue. Newsletter of the Language in Education in Africa Project (LEAP) no. 14. Cape Town: Project for the Study of Alternative Education in South Africa (PRAESA).

Alexander, Neville (2007). The Role of African Universities in the Intellectualisation of African Languages. JHEA/RESA Vol. 5, No. 1, 2007, pp. 29–44. (ISSN 0851–7762).

Alexander, Neville and Bloch, Carol (2007). Bilingual Education Policies in the New South Africa. ACALAN Bulletin dÕinformation 2, Decembre 2007, 7-11.

Alexander, Neville and Busch, Brigitta (eds) (2007). Literacy and linguistic diversity in a global perspective. An intercultural exchange with African countries. Strasbourg: European Centre for Modern Languages, Couyncil of Europe Publishing.

Alfred, Taiaiake (1999). Peace, Power and Righteousness: an Indigenous Manifesto. Oxford: Don Mills.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur (1989). The United Nations and the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, Current Anthropology 30:2, 255-259.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur (1990). Report on Equality and Non-Discrimination: Minority Rights. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur (1991). Minority Rights: Equality and Non-Discrimination. In Krag, Helen & Yukhneva, Natalia (eds) (1991). The Leningrad Minority Rights Conference Papers. Copenhagen: The Minority Rights Group in Denmark, 19-41.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur (1995). The Right to Human Rights Education. In Eide, Krause & Rosas (Eds), 213-227.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur (2015). Minority Rights and the United Nations. In Caruso, Ugo & Hofmann, Rainer (eds). The United Nations Declaration on Minorities. An Academic Account on the Occasion of its 20th Anniversary (1992-2012). Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, volume 9. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff, 19-45.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur and Eide, Asbj¿rn (eds) (1999).The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. A Common Standard of Achievement. The Hague/Boston/London: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.

Alfredsson, Gudmundur & Henrard, Kristin (2015). Foreword. In McDougall, Gay (2015). The First United Nations Mandate on Minority Issues. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff, xi-xii.

Ali, Monica (2005). Brick Lane. London: Black Swan.

Ali, Tariq (2003). The Clash of Fundamentalisms. Crusades, Jihads and Modernity. London & New York: Verso.

Alidou, Hassana (2004). Medium of instruction in Post-Colonial Africa. In Tollefson, James W. & Tsui, Amy B. M. (eds). Medium of Instruction Policies. Which Agenda? Whose Agenda? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 195-214.

Alidou, Hassana (2007). Language Policy in Africa: Critical Policy Issues and Organizational Structures. ACALAN Bulletin dÕinformation 2, Decembre 2007, 32-42.  

Alidou, Hassana, Boly, Aliou, Brock-Utne, Birgit, Diallo, Yaya Satina, Heugh, Kathleen & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2006). Optimizing Learning and Education in Africa – the Language Factor. A Stock-taking Research on Mother Tongue and Bilingual Education in Sub-Saharan Africa. Working Document prepared for ADEA 2006 Biennial Meeting, (Libreville, Gabon, March 27-31, 2006). Paris: Association for the Development of Education in Africa (ADEA), UNESCO Institute for Education & Deutsche Gesellschaft fŸr Technische Zusammenarbeit.

Alim, H. Samy and Reyes, Angela (2011). Complicating race: Articulating race across multiple social dimensions. Discourse & Society 22(4), 379-384.

Alisjahbana, S.Takdir (1984). The problem of minority languages in the overall linguistic problems of our time. In Coulmas (ed.), 47-55.

Alisjahbana, S.Takdir (1990). The teaching of English in Indonesia, in Britton, Shafer & Watson (Eds) (1990)., 315‑327.

Alitolppa-Niitamo, Anne (2010). Perheen akkulturaatio ja sukupolvien vŠliset suhteet (The acculturation of the family and the intergenerational relations). In Martikainen, Tuomas & Haikkola, Lotta (toim.). Maahanmuutto ja sukupolvet [Immigration and the generations]. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura, 45-64.

Allais, Maurice (1989). (July 30) EuropeÕs Need to be Multi‑lingual, The Guardian Weekly, 14.

Allard, Christina & Skogvang, Susann Funderud (eds) (2015). Indigenous Rights in Scandinavia. Autonomous Sami Law. Farnham, UK & Burlington, USA: Ashgate.

Allardt, Erik (1978). Samhšrighet och tvŒsprŒkighet bland finlandssvenskarna (Belongingness and bilingualism among the Finland Swedes). Nordisk Tidskrift 54:3, 1978, 129-137.

Allardt, Erik (1989). VŠsteuropas sprŒkliga minoriteter under olika samhŠllsformer, i Jungar, Sune (red). SjŠlvstyrelseregioner och minoriteter i Europa, lands hšgskola, 15‑24.

Allardt, Erik (1996). Dominant Autochthonous Groups. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 342-351.

Allardt, Erik & Starck, Christian (1981). SprŒkgrŠnser och samhŠllsstruktur. Finlandssvenskarna i ett jŠmfšrande perspektiv (Language borders and societal structure. The Finland Swedes in a contemporary perspective). Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

Allardt, Erik, Miemois, Karl Johan and Starck, Christian (1979). Multiple and Varying Criteria for Membership in a Linguistic Minority.  The Case of the Swedish Speaking Minority in Metropolitan Helsinki, Research Reports No 21, University of Helsinki: Research Group for Comparative Sociology.

Allen, Dawn 2007. ÔJust Who Do You Think I Am? The Name-calling and Name-claiming of Newcomer YouthÕ. In Lyster, Roy and Sharon Lapkin (eds). Theme Issue: Multilingualism in Canadian Schools. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics. Vol. 10, No. 2, 165-176.

Allott, Philip (1990). Eunomia. New order for a new world. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Allwood, Jens (red) (1986). MŠnsklig kommunikation, GULING 14, Gšteborgs universitet, Institutionen fšr lingvistik.

Alopaeus, Marianne (1967). Pimeyden ydin [Mšrkrets kŠrna] [Heart of darkness]. JyvŠskylŠ: K. J. Gummerus Osakeyhtiš.

Alston, Philip (1991). The legal framework of the Convention on the Rights of the Child, UN Bulletin of Human Rights 91/2, 1-15.

Alston, Philip (Ed) (1992). The United Nations and Human Rights: a Critical Appraisal, Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Altbach, Philip (1975). Literary colonialism: books in the Third World, Harvard Educational Review 45/2, 226-236.

Altbach, Philip (Ed.) (1992). Publishing and development in the Third World. London/New York: Hans Sell.

Alternatives to Economic Globalization. A Better World Is Possible (2002). A Report of The International Forum on Globalization. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

lund Aleksandra (1988). The power of definitions: immigrant women and problem‑centered ideologies. Migration, 4, 37‑55.

lund Aleksandra and Schierup Carl‑Ulrik (1991). Paradoxes of multiculturalism. Essays on swedish society, Aldershot: Gower.

lund Aleksandra and Schierup, Carl-Ulrik (1987). Will they still be dancing? Integration and ethnic transformation among Yugoslav immigrants in Scandinavia, Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell.

lund, Aleksandra (1991). ÓLilla JugaÓ. Etnicitet, familj och kvinnliga nŠtverk i kulturbrytningars tid, Helsingborg: Carlssons Fšrlag.

lund, Aleksandra (1992). Immigrantenkultur als Barriere der Kooperation. In Kalpaka & RŠthzel (Hrsg.), 174-188.

lund, Alexandra and Carl-Ulrik Schierup (1984). Skyddsmurar - etnicitet och klass i invandrarsammanhang (Walls of defence -ethnicity and class in immigrant context), Research reports 75, UmeŒ: University of UmeŒ, Department of Sociology.

Altvater, Elmar (2016). The Capitalocene, or, Geoengineering against CapitalismÕs Planetary Boundaries. In Moore, Jason M. (ed.) (2016). Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism. Oakland, CA: PM Press, 138-152.

Alverson, Brigid (1997). Deaf Culture on the World Wide Web. WFD News 10:1, 22-23.

Amago, Marvin (1987). Families Were Separated. Interview in Costo & Costo (eds), 140.

Amano T, Gonzaålez-Varo JP, Sutherland, WJ (2016) Languages Are Still a Major Barrier to Global Science. PLoS Biol 14(12): e2000933. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.2000933

Amery, Rob (2000). Warrabarna Kaurna! Reclaiming an Australian Language. Series Multilingualism and Linguistic Diversity. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger.

Amery, Rob (2013). A matter of interpretation: Language planning for a sleeping language, Kaurna, the language of the Adelaide Plains, South Australia. Language Problems & Language Planning 37:2, 101-124.

Amery, Rob and & Colin Bourke (1994). ÒAustralian languages: our heritageÓ, in: Colin Bourke, Eleanor Bourke and Bill Edwards (eds). Aboriginal Australia: An introductory reader in Aboriginal Studies. St Lucia: University of Queensland Press, pp. 102-122.

Amin, Samir (1997). Reflections on the International Ssystem. In Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (eds) (1997). Beyond Cultural Imperialism. Globalization, communication & the new international order. London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi: Sage, 10-24.

Ammon, Ulrich (1989a). Schwierigkeiten der deutschen Sprachgemeinschaft aufgrund der Dominanz der englischen Sprache, Zeitschrift fŸr Sprachwissenschaft 8:2, 257-272.

Ammon, Ulrich (1989b). Towards a Descriptive Framework for the Status/Function (Social Position) of a Language Within a Country. In Ammon (ed.), 21-106.

Ammon, Ulrich (1991). Die internationale Stellung der deutschen Sprache. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Ammon, Ulrich (1994). The Present Dominance of English in Europe. With an Outlook on Possible Solutions to the European Language Problem, Sociolinguistics 8, 1994, 1-14.

Ammon, Ulrich (1995a). Die deutsche Sprache in Deutschland, …sterreich und der Schweitz. Das Problem der nationalen VarietŠten. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter.

Ammon, Ulrich (1997). Language-Spread Policy. Language Problems and Language Planning. Spring 1997. 21:1, 51-57.

Ammon, Ulrich (1997). National-variety purism in the national centers of the German language. In PŸtz (ed.), 161-178.

Ammon, Ulrich (1998). Ist Deutsch noch internationale Wissenschaftssprache? Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Ammon, Ulrich (2000). Towards more fairness in International English: Linguistic rights of non‑native speakers? In Phillipson (ed.),111-116.

Ammon, Ulrich (2003). The Decline of German and the Rise of English as International Languages of the Sciences. In Ahrens, RŸdiger (ed.). EuropŠische Sprachenpolitik/ European Language Policy. Heidelberg: UniversitŠtsverlag WINTER, 215-223.

Ammon, Ulrich (ed.) (1989). Status and Function of Languages and Language Varie­ties, Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter.

Ammon, Ulrich (ed.) (2001). The Dominance of English as a Language of Science. Effects on Other Languages and Language Communities. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Ammon, Ulrich, Dittmar, Norbert & Mattheier, Klaus (eds) (1988). Sociolinguistics: an international handbook of the science of language and society. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Ammon, Ulrich, Mattheier, Klaus J. & Nelde, Peter (eds) (1994). Sociolinguistica 8. English only? in Europa/ in Europe/ en Europe.

Ammon, Ulrich, Mattheier, Klaus J. & Nelde, Peter (eds) (1997). Sociolinguistica 11. Einsprachigkeit ist heilbar / Monolingualism is curable / Le monolinguisme est curable.

An-NaÕim, Abdullahi Ahmed & Deng, Francis M. (eds) (1990). Human rights in Africa: Cross-cultural perspectives. Washington, D.C.: The Brookings Institution.

Anaya, James (2009). Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights, including the right to development. Report by the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rightsand fundamental freedoms of indigenous people, James Anaya. Addendum: Report on the situation of indigenous peoples in Nepal. Human Rights Council, Twelfth session, Agenda item 3. United Nations, General Assembly, A/HRC/12/34/Add.3. 20 July 2009.

Anaya, James (2011). The situation of the Sami people in the S‡pmi region of Norway, Sweden and finland. Report of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights and fundamental freedoms of indigenous people, James Anaya. Addendum. Advance Unedited Version. The Human Rights Council, Eighteenth session, Agenda item 3. Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights, including the right to development. A/HRC/18/XXAdd.Y.

Anaya, S. James (1996). Indigenous Peoples in International Law. New York & Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Andersen, Karen (1987). ÓDesvŸrre er stillingen besat til anden sideÓ. Integration af h¿jtuddannede flygtninge pŒ det danske arbejdsmarked, Forskningsnote 5, Copenhagen: Institute for industrial research and social development, Copenhagen School of Economics and Social Science.

Andersen, Ole Stig & Nielsen, RenŽ Mark (1987). Noget fremmed ‑ en bog om integration. K¿benhavn: Forlaget DŸnya.

Anderson, Benedict (1983). Imagined communities: Reflections on the Origins and Spread  of Nationalism. London: Verso.

Anderson, J.A. (Ed.) (1989). Communication Yearbook 12, Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Anderson, Leon (2006). Analytic Autoethnography. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 35(4), 373-395.

 Andersson, Bo (2014). Makten lever i relationen och i sin anvŠndning. I Andersson, Bo, Claesson, Bo, Larsson, Karl och Sjšlin, Rolf (redaktion). Arbetsgruppen Urfolk Samer Vetenskap. (2014). Samer. Om Nordmalingdomen och om ett urfolks rŠttigheter och identitet. BorŒs: Recito Fšrlag.

Andersson, Bo, Claesson, Bo, Larsson, Karl och Sjšlin, Rolf (redaktion). Arbetsgruppen Urfolk Samer Vetenskap. (2014). Samer. Om Nordmalingdomen och om ett urfolks rŠttigheter och identitet. BorŒs: Recito Fšrlag, 135-168.

Andersson, Theodore (1969). Foreign languages in the elementary school. A struggle against mediocrity.. Austin & London: University of Texas Press.

Andersson, Theodore (1981). A Guide to Family Reading in Two Languages: The Preschool Years. Rosslyn, Virginia: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

Andersson, Theodore & Boyer, Mildred (1978). Bilingual Schooling in the United States. Austin, Texas: National Educational Laboratory Publishers, 2nd edition.

Anderzen, Sšlve (2016). Kyrkans undervisning i Lappmarken under 1800-talet: En stŠndigt pŒgŒende process fšr att finna fungerande arbestformer [Education organised by the church in Lappmarken during the 1800s: An ongoing process to find working methods that work]. I Lindmark, Daniel & Sundstršm, Olle (red.) (2016). De historiska relationerna mellan Svenska kyrkan och samerna. En vetenskaplig antologi. [The historical relations between the Swedish church and the Saami. A scientific anthology]. Bind 1-2. SkellefteŒ: Artos & Norma bokfšrlag. www.artos.se  ISBN 978-91-7580-795-9. Bind 1, 371-402.

Andr‡ssy, Gyšrgy (2001). European Integration and European languages: Will Linguistic Doversity be Maintained? In Iura Antiqua - Iura Moderna. KŸlšnnyomat. Studia Iuridica Auctoritate Universitatis PŽcs Publicata 127. PŽcs: PTE çllam- es Jogtudom‡nyi Kar, Dial—g Campus Kiado, 11-22.

Andr‡ssy, Gyšrgy (2002). Language Majority, Language Minority - Language Rights. University of PŽcs, Hungary, manuscript.

Andreassen, BŒrd-Anders and Swinehart, Theresa (Eds) (1993). Human Rights in Developing Countries. Copenhagen, Lund, Oslo, bo/Turku: Nordic Human Rights Publications.

Andreassen, Irene (2005). Onko kveenin kielellŠ tulevaisuutta? Kielen asema ja uudet haasteet [Does the Kven language have a future? The status of the language and new challenges]. Arina. Nordisk tidskrift for kvensk forskning. Pohjoismainen kveenitutkimuksen aikakausjulkaisu 1, 2004-2005, 16-28. Also in Norwegian, ÒEi framtid for kvensk sprŒk? Status og utfordringer i dagens situasjonÓ, pp. 29-40.

Andren, Birgitta (1989). Svensk skola i internationell belysning. SammanstŠllning. Information om skolforskning (1989).:6, Stockholm: Skolšverstyrelsen.

Andreola, Balduino A. (2004). Letter to Paulo Freire. In Freire, Paulo. Pedagogy of Indignation. Boulder & London: Paradigm Publishers, xxxiii-xlv.

Andrews, Lorrin (2003) [1865]. A Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language. With an introduction to the new edition by Noenoe K. Silva and Albert J. SchŸtz. Waipahu, HawaiÕi: Island Heritage Publishing (www.islandheritage.com).

Andrýsek, Oldrich (1989). Report on the definition of minorities. SIM Special No 8. Utrecht: Netherlands Institute of Human Rights, Studie- en Informatiecentrum Mensenrechten (SIM).

Angula, Nahas (1984). English as a Medium of Communication for Namibia: Trends and Possibilities. In Commonwealth Secretariat & SWAPO (eds). English language programme for Namibians. Seminar Report, Lusaka, 19‑27 October 1983. London & Lusaka: Commonwealth Secretariat & SWAPO, 9-12.

Anker, Kirsten (2014). Declarations of interdependence. A legal pluralist approach to Indigenous rights. Farnham: Ashgate. ISBN 9781409447375 (Hbk).

Annamalai, E. (1986). A Typology of Language Movements and their Relation to Language Planning, in Annamalai, Jernudd & Rubin (eds) 1986, 6‑17.

Annamalai, E. (1986). Bilingualism through schooling in India. In Abbi (Ed.).

Annamalai, E. (1986). Comment: legal vs social. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 60, 145-151.

Annamalai, E. (1986). The sociolinguistic scene of India. Sociolinguistics XVI:1, 2‑8.

Annamalai, E. (1986b). Bilingualism through schooling in India. In Abbi, Anvita (ed.) (1986). Studies in bilingualism. Delhi: Bahri Publications.

Annamalai, E. (1989). Modernization of language: the case of Tamil, Paper presented at the 7th International Conference of Tamil, Mauritius, December 1989.

Annamalai, E. (1993). Planning for Language Survival. New Language Planning Newsletter 8:1, 1-2.

Annamalai, E. (1994). Multilingual development: Indian experience, Paper at the UNESCO-OAU conference, Addis Abeba, 21-25 November 1994 ÒThe definition of strategies for the promotion of African languages in a multilingual environmentÓ.

Annamalai, E. (1995). Multilingualism for all - an Indian perspective. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (ed.) Multilingualism for All. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, 215-220.

Annamalai, E. (1997). Development of Sociolinguistics in India. In Paulston, Christina Bratt & Tucker, G. Richard (eds). The Early Days of Sociolinguistics. Memories and Reflections. Dallas, TX: Summer Institue of Linguistics, 35-41.

Annamalai, E. (1998). Language choice in education: conflict resolution in Indian courts. In Benson, Phil, Grundy, Peter & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Language rights. Special volume. Language Sciences 20:1, 29-43.

Annamalai, E. (1998). Nativity of Language. In Singh, Rajendra (ed.). The native speaker: Multilingual perspectives. New Delhi/ Thousand Oaks / London: Sage, 148-157.

Annamalai. E. (2001). Role of the state, the community and the individual in language maintenance. In E. Annamalai (Ed.), Managing multilingualism in India: Political and linguistic manifestations (pp. 67-75). New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Annamalai, E. (2004). Medium of Power: The Question of English in education in India. In Tollefson, James W. & Tsui, Amy B. M. (eds). Medium of Instruction Policies. Which Agenda? Whose Agenda? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 177-194.

Annamalai, E. (2005). Nation-building in a Globalised World: Language Choice and Education in India. In Lin, Angel M. Y. & Martin, Peter W. (eds). Decolonisation. Globalisation. Language-in-Education Policy and Practice. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 20-37.

Annamalai, E. (2016). Development of Language: Government and the Community. In Pattanayak, Supriya, Pattanayak, Chandrabhanu, and Bayer, Jennifer (eds). Multilingualism and Multiculturalism: Perceptions Practices and Policy. Celebrating the 80th birthday of D. P. Pattanayak. Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 22-35.

Annamalai, E. (ed.) (2001). Managing Multilingualism in India:Political and linguistic manifestations. New Delhi: Sage.

Annamalai, E. (in press). IndiaÕs Economic Restructuring with English: Benefits versus Costs. In Tollefson, James (ed.). xx.

Annamalai, E. and Gnanasundaram, V. (2001). Andamanese: Biological Challenges for Language Reversal. In Fishman, Joshua, A. (ed.) (2001). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 309-322.

Annamalai, E., Jernudd, Bjšrn and Rubin, Joan (Eds) (1986). Language planning. Proceedings of an Institute, Mysore & Honolulu: Central Institute of Indian Languages and East-West Center.

Ansre, Gilbert (1979). Four rationalisations for maintaining European languages in education in Africa. African Languages /Langues Africaines 5:2, 10‑17.

Anttonen, Marjut (1999). Etnopolitiikkaa Ruijassa. SuomalaislŠhtšisen vŠestšn identiteettien politisoituminen 1990-luvulla. (Ethnopolitics in Ruija. The politicization of the identity of the population with Finnish descent in the 1990s). Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seuran toimituksia 764. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura.

Anzaldœa, Gloria (1987). How to Tame a Wild Tongue, from Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza. San Francisco: aunt lute.

Apffel-Marglin, FrŽdŽrique (1994). Decolonizing Knowledge: From Development to Dialogue. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Apffel-Marglin, FrŽdŽrique & Marglin, Stephen (eds) (1990). (1994). Dominating Knowledge: Development, Culture, and Resistance. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Appadurai, Arjuna (1990). Disjuncture and difference in the global cultural economy. In Featherstone, Michael (ed.). Global Culture: nationalism, globalization and modernity. London: Sage, 295-310.

Appadurai, Arjuna (20xx). Fear of Small Numbers. xxx

Appel, RenŽ (1984). Immigrant children learning Dutch. Sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic aspects of second-language acquisition. Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam.

Appel, RenŽ (1988). The language education of immigrant workersÕ children in The Netherlands, in Skutnabb‑Kangas and Cummins (Eds) 1988, 57‑78.

Appel, RenŽ & Muysken, Pieter (1987). Language Contact and Bilingualism. London: Edward Arnold.

Apple, Michael W. (1993). Official knowledge. Democratic education in a conservative age. New York & London: Routledge.

Aquino, Lalaine F. Yanilla (2012). English Language as Auntie: Of ÔGood IntentionsÕ and a Pedagogy of Possibilities – ELT in the Philippines and its Effects on ChildrenÕs Literacy Development. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 158-174.

Arai-Takahashi (2010). Rationalizing the Differentiation between ÔNewÕ and ÔOldÕ Minorities? The role of the Margin of Appreciation Doctrine in Determining the Scope of Protection of Minority Rights. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). Double standards pertaining to minority protection. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 1. Leiden & Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 219-242.

Aram (2002). Conspiracy and Crisis: Turkey and the Kurdish Question: From the Nineties to the Present Day - Written by a collective of journalists and researchers on behalf of Aram Publisher. Istanbul: Aram, January, 2002 (www.zmag.org/content/ForeignPolicy/aram0122.cfm).

Arbetsgruppen Urfolk Samer Vetenskap. Andersson, Bo, Claesson, Bo, Larsson, Karl och Sjšlin, Rolf (redaktion)(2014). Samer. Om Nordmalingdomen och om ett urfolks rŠttigheter och identitet. BorŒs: Recito Fšrlag.

Arbetsmarknadsdepartementet (2014). Den mšrka och okŠnda historien. Vitbok om švergrepp och krŠnkningar av romer under 1900-talet. [The dark and unknown history. Whitebook on assaults and violations afainst the roma in the 1900s]. Stockholm: Arbetsmarknadsdepartementet, Regeringskansliet.

Archer, Margaret S. (1985). ÒThe Myth of Cultural IntegrationÓ. The British Journal of Sociology 36:3, 333‑353.

Archibugi, D. (2005). The language of democracy: vernacular or Esperanto? A comparison between the multiculturalist and cosmopolitan perspectives. Political Studies 53, 3, 537-555.

Arendt, Hannah (1951). The Origins of Totalitarianism. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Arendt, Hannah (1968). Imperialism. New York: Harcourt Brace Janovich.

Argemi, Aureli (1991). European recognition for Catalan, Contact: Bulletin of the European Bureau for Lesser Used Languages 8:1, 6.

Armstrong, Jeannette (1996). ÔÓSharing One SkinÓ: Okanagan CommunityÕ. In Mander, Jerry and Edward Goldsmith (eds). The case against the global economy and for a turn toward the local. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 460-470.

Arnau, Joaquim (1997). Immersion Education in Catalonia. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 297-303.

Arnberg, Lenore (1981). Early childhood bilingualism in the mixed-lingual family. Linkšping: Linkšping University, Department of Education.

Arnberg, Lenore (1981). The effects of bilingualism on developmetn during early childhood: a survey of the literature. Linkšping: Linkšping University, Department of Education.

Arnberg, Lenore (1987). Raising children bilingually: the pre-school years. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Arnold, Denise Y. & Yapita, Juan de Dios, with Itesh Sachdev (2001). Re-voicing identity in the language of schooling in Bolivia: emerging demands for language planning from the Òbottom upÓ. Paper presented at the International Meeting on Social Citizenship Issues in the Pan-American Integration, University of Ottawa, Canada, 9-10 March 2001.

Aro, Jussi, Salonen, Armas & Tallqvist, Knut (1957). Koraani (The QurÕan). Translated from Arabic. Helsinki: Werner Sšderstršm.

Arooran, K. Nambi (1980). Tamil Renaissance and Dravidian Nationalism 1905-1944. Madurai: Koodal Publishers.

Arthur, Jo  1996. ÔCode switching and collusion: Classroom interaction in Botswana primary schoolsÕ. Linguistics and Education, Vol. 8, No. 1, 17-33.

Artigal, Josep Maria (1991a). The Catalan Immersion Program: an European point of view. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex.

Artigal, Josep Maria (1991b). The Catalan immersion program: the joint creation of shared indexical territory. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 12(1&2), 21-33.

Artigal, Josep Maria (1992). Some considerations about why a new language is acquired by being used. International Journal for Applied Linguistics 2:2, 221-240.

Artigal, Josep Maria (1993). Catalan and Basque Immersion programmes. In Baetens Beardsmore (Ed.), 30‑53.

Artigal, Josep Maria (1994). The L2 kindergarten teacher as a territory maker. In Alatis, James A. (ed.). Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 452-468.

Artigal, Josep Maria (1995). ÒMultiways towards multilingualism: the Catalan immersion programme experienceÓ, in: Tove Skutnabb- Kangas (ed.). Multilingualism for all. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, pp. 169-181.

Arutiunian, Yu.V.  (Ed) (1986). Multilingualism: Aspects of Interpersonal and Intergroup Communication in Pluricultural Societies, Moscow: Institute of Ethnography of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR.

Arviso, Marie and Wayne Holm (2001). Ô TsŽhootsoo’di îltaÕgi DinŽ Bizaad BihooÕaah: A Navajo Immersion Program at Fort Defiance, ArizonaÕ. In Hinton, Leanne and Ken Hale (eds). The Green Book of Language Revitalization in Practice.  San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 203-226.

s, Berit (1975). On female culture: an attempt to formulate a theory of womenÕs solidarity and action, Acta Sociologica, Journal of the Scandinavian Sociological Association 18:2‑3, 142‑161.

Ascher, Marcia 1998. Ethnomathematics: A Multicultural View of Mathematical Ideas. Boca Raton: Chapman & Hall.

Ashby, Eric (1966). Universities: British, Indian, African, a study in the ecology of higher education, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

Asher, R.E, (ed.) (1994). The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistcs, Volume 10. Oxford, New York, Seoul & Tokyo: Pergamon Press.

Asian Studies Council (1988). A national strategy for the study of Asia in Australia, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

Asociaci˜n Pukllasunchis 2006. Llaqtanchispa yachayninchis. La sabidur’a en las comunidades. Iniciativas desde la escuela. Cusco, Perœ: Asociaci˜n Pukllasunchis.

Asplund, Johan (1975). Integrationskategorin, Udkast 1, 1975.

Asplund, Johan (1979).  Teorier om framtiden, Stockholm.

Asplund, Johan (1983). Tid, Rum, Individ och Kollektiv, Stockholm: Kontenta.

Assembly of First Nations (1988a). Tradition and education: Towards a vision of our future. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (1988b). The Aboriginal language Policy Study. Ottawa.

Assembly of First Nations (1992). Towards rebirth of First Nations languages. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (1994). Breaking the chains: First Nations literacy and self-determination. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (2000). National First Nations language strategy: A time to listen and the time to act. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (2006). Royal Commission on Aboriginal People at 10 Years: A Report Card. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (2007). First Nations language strategy. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (2010). The First Nations Control of First Nations Education: ItÕs Our Vision, ItÕs Our Time. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (2011). Honouring our traditions: Achieving action for our future: Preliminary results, 2011 AFN school survey. Ottawa: Author.

Assembly of First Nations (2012). Submission of the Assembly of First Nations to the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. Ottawa: Author.

AtatŸrk - see Kemal, Mustafa.

Atay, Derin & Ece, Ayse (2009). Multiple Identities as Reflected in English-Language Education: The Turkish Perspective. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 8:1, 21-34.

Atlee, Tom, with Rosa Zubizarreta (2003). The Tao of Democracy. Using co-intelligence to create a world that works for all. Cranston, RI: The WritersÕ Collective.

Au, Wayne W. and Michael W. Apple (2009). The Curriculum and the Politics of Inclusion and Exclusion. In Mitakidou, Soula, Evangelia Tressou, Beth Blue Swadener and Carl A. Grant (eds). Beyond Pedagogies of Exclusion in Diverse Childhood Contexts. Transnational Challenges. London & New York: Palgrave, Macmillan, 101-116.

Aubert, Vilhelm (1978). Den samiske befolkning i Nord-Norge (The   S‡mi population in northern Norway), Artikler fra statistisk   sentralbyrŒ nr. 107, Oslo.

Auerbach, Elsa Roberts (1995). The politics of ESL classroom: Issues of power in pedagogical choices. In Tollefson (ed.), 9-33.

August, Diane and Timothy Shanahan (eds) 2006. Developing Literacy in Second-language Learners. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Aurelius, Gšran (1978). Sociomedical aspects of the integration of immigrant children in a Swedish county. Huddinge: Department of Social Medicine, Huddinge University Hospital.

Aurelius, Gšran (1979). Adjustment and Behaviour of Finnish and Southern European Immigrant Children in Stockholm. I. The TeachersÕ Assessment. Scandinavian Journal of Social Medicine 7, 105-113.

Aurelius, Gšran (1980). Adjustment and Behaviour of Finnish and Southern European Immigrant Children in Stockholm. II. The ParentsÕ Assessment. Scandinavian Journal of Social Medicine 8, 43-48.

Aurelius, Gšran (1980). Chidren of migrant workers in Sweden - adjustment and behaviour in school. ICMC Migration News 3-4. Geneva, 22-25.

Aurelius, Gšran (1980). Invandrarpolitiken och hŠlsovŒrden. Socialmedicinsk tidskrift 10, 505-508.

Australian Education Council (1994). A statement on languages other than English: a curriculum profile for Australian schools (joint project of the States, Territories and the Commonwealth of Australia). Carlton: Curriculum Corporation.

Awasthi, Lava Deo (2004). Exploring Monolingual School Practices In Multilingual Nepal. PhD thesis. Copenhagen: Danmarks PŸdagogiske Universitet/ Danish University of Education.

Awasthi, Lava Deo (2011). The making of NepalÕs language policy: Importation of ideologies. In Farrell, L., Singh, U. N. & Giri, R. A. (eds). English language education in South Asia: From policy to pedagogy. New Delhi: Cambridge University Press India, 73-88.

Awasthi, Lava Deo (2015). Interacting with Politicians and Policymakers In Hult, Francis M. & Johnson, David Cassels (eds). Research Methods in Language Policy and Plannng. A Practical Guide. Malden, MA: Wiley Blackwell, 244-247.

Awasthi, Lava Deo & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (2006). Book review of Decolonisation, Globalisation: Language-in-Education Policy and Practice. Angel M.Y. Lin and Peter W. Martin (eds). Language and Education. An International Journal. 20;5, 438-441.

Axelsson, Monica (2015). FlersprŒkiga barn utvecklar litteracitet. Att lŠsa och skriva pŒ flera sprŒk. I Laursen, Helle Pia (red.) (2015). Litteracitet och sprŒklig mŒngfald. Lund : Studentlitteratur. [Original: Laursen, Helle Pia (red.) (2013). Literacy og sproglig diversitet. rhus : rhus Universitetsforlag], 305-336.

Axelsson, Monica & Viberg, ke (Red.) (1992). Fšrsta forskarsymposi­et om Nordens sprŒk som andrasprŒk, Stockholm: Stockholms Universitet.

Baail, Cornelis J. W. (2012). Fifty Years of Multilingual Interpretation in the European Union. In Tiersma, Peter M. and Solan, Lawrence M. (eds). Oxford Handbook of Language and Law. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 217-231.

Babaci-Whilheti, Zehlia (2014). Local languages as a human right in education. Comparative cases from Africa. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers (Comparative and International  Education: A Diversity of Voices, Volume 36). ISBN: 978-94-6209-945-6 (paperback).

Babusik, Ferenc (2004). Legitimacy, Statistics and Research Methodology - Who is Romani in Hungary Today and What Are We (Not) Allowed to Know About Roma. In Roma Rights. Quarterly Journal of the European Roma Rights Center 2, 14-18. http://errc.org.

BŠck, Henry (1989). Jugoslaviska invandrarfšreningar i Sverige, Stockholm: CEIFO.

Badrinath, Chaturvedi (2008). The women of the Mahabharata. The question of truth. Hyderabad: Orient Longman.

BŸk Simonsen, J¿rgen (1990). Islam i Danmark, Aarhus Universi­tetsforlag.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1982). Bilingualism. Basic Principles. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1988). WhoÕs Afraid of Bilingualism?. In Euskara Biltzarra/Congreso de la Lengua Vasca, vol. II, Vitoria-Gasteiz, 75-90.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1990). ÒThe Multilingual School for Mixed Populations: A Case StudyÓ, in: Hugo Baetens Beardsmore, Bilingualism in Education: Theory and Practice. Brussel/Bruxelles: Linguistic Circle of the Vrije Universiteit Brussel and the UniversitŽ Libre de Bruxelles, pp. 1-51.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1990). Bilingualism in Education: Theory and Practice, Brussel/Bruxelles: Linguistic Circle of the Vrije Universiteit Brussel and the UniversitŽ Libre de Bruxelles.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1994). Language policy and planning in Western European countries. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 14, 92-110.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1995). The European School experience in multilingual education. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (ed.). Multilingualism for all. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, 21-68.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1996). Education plurilingue en Europe. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 465-473.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1996). Education plurilingue en Europe. In Goebl et al. (eds), 465-473.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (2008). Multilingualism, Cognition and Creativity. Paper given at CLIL 2008 Fusion Conference ÔMultilingual Mindsets in a Multicultural World. Building quality learning communities. Tallinn, Estonia 24-25 October 2008. http://www.icrj.eu/index.php?page=71.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (ed.) (1993). European Models of Bilingual Education. Clevedon and Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo & Anselmi, Gulia (1991). Code-Switching in a Heterogeneous, Unstable, Multilingual Speech Community. In Papers for the Symposium on Code‑Switching in Bilingual Studies; Theory, Significance and Perspectives. Vol. II. Strasbourg: European Science Foundation, 405‑436.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo & Kohls, JŸrgen (1988). Immediate Pertinence in the Acquisition of Multilingual Proficiency: the European Schools. The Canadian Modern Language Review, 44(2), 240‑260.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo & Lebrun, Nathalie (1991). Trilingual Education in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. In Garc’a, Ofelia (ed.). Bilingual Education. Focusschrift in honor of Joshua A. Fishman on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Volume 1. Strasbourg: John Benjamins, 107-122.

Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo & Swain, Merrill (1985). Designing Bilingual Education: aspects of Immersion and ÔEuropean School ModelsÕ. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 6(1), 1‑15.

Baetens‑Beardsmore, Hugo (1993). The European School Experience in Multilingual Education. Brussel/Bruxelles: Vrije Universiteit Brussel and UniversitŽ Libre de Bruxelles.

Bahan, Benjamin (2008). Upon the Formation of a Visual Variety of the Human Race. In Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (ed.). Open Your Eyes. Deaf Studies Talking. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 83-99.

Bahan, Benjamin, Bauman, H-Dirksen & Montenegro, Facundo (2008). Audism unveiled. Dawn Sign Press, www.dawnsign.com, DVD.

Bailey, Benjamin (2012). Heteroglossia. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 499-507.

Bailey, Richard (1995a). The Bantu languages of South Africa: towards a sociohistorical perspective. In Mesthrie, Rajend (ed.). Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics. Cape Town: David Philip, 19-38.

Bailey, Richard (1995b). Sociolinguistic evidence of Nguni, Sotho, Tsonga and Venda origins. In Mesthrie, Rajend (ed.). Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics. Cape Town: David Philip, 39-50.

Bailey, Richard W. (1992). Images of English. A cultural history. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bailey, Richard W. (1998). Majority Language, Minority Misery: The Case of Sri Lanka. In Kibbee, Douglas A. (ed.). Language Legislation and Linguistic Rights. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 206-224.

Baillie, Jonathan (1998). Analysis. Reprinted from 1996 IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals. [can be downloaded from <http://www.iucn.org/themes/ssc/redlist/analysis.htm>. [IUCN = International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources].

Bain, Bruce and Yu, Agnes (1978). Towards an integration of Piaget and Vygotsky: a cross‑cultural replication France, Germany, Canada concerning cognitive consequences of bilinguality, in Paradis (ed.), 113-126.

Bain, Bryonn (2012). The ugly side of beautiful. Rethinking race and prisons in America. Introduction by Mumia Abu-Jamal. Foreword by Lani Guinier. Chicago: Third World Press.

Bajracharya, Hridaya Ratna & Parwez, H. M. Zahid (1998). Enhancing educational awareness in the rural Muslims. Tripureshwar, Kathmandu: Tribhuvan University, Research Centre for Educational Innovation and Development.

Bajracharya, Pradeep, Bhattarai, Prem, Bhattarai, Toya, Dahal, Madhav, Gautam, Geha Nath, Pant, Hari Ram, Ray, Maya, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Shrestha, Ramhari, Thapa, Fatik and Tuladhar-Ashan, Nirmal Man (2008). Multilingual Education and Nepal. A Concept Paper. Bhaktapur, Nepal: MLE Programme, Inclusive Education Section, Department of Education. [also as an Appendix in Skutnabb-Kangas and Mohanty 2009].

Baker, Colin  (2001). Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. 3rd edn.  Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, Colin (1988). Key issues in bilingualism and bilingual education. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, Colin (1993). Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, Colin (2001). Review of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas Linguistic genocide in education – or worldwide diversity and human rights? Journal of Sociolinguistics, 5:2, May 2001, 279-283.

Baker, Colin (2006). Foundations of Bilingual Educatifon and Bilingualism. 4th Edition. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, Colin (2008). Postlude. In Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (eds). Multilingualsm and minority languages: Achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review, volume 21, 103-110.

Baker, Colin (2011). Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism (5th ed.). Bristol, England: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, Colin & Prys Jones, Sylvia (1998). Encyclopedia of Bilingualism and Bilingual Education. Clevedon/Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, Judith (1994). Introduction. In Baker, Judith (ed.). Group Rights. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 3-16.

Baker, Keith & de Kanter, Adriane (1981). Effectiveness of Bilingual Education: A Review of the Literature, Final Draft. Washington, D.C.: U.S.Department of Education.

Baker, Keith A. & de Kanter, Adriana A. (1982). Federal Policy and the Effectiveness of Bilingual Education, manuscript. [Published as Effectiveness of Bilingual Education: A Review of the Literature. Final Draft Report. Washington, D.C.: Department of Education. Office of Planning, Budget, and Evaluation].

Baker, Mona (2006). Translation and Conflict. A Narrative Account. London & New York: Routledge.

Baker, Steven J. (ed.). (2002). Language Policy: Lessons from Global Models. Monterey: Monterey Institute of International Studies.

Bakhtin, Michel 1981. Dialogic Imagination: Four essays. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Bakmand, Bente, Phillipson, Robert and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds) (1996). Papers in Language Policy. Papers from the Language Policy Conference, 29 January 1996. ROLIG-papir 56. Roskilde: Roskilde Universitetscenter, 52 pp. + Appendix.

Bal‡zs, Judit (1993). Aftermath of the Gulf War for Europe. In Boulding, Elise (ed.). Studies in the Interconnectedness of Peace in the Middle East and the World: Perspectives from Europe, Africa and Latin America. Budapest: T‡rsadalomkutat—  IntŽzet.

Bal‡zs, Judit (1999). The effects of globalisation on the economies of the countries in Eastern Europe. In Brock-Utne & Garbo (eds), xx-xx.

Baldauf, Jr., Richard  and Nguyen, Hoa Thi Mai (2012). Language Policy in Asia and the Pacific. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,  617-638.

Baldauf, Jr., Richard & Luke, Allan (Eds) (1990). Language Planning and Education in Australasia and the South Pacific. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Baldauf, Richard B. Jr. (2007). Successes and Failures in Language Planning for European Languages in Asian Nations. Keynote presentation at the  5th Nitobe Symposium ÓEuropean Languages and Asian Nations. History, Politics, PossibilitiesÓ, organised by The Center for Research and Documentation on World Language Problems (University of Hartford, USA) and the European Institute of Sophia University, Tokyo, Japan, in cooperation with the Japanese Esperanto Institute and Simul International, 2-3 August, Tokyo, Japan.

Baldwin, Clive (2010). Do Vulnerable Groups within Ethnic, Religious or Linguistic Minorities Need Special Standards? In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). Double standards pertaining to minority protection. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 1. Leiden & Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 243-258.

Balibar, ƒtienne (2004). We, the people of Europe? Reflections on Transnational Citizenship. Princeton & Oxford: Princeton University Press.

Balkan, L. (1970). Les effets de bilinguisme franais-anglais sur les aptitudes intellectuelles. Bruxelles: AIMAV.

Ball, Jessica (2010). Enhancing learning of children from diverse language backgrounds: mother tongue-based bilingual or multilingual education in the early years. Prepared for UNESCO. 2010/ED/BAS/ECCE/PI/1. Paris: UNESCO. Can be downloaded from http://www.unesco.org/en/early-childhood/publications/

Ball, Jessica (2011). Enhancing learning of children from diverse language background : mother tongue-based bilingual or multilingual education in the early years. Analytical review commissioned by the UNESCO Education sector. UNESCO. 2010/ED/BAS/ECCE/PI/1. ED-2011/WS/21 Paris: UNESCO.

Balto, Asta (1997). Samisk barneopdragelse i endring (S‡mi education in the process of change). Oslo: Ad Notam Gyldendal.

Balto, Asta (2005). Traditional S‡mi Child-rearing in Transition: Shaping a New Pedagogical Platform. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship 1: 1, 90-112.

Balto, Asta (2007). Min lojalitet var hos det samiske samfunnet [My loyalty was with the Saami society]. In Lund, Svein, Boine, Elfrid & Johansen, Siri Broch (eds) (2007). S‡mi skuvlahistorj‡ 2 / Samisk skolehistorie 2 [Saami school history]. Karasjok: Davvi Girji, 431-453. davvi@davvi.no, in English at http://www.davvi.no/site/index.php?l=eng&s=01 or direct at http://skuvla.info where the book can be read in Norwegian and Saami.

Balto, Asta (ed.) (1996). Kunnskap og kompetanse i S‡pmi. ÕEn samisk skole i emningÕ. Forhold fra defn samiske utdanningssektoren [Knowledge and competence in the S‡mi country. ÕA S‡mi school in making. Issues in the S‡mi educational sector]. Forskningsserie fra SUFUR. Karasjok: Kunnskapsbilder.

Balto, Asta & Todal, Jon (1997). Saami Bilingual Education in Norway. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 77-86.

Balto, Asta Mitkij‡ & Kuhmunen, Gudrun (2014). M‡htt‡hit iežamet ja ear‡id! – S‡mi iešmearrideapm‡i našuvdnahuksemii ja jođiheapm‡i. / M‡htt‡hit – Omskola dem och oss! – samisk sjŠlvbestŠmmande och samiskt ledarskap. /M‡htt‡hit – Sami self-determination, nation-building and leadership. K‡r‡šjohka/ Karasjok: ČalliidL‡g‡dus.  ISBN 978-82.8263-166-2.

Baltzar, Veijo (1968). Polttava tie [The burning road]. Helsinki: Tammi

Balvig, Flemming (1996). Det amerikanske eksperiment. Information, 2.12.1996, 8.

Bamgbose, A. (2006) ÔA recurring decimal: English in language policy and planningÕ. In Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru and Cecil B. Nelson (eds). The Handbook of World Englishes. Malden, MA and Oxford: Blackwell, 645-660.

Bamgbose, Ayo (1991). Language and the nation. The language question in Sub-Saharan Africa. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Bamgbose, Ayo (1994). Pride and prejudice in multilingualism and development. In Fardon, Richard and Furniss, Graham (eds) African languages, development and the state. London and New York: Routledge, 33-43.

Bamgbose, Ayo (2000). Language and exclusion: The consequences of language policies in Africa. MŸnster, Hamburg and London: Lit Verlag.

Bamgbose, Ayo (2001). World Englishes and globalization. World Englishes 20:3, 357-363.

Bamzsai, P.N.K. (1973). A History of Kashmir, New Delhi: Metropolitan Book Co.

Bancroft, H.H. (1886-1890). The History of California. 7 volumes. San Francisco: The History Company.

Banerji, Rukmini (2017). Language and learning: The challenge of primary education in India. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 37-50.

Banks, James & Banks, Cherry (eds) (1995). Handbook of research on multicultural education. New York: Macmillan.

Bankston, C. L. And M. Zhou 1995. ÔEffects of minority-language literacy on the academic achievement of Vietnamese youths in New OrleansÕ. Sociology of Education, 68, 1-17.

Bannert, Robert (1994). PŒ vŠg mot svenskt uttal (Towards Swedish pronunciation). 2. upplagan. Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Banton, Michael (1967). Race Relations, London: Routledge.

Banton, Michael (1987). Racial Theories. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Banton, Michael (1988). Racial Consciousness, London: Longman.

Banton, Michael (1992). The Racism Problematic, manuscript, 26 March.

Barac, R. & Bialystok, E. (2011). Cognitive development of bilingual children. Language Teaching, 44, 36-54.

Baran, Paul A. & Sweezy, Paul M. (1966). Monopoly Capital, New York: Monthly Review Press.

Baran, Ute (1989). Deportations: Tunceli Kanunlari, in Human Rights in Kurdistan, 110‑116.

Barber, Benjamin (20xx). Jihad vs McWorld. xxx

Barbiana, School of, (1970). Letter to at teacher, Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Bari, K‡roly (1996). On being a gypsy and a poet - reflections on tradition, poetry and prejudice. In T—th & Fšlde‡k (eds), 60-70.

Barker, Martin (1981). The New Racism, London: Junction Books.

Barker, Xavier (2012). English Language as Bully. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 18-36.

Barkin, Florence, Elisabeth A. Brandt & Jacob Ornstein‑Galicia (eds) (1982). Bilingualism and languages in contact. Spanish, English, and native American languages. New York: TeacherÕs College.

Barkowski, Hans und Hoff, Gerd R. (hrsg) (1991). Berlin Interkulturell. Ergebnisse einer Berliner Konferenz zu Migration und PŠdagogik, Berlin: Colloquium Verlag.

Barlach, Elsa (1998). CALL English. Computer Assisted Language Learning. An English grammar for Danish students. rhus: Forlaget Systime.

Barnet, Richard J. & Cavanagh, John (1994). Global Dreams. Imperial corporations and the new world order. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Barnett, Tony (1997). States of the State and Third Worlds. In Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (eds) (1997). Beyond Cultural Imperialism. Globalization, communication & the new international order. London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi: Sage, 25-48.

Barnhardt, Ray & Kawagley, Angayuqaq Oscar (2005). Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Alaska Native Ways of Knowing. Anthropology and Education Quarterly 36(1), 8-23.

Barnosky, A.D., N. Matzke, S. Tomiya, G.O. Wogan, B. Swartz, T.B. Quental, C. Marshall, J.L. McGuire, E.L. Lindsey, K.C. Maguire, B. Mersey, and E.A. Ferrer (2011). Has the EarthÕs sixth mass extinction already arrived? Nature 471: 51–57.

Baron, Dennis (1990). The English‑Only Question: An official language for Americans? New Haven: Yale University Press.

Barona, Andres & Garcia, Eugene (Eds) (1990). Children at Risk: Poverty, Minority Status and Other Issues in Educational Equity. Washington, D.C.: National Association of School Psychologists.

Barratt, Leslie & Kontra, Edit H. (2000). Native-English-Speaking Teachers in Cultures other Than Their Own. TESOL Journal 9:3, 19-23.

Barrington, John (1992). The school curriculum, occupations and race. In McCulloch, Gary (ed.). The school curriculum in New Zealand. History, theory, policy and practise. Palmerston North: Dunmore Press, 57-73.

Barry, B. (2001). Culture and equality: An egalitarian critique of multiculturalism. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Barten, Ulrike (2015). Article 27 ICCPR. A first Point of Reference. In Caruso, Ugo & Hofmann, Rainer (eds). The United Nations Declaration on Minorities. An Academic Account on the Occasion of its 20th Anniversary (1992-2012). Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, volume 9. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff, 46-65.

Barth, Frederik (1975). Minoritetsproblemer fra et social‑antropologisk synspunkt, i Blum, Jacques (red). Minoritetsproblemer i Danmark, K¿benhavn, 219‑242.

Barth, Frederik (ed.) (1969). Ethnic Groups and Boundaries. The Social Organization of Culture Differences, Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

Barth, Fredrik (1969). Introduction. In Barth, Fredrik (ed.). Ethnic Groups and Boundaries. The Social Organization of Culture Difference. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget, 9‑38.

Bartlett, Tom (2005). Amerindian development in Guyana: legal documents as background to discourse practice. Discourse & Society 16:3, 341-364.

Bartolome, Miguel Alberto (1989). Naci—n y etnias en Paraguay, in  AmŽrica Ind’gena, XLIX:3, 405‑418.

Bartsch, Renate (1987). Norms of Language: Theoretical and Practical Aspects, London: Longman.

Basic call to consciousness (edited by Akwesasne Notes Mohawk Nation) (1995) [1978]. Book Publishing Company: Summertown, Tennessee [ISBN 0-913990-23-X].

Bastarache, Michel (Ed) (1987). Language rights in Canada, MontrŽal:  Yvon Blais Inc.

Bastarache, Michel and Doucet, Michel (2014). Les droits linguistiques au Canada, 3rd edition. MontrŽal: ƒditions Yvon Blais.

Basu, Sajal (1992). Regional movements. Politics of language, ethnicity-identity. Shimla & New Delhi: Indian Institute of Advanced Study & Manohar Publications.

Batibo, Herman M. (2001). The Endangered Languages of Africa: a Case Study from Botswana. In Maffi, Luisa (ed.) (2001). On Biocultural Diversity. Linking Language, Knowledge and the Environment. Washington, D.C.: The Smithsonian Institute Press, 311-324.

Batibo, Herman M. (2006). Marginalisation and  empowerment through educational medium: The case of linguistically disadvantaged groups of Botswana and Tanzania. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 261-285.

Batibo, Herman M. (2012). Maximising peopleÕs participation through optimal language policy: Lessons from the SADC region. In McIlwraith, Hamish (ed.). Multilingual Education in Africa: Lessons from the Juba Language-in-Education Conference. London: British Council, 109-116.

Batley, Edward, Candelier, Michel, Hermann-Brennecke, Gisela & SzŽpe, Gyšrgy (1993). Language policies for the world of the twenty-first century, Report for UNESCO, World Federation of Modern Language Associations (FIPLV).

Batley, Edward, Michel Candelier, Gisela Hermann-Brennecke and Gyšrgy Szepe (1993). Les politiques linguistiques dans le monde pour le 21me sicle, Rapport pour lÕUNESCO, FŽdŽration Internationale des Professeurs de Langues Vivantes.

Batterbury, Sarah C. E.. (2012). Language justice for Sign Language Peoples: the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Language Policy11(3), 253-272.

Battestini, Simon 1997. Ecriture et Texte: Contribution Africaine. QuŽbec and Ottawa: Les Presses de lÕUniversitŽ Laval; Paris: PrŽsence Africaine.

Battiste, Marie (1987). ÔMiÕkmaq Linguistic Integrity: A Case Study of MiÕkmawey SchoolÕ. In Barman, Jean, Yvonne Hebert and Don McCaskill (eds). Indian Education in Canada: The Challenge. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press, 107-125.

Battiste, Marie (2001). Review of Havemann, Paul (ed.) 1999. Indigenous PeoplesÕ Rights in Australia, Canada and New Zealand. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development 22:5, 459-461.

Battiste, Marie (ed.) (2000). Reclaiming Indigenous Voice and Vision. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.

Baubšck, Rainer (2002). Cultural minority rights in public education? Religious and language instruction for immigrant communities in Western Europe. In Messina A. (ed.) West European Immigration and Immigrant Policy in the New Century: A Continuing Quandary for States and Societies. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press/Praeger Publishers.

Baugh, John (1983). Black Street Speech: Its History, Structure and Survival. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Baugh, John (1988). Language and Race: Some Implications for Linguistic Science. In Newmeyer, F. (ed.). Linguistics. The Cambridge Survey, vol. 4. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 64-74.

Baugh, John (1991). Changing Terms of Self-Reference among American Slave Descendants. American Speech 66:2, 133-146.

Baugh, John (1996). Linguistic Discrimination. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 709-714.

Baugh, John (1999). Out of the Mouths of Slaves: African American Language and Educational Malpractice. Austin:  University of Texas Press.

Baugh, John (2000). Beyond Ebonics. Linguistic Pride and Racial Prejudice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Baugh, John (2000). Educational Malpractice and the Miseducation of Language Minority Students. In Hall, Joan Kelly & Eggington, William G. (eds). The Sociopolitics of English Language Teaching. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 104-116.

Baugh, John (2009). Linguistic Profiling, Education and the Law within and beyond the African Diaspora. In Kleifgen, Jo Anne and Bond, George C. (eds). The Languages of Africa and the Diaspora. Educating for Language Awareness. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 214-230.

Bauman, H-Dirksen L.  (2004). Audism: Exploring the Metaphysics of  Oppression. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, vol. 9 no. 2. Oxford University Press, 239-246. http://jdsde.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/content/abstract/9/2/239.

Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (2008). Introduction: Listening to Deaf Studies. In Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (ed.). Open Your Eyes. Deaf Studies Talking. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1-32.

Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (2008). Postscript: Gallaudet Protests of 2006 and the myths of In/Exclusion. In Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (ed.). Open Your Eyes. Deaf Studies Talking. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 327-336.

Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (2008). Preface. In Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (ed.). Open Your Eyes. Deaf Studies Talking. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, vii-ix.

Bauman, H-Dirksen L. (ed.) (2008). Open Your Eyes. Deaf Studies Talking. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Bauman, H-Dirksen & Murray, Joseph J. (2014). Deaf Gain. An Introduction. In Bauman, H-Dirksen & Murray, Joseph J. (eds). Deaf Gain. Raising the Stakes for Human Diversity. Foreword by Andrew Solomon. Afterword by Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, xv-xlii. ISBN 978-0-8166-9121- 0 (HC); 987-0-8166-9122.7.

Bauman, H-Dirksen & Murray, Joseph J. (eds) (2014). Deaf Gain. Raising the Stakes for Human Diversity. Foreword by Andrew Solomon. Afterword by Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 492-502. http://www.upress.umn.edu/book-division/books/deaf-gain?searchterm=Deaf+Gain

Bauman, R., and Briggs, C. (2003). Voices of modernity: Language ideologies and the politics of inequality. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bauman, Zygmunt (1973). Culture as praxis. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Bauman, Zygmunt (1997). Universalism and Relativism - Reaching an Impossible Compromise. Keynote lecture presented at the conference Development and Rights, Roskilde University, 8-10 October 1997.

Bauman, Zygmunt (1998a). Globalization. The Human Consequences. London: Polity Press.

Bauman, Zygmunt (1998b). Work, consumerism and the new poor. London: Open University Press.

Bauman, Zygmunt (2004). Europe. An Unfinished Adventure. London. Polity Press.

Baumgardner, Robert J. & Brown, Kimberley (2003). World Englishes: ethics and pedagogy. World Englishes 22(3): 245-251.

Bavelas, J. B., L. E. Rogers and F. E. Millar. (1985). Interpersonal conflict. In van Dijk, (1985). Vol. 4. (pp. 9‑26).

Baxi, Upendra (2002). The Future of Human Rights. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Bayer, Jennifer Marie (1986). A sociolinguistic investigation of the English spoken by the Anglo-Indians in Mysore city. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages.

Bayer, Jennifer Marie (1986). Dynamics of language maintenance among linguistic minorities. A sociolinguistic investigation of the Tamil communities in Bangalore. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages.

Bayer, Jennifer M. (2016). Multi-scritable Links. In Pattanayak, Supriya, Pattanayak, Chandrabhanu, and Bayer, Jennifer (eds). Multilingualism and Multiculturalism: Perceptions Practices and Policy. Celebrating the 80th birthday of D. P. Pattanayak. Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 103-113.

Bayir, Derya (2013). Turkey, the Kurds, and the legal contours of the right to self-determination. Kurdish Studies. The International Journal of Kurdish Studies, 1:1, 5-27.

Baynton, Douglas C. (1996). Forbidden signs: American culture and the campaign against sign language. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Beach, Hugh (1995). The new Swedish S‡mi policy - a dismal failure: concerning the Swedish governmentÕs proposition 1992/93:32, Samerna och samisk kultur m.m. (Bill). In Gayim, Eyassu & Myntti, Kristian (eds). Indigenous and tribal peoplesÕ rights. Rovaniemi: Northern Institute for Environmental and Minority Law, University of Lapland, 109-129.

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (1996). ÔIntegrated Education and the State of the Maliseet Language: Revitalisation or Linguicide? In Cichocki, Wladyslav, Anthony Lister, Maurice Holder and Anthony House (eds). Papers from the 20th Annual Meeting of the Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association. Fredericton: Graphic Services, University of New Brunswick, Legal Deposit National Library of Canada, ISSN 0831-3520. 

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2001). ÔCanadaÕs Colonial Mission: The Great White Bird.Õ In Binda, K. P. and Sharilyn Calliou (eds). Aboriginal Education in Canada: A Study in Decolonisation. Mississaugua: Canadian EducatorsÕ Press, 9-34.  

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2003). Linguicide and Historicide in Canada. Paper given at Presence of the Past: The Third National Conference on Teaching, Learning and Communicating the History of Canada.  Retrieved 7 December 2015 from the first part of  http://cultivatingalternatives.com/2013/02/03/hoping-against-hope-the-struggle-against-colonialism-in-canada/.

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2003). Linguicide and Historicide in Canada. Paper given at Presence of the Past: The Third National Conference on Teaching, Learning and Communicating the History of Canada. The oral version is in Part 1. Colonization and the Killing of History at http://cultivatingalternatives.com/2013/02/03/hoping-against-hope-the-struggle-against-colonialism-in-canada/

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2005). Education through the Medium of the Mother-Tongue: The Single Most Important Means for Saving Indigenous Languages.  Rationales and Strategies for Establishing Immersion Programs, drawn from A Symposium on Immersion Education for First Nations sponsored by St. Thomas University and The Assembly of First Nations, Fredericton, N.B., Canada, October 3-6, 2005. http://www.samediggi.fi/lausunnot/Andrea%20Revised%20Rationales%20for%20Immersion.htm

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2007). ÔThe Struggle of Indigenous Peoples in Canada for Linguistic Rights and Mother tongue Schooling.Õ Paper given at a Seminar on Language Revitalisation, Language Rights and Indigenous Peoples, sponsored by the Galdu Resource Centre for the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. ElgŒ, Norway, February 6, 2007. 

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2007). Defender of rights, or emperor with no clothes? Shunpiking. Nova ScoatiaÕs Discovery Magazine 49. MiÕkmaq & Maliseet First Nations Supplement, October 2007, 23.

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2007). Historicide & linguicide. Shunpiking. Nova ScoatiaÕs Discovery Magazine 49. MiÕkmaq & Maliseet First Nations Supplement, October 2007, 20-21.

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2009b). Linguistic decline and the educational gap: A single solution is possible in the education of Indigenous peoples. Available at http://www.afn.ca/index.php/en/policy-areas/education/key-issues-activities/documents-on-indigenous-languages

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2009). Reversing Language Shift through a Native Language Immersion Teacher Training Program in Canada. In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient Blackswan, 200-215.

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2009). Reversing Language Shift through a Native Language Immersion Teacher Training Program in Canada. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit & Panda, Minati (eds). Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 220-237.

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2011). Linguicide. Submersion education and the killing of languages in Canada. Briarpatch 40:2, March/April 2011, 4-8. [http://briarpatchmagazine.com/].

Bear Nicholas, Andrea (2016). Xxxxx

Beck, Rose Marie (2006). We speak Otjiherero but we write in English – Disempowerment through language use in participatory extension work. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 305-331.

Becker, L. C. (1980). The Moral Basis of Property Rights. In Pennock, J. R. & Chapman, J. W. (eds). Property. New York: New York University Press.

Beckert, Berit og L¿nnrot, Gitte (1987). Etniske grupper og bosŸtning, Roskilde: RUC.

Beder, Sharon (1997). Global Spin. The Corporate Assault on Environmentalism. Foxhole, Dartington: Green Books.

Bedir Khan, Emir Djeladet & Roger LESCOT (1970). Grammaire kurde (Dialecte Kurmandji), Paris.

Beeley, Fergus, Colwell, Mary & Stevens, Joanne(2006). Planet Earth – the future. Environmentalists and biologists, commentators and natural philosophers in conversation with Fergus Beeley. London: BBC Books.

Beeman, W. O. (1986). Language, Status, and Power in Iran. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Beernaert, Yves and Theodor Sander (1994). ÒIntroduction: The European Dimension of Teacher Education SystemsÓ, European Yearbook of Comparative Studies in Teacher Education - 1994,  1-xx.

Beernaert, Yves, H. van Dijk and Theodor Sander (1994). The European Dimension in Teacher Education. SNW4. Belgium: ATEE, The Association of Teacher Education in Europe, with Commission of the European Communities.

Beetham, David (2000). ÒUniversality and Cultural Difference in Human RightsÓ. Paper at UNESCO Programme Europa Mundi, Santiago di Compostella, 29 June – 2 July 2000, Intercultural Dialogue on Democracy and Human Rights, Sub-section: The effectiveness of human rights. In press with UNESCO.

Beiter, Klaus Dieter (2006). The Protection of the Right to Education by International Law. The Hague, Boston, London: Martinus Nijhoff.

Bekerman, Zvi (2005). Complex Contexts and Ideologies: Bilingual Education in Conflict-Ridden Areas. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 4(1), 1-20.

Belcher, Diane & Ulla Connor (eds) (2001). Reflections on multiliterate lives. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Bell, Nicole, Davis, Lynne, Douglas, Vern, Gaywish, Rainey, Hoffman, Ross, Lambe, Jeff, Manitowabi, Edna, McCaskill, Don, Pompana, Yvonne, Williams, Doug & Williams, Shirley (2005). Creating Indigenous Spaces in the Academy: Fulfilling Our Responsibility to Future Generations. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship 1: 1, 68-88.

Bello, Walden (1996). Structural Adjustment Programs. ÒSuccessÓ for Whom? In Mander, Jerry & Goldsmith, Edward (eds). The case against the global economy and for a turn toward the local. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 285-293.

Bello, Walden, Kinley, David & Elinson, Elaine (1982). Development Debacle: the World Bank in the Philippines. San Francisco. ISBN 0-935028-12-9.

Bello, Walden, with Shae Cunningham and Bill Rau (1994). Dark Victory: The United States, Structural Adjustment and Global Poverty. London: Pluto Press.

Belloncle, Guy (1980). Use of the Bambara language in training young people: an experiment in rural Mali, Prospects X:1, 107‑116.

Ben-Zeev, Sandra (1977a). Mechanisms by which chilhood bilingualism affects understanding of language and cognitive structures. In Hornby (Ed.), 29-55.

Ben-Zeev, Sandra (1977b). The influence of bilingualism on cognitive development and cognitive strategy. Child Development, 48(4), 1009-1018.

Benally, AnCita and Denis Viri 2005. ÔDine Bizaad (Navajo Language) at a Crossroads: Extinction or Renewal?Õ Bilingual Research Journal. Vol. 29, No. 1, 85-108.

Benda–a, Alejandro (2008). Is there a south perspective on genocide? Development Dialogue 50, December 2008. Thematic volume Revisiting the heart of darkness – Explorations into genocide and other forms of mass violence. 60 years after the UN Convention, ed. Henning Melber with John Y. Jones. Uppsala: Dag Hammarskjšld Foundation, in cooperation with Networkers South North, 279-292.

Bengtsson, Bertil (2015). Reforming Swedish Sami Legislation: A Survey of the Arguments. In Allard, Christina & Skogvang, Susann Funderud (eds). Indigenous Rights in Scandinavia. Autonomous Sami Law. Farnham, UK & Burlington, USA: Ashgate, 65-78.  

Benitez, Mariam Carrion and Lawson, David (2002). The Trial of Students: ÔTomorrow the Kurdish Language Will Be Prosecuted ÉÕ Kurdish Human Rights Project, Bar Human Rights Committee, Human Rights Association Trial Observation Report, July 2002. London, The Kurdish Human Rights Project.

Benitz, Lindsey (2009). Review of PŽrez, Bertha (2004). Becoming Biliterate. A Study of Two-Way Bilingual Immersion Education. Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 8, 54-57.

Bennell, Paul, with Terry Pearce (1998). The Internationalisation of Higher Education: Exporting Education to Developing and Transitional Economies. Working Paper 75. Brighton: Institute of Development Studies at the University of Sussex, Brighton.

Bennett, Tony, Grossberg, Lawrence & Morris, Meaghan (eds). (2005). New Keywords. A Revised Vocabulary of Culture and Society. Malden MA, Oxford & Carlton, Victoria: Blackwell Publishing.

Ben—, Attila & Szil‡gyi, S‡ndor N. (2005). Hungarian in Romania. In Fenyvesi, Anna (ed.). Hungarian Language Contact Outside Hungary. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 133-1xx.

Benson, Carol (2003). ÔPossibilities for educational language choice in multilingual Guinea-BissauÕ. In Huss, Leena, Antoinette Camilleri and Kendall King (eds). Transcending monolingualism: Family, school and society. Lisse Netherlands: Swets and Zeitlinger, 67-87.

Benson, Carol (2004a). ÔBilingual programmes as educational development: Access, quality, empowerment and equityÕ. Series A: General and Theoretical Paper No. 592. Essen: LAUD Linguistic Agency/University of Duisburg-Essen.

Benson, Carol (2004b). ÔDo we expect too much from bilingual teachers? Bilingual teaching in developing countriesÕ. In Brutt-Griffler, Janina and Manka Varghese. (eds). Bilingualism and language pedagogy. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 112-129.

Benson, Carol (2004c). The Importance of Mother Tongue-based Schooling for Educational Quality. Background paper for the EFA Global Monitoring Report 2995, Paris: UNESCO.

Benson, Carol (2008). ÔLanguage ÒchoiceÓ in educationÕ. In Peterson, Karin Anna and Marianne H¿yen (eds), Att sŸtte spor pŒ en vandring fra Aquinas til Bourdieu—Ÿresbog til Staf Callewaert [Following the footsteps of a journey from Aquinas to Bourdieu—Festschrift for Staf Callewaert]. Copenhagen: Forlaget Hexis, 487-514.

Benson, Carol (2008). ÔLanguage ÒchoiceÓ in educationÕ. PRAESA Occasional Papers No. 30. Cape Town: PRAESA, University of Cape Town.

Benson, Carol (2009). ÔDesigning effective schooling in multilingual contexts: going beyond bilingual ÒmodelsÓ.Õ In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 60-76.

Benson, Carol (2009). ÔDesigning effective schooling in multilingual contexts: going beyond bilingual ÒmodelsÓ.Õ In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit & Panda, Minati (eds). Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 63-81.

Benson, Carol (2012). Multilingual education in Northern and Southern contexts: A comparison and contrast with lessons for all. In Knudsen, Karin J—hanna, Petersen, Hjalmar P. & ‡ R—gvi, K‡ri (eds). 4 or more languages for all: Language policy challenges of the future. Oslo: Novus Press, 75-93.

Benson, Carol (2017). Multilingual Education for All: Applying an integrated multilingual curriculum model to low-income contexts. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 101-114.

Benson, Carol and Kosonen, Kimmo (2010). Language-in-education policy and practice in Southeast Asia in light of the findings from Ethiopia. In Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Multilingual Education Works. From the Periphery to the Centre. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan, 134-163.

Benson, Carol and Kosonen, Kimmo (2011). A Critical Comparison of Language-in-Education Policy and Practice in Four Southeast Asian Countries and Ethiopia. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove and Heugh, Kathleen (eds). Multilingual Education and Sustainable Diversity Work. From Periphery to Center. New York: Routledge, 111-137.

Benson, Carol and Kosonen, Kimmo (2011). A Critical Comparison of Language-in-Education Policy and Practice in Four Southeast Asian Countries and Ethiopia. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove and Heugh, Kathleen (eds). Multilingual Education and Sustainable Diversity Work. From Periphery to Center. New York: Routledge, 111-137.

Benson, Carol and Kosonen, Kimmo (eds). (2012). Language Issues in Comparative Education: Inclusive teaching and learning in non-dominant languages and cultures. Rotterdam, Boston, Taipei: Sense Publishers.

Benson, Carol, Heugh, Kathleen Heugh, Bogale, Berhanu and Gebre Yohannes, Mekonnen Alemu (2010). The medium of instruction in the primary schools in Ethiopia: a study and its implications for multilingual education. In Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Multilingual Education Works. From the Periphery to the Centre. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan, 40-83.

Benson, Carol, Heugh, Kathleen Heugh, Bogale, Berhanu and Gebre Yohannes, Mekonnen Alemu (2010). The medium of instruction in the primary schools in Ethiopia: a study and its implications for multilingual education. In Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Multilingual Education Works. From the Periphery to the Centre. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan, 40-83.

Benson, Carol, Heugh, Kathleen Heugh, Bogale, Berhanu and Gebre Yohannes, Mekonnen Alemu (2011). Multilingual Education in Ethiopian Primary Schools. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove and Heugh, Kathleen (eds). Multilingual Education and Sustainable Diversity Work. From Periphery to Center. New York: Routledge, 32-61.

Bentahila, Abdel‰li (1983). Language Attitudes Among Arabic‑French Bilinguals in Morocco. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Bentahila, Abdel‰li and Davies, Eirlys (1993) Language revival: Restoration or transformation? Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 14 (5), 355–73

Benton, Richard (1996). Language policy in New Zealand: Defining the Ineffable. In Herriman, Michael & Burnaby, Barbara (eds). Language policies in English-dominant countries: six case studies. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 62-98.

Benton, Richard A. (1979). The legal status of the Māori language: current reality and future prospects, Wellington: Maori Unit, New Zealand Council for Educational Research.

Benton, Richard A. (1981). The Flight of the Amokura: Oceanic Language and Formal Education in the South Pacific. Wellington: New Zealand Council for Educational Research.

Benton, Richard A. (1986). Schools as Agents for Language Revival in Ireland and New Zealand. In Spolsky (ed.), 53‑76.

Benton, Richard A. (2007). Mauri or Mirage? The Status of the Māori Language in Aotearoa New Zealand in the Third Millennium.  In Tsui, Amy B. M. & Tollefson, James W. (eds). Language Policy, Culture, and Identity in Asian Contexts. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers, 163-181.

Bereznak, Catherine & Campbell, Lyle (1996). Defense Strategies for Endangered Languages. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 659-666.

Berg, Tor Magne, Blind, Mariana & Labba, Per Stefan (2006). Gulahalan 1. Davvis‡migiella easka‡lgiide – vuosttas girji. Pohjoissaamea vasta-alkajille – ensimmŠinen kirja. [North Saami for beginners – book one]. çnar: S‡mediggi [Inari, Finland: The Saami Parliament].

Berger, C. R. (1985). Social power and interpersonal communication. In M. L. Knapp and G. R. Miller (Eds) Handbook of Interpersonal Communication (pp. 439‑496). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Berger, John and Mohr, Jean (1975). A Seventh Man. A book of images and words about the experience of Migrant Workers in Europe. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Berger, Peter L. & Luckmann, Thomas (1966). The social construction of reality. A treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Bergman, Pirkko (1993). Att undervisa pŒ tvŒ sprŒk (To teach through the medium of two languages). In Viberg, ke, Tuomela, Veli & Bergman, Pirkko (eds). TvŒsprŒkighet i skolan (Bilingualism at school). BAS-rapport 1. Rapporter om tvŒsprŒkighet 9. Stockholm: Stockholms universitet, Centrum fšr tvŒsprŒkighetsforskning.

Bergstršm, Matti (1986). Den glšmda resursen (The forgotten resource).  Fredsposten 6, 4-8.

Berlin, Brent (1991). The chicken and the egg revisited. Further evidence for the intellectualist base of ethnobiological classification. In Pawley, Andrew (ed.). Man and a half: essays in Pacific anthropology and ethnobiology in honour of Ralph Bulmer. Auckland: The Polynesian Society, 57-66.

Berman, Marshall (1987). (1982). Allt som Šr fast fšrflyktigas, Modernism och modernitet, Lund: Arkiv.

Berman, Paul et al. (1992). Meeting The Challenge of Language Diversity (Volume II, Findings and Conclusions). Berkeley: BW Associates, 1-223.

Bernal, Martin (1991). Black Athena. The Afroasiatic Roots of Classical Civilization. London: Vintage.

Bernaus, MercŽ (1994). The role of motivation in the learning of a third language at the age of four. Barcelona: Centre de Recursos de LlengŸes Estrangeres, Departament dÕEnsenyament, Generalitat de Catalunya. (unpublished report).

Bernhardt, Elizabeth B. (1991). A psycholinguistic perspective on second language literacy, in Hulstijn & Matter (Eds), 31-44.

Berns, Margie (1995). English in the European Union. English Today 11/3, 3-11.

Berns, Margie et al. (1998). Review Essay. (Re)experiencing hegemony: the linguistic imperialism of Robert Phillipson. International Journal of Applied Linguistics 8:2, 271-282.

Bernstein, Basil B. (1971). Class, Codes and Control. Volume 1: Theoretical Studies towards a Sociology of Language. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Bernstein, Basil B. (1975). Class, Codes and Control. Volume 3. Towards a Theory of Educational Transmissions. London/Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Bernstein, Basil B. (1981). Codes, modalities, and the process of cultual reproduction: A model. Language and Society 10, 327-363.

Bernstein, Basil B. (1996). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. (Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Education). London: Taylor & Francis.

Bernstein, Basil B. (ed.) (1973). Class, Codes and Control. Volume 2. Applied Studies towards a Sociology of Language. London/Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Bernstein, Basil och Lundgren, Ulf P. (1983). Makt, kontroll och pedagogik.

Berry, J. W. (1991). Understanding and managing multiculturalism. Psychology and Developing Societies 3, 17-49.

Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation and adaptation. Applied Psychology: An International Review 46, 5-34.

Berry, John (1998). Official multiculturalism. In Edwards, John (ed.), 84-101.

Berry, Vivien & McNeill, Arthur (2005). Raising English language standards in Hong Kong. Language Policy 4:4, 371-394.

Bertely Busquez, Mar’a (2010). Views from the Hemisphere of Resistance. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 141-159.

Berthoud, Anne-Claude (2003). Report on the Workshop held at the Fondation Universitaire de Bruxelles, 1 February 2003. European Language Council Information Bulletin 9, 7-1

Besikci, Ismail (1990). A Nation Deprived of Identity: The Kurds. Report to Minority Rights Conference. In Minority Rights, Policies and Practice in South-East Europe, Reports for the Conference at Christiansborg, Copenhagen, March 30th - April 1st 1990. Copenhagen: The Danish Helsinki Committee & The Minority Rights Group. (no page numbers).

Besikci, Ismail (2004). International Colony Kurdistan. Reading, Taderon Press.

Beşiki, İsmail (2017). The Turkish StateÕs Official Ideology, the Kurdish Language, and Language Rights. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Phillipson, Robert (eds). Language Rights. Volume III, pp. 206-224. London & New York: Routledge.

Beslutningsforslag nr. B65 af 7.2.1992.

Best, Geoffrey (1988). The French Revolution and human rights. In Best, Geoffrey (ed.). The Permanent Revolution. The French Revolution and its Legacy 1789-1989. London: Fontana, 101-128.

Beswick, Jaine E. (2007). Regional Nationalism in Spain. Language use and ethnic identity in Galicia. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

BetŸnkning om indvandrernes bosŸtningsm¿nster (1986). afgivet af udvalget vedr¿rende indvandrernes bosŸtningsm¿nster, K¿benhavn.

BetŸnkning over forslag til folketingsbeslutning om bedre integration og sikring af udlŸndinges retsstilling i danmark, afgivet af Retsudvalget den 16. juni (1992).

Bethell, Tom (1979). Against bilingual education, HarperÕs, February.

Bettinger-Lopez, Carol; Finger, Davida; Jain, Meetali; Newman, JoNel; and Paoletti, Sarah (2011). "Redefining Human Rights Lawyering Through the Lens of Critical Theory: Lessons for Pedagogy and Practice".  University of Pennsylvania Law School, Faculty Scholarship. Paper 536. http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1535&context=faculty_scholarship.

Bettoni, C. (Ed) (1986). Italians Abroad ‑ Altro‑Polo. Sydney: University of Sydney.

Beukes, Anne-Marie (2010). ÔOpening the doors of educationÕ: Language policy at the University of Johannesburg. Language Matters. Studies in the Languages of Africa 41(2), 193-213.

Beutel, Constance (1990). Education for whom and for what? The Newsletter for the North American Center for Active Learning through Drama, 1(4), 1-3.

Beutel, Constance (1990). To transform the world: all the rest is commentary. CABE Newsletter, 12(6), 3-13.

Beutel, Constance (2013). Crewmember Report: Benicia, California, Spaceship Earth. iBook.  xxx 

Beykont, Zeynep F. (1994). Academic Progress of a Nondominant Group: A Longitudinal Study of Puerto Ricans in New York CityÕs Late Exit Bilingual Programs. Unpublished PhD Thesis, Harvard University, Graduate School of Education.

Beykont, Zeynep F. (ed.) (2000). Lifting Every Voice. Pedagogy and politics of bilingualism. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Publishing Group.

Bgoya, Walter (1992). The challenge of publishing in Tanzania. In Altbach (Ed.) 1992, 169-190.

Bhabha, Homi (1990). The Other Question: Difference, Discrimination, and the Discourse of Colonialism. In Ferguson, Russell et al. (eds). Out There: Marginalization and Contemporary Cultures. New York: New Museum of Contemporary Arts & Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 71-89.

Bhabha, Homi (1994). The Location of Culture. London: Routledge.

Bhagavadgita - see Radhakrishnan 1977

Bhanot, Rakesh (1994). Rakesh Bhanot interviews Dr. Neville Alexander. Language Issues 6:2, 36-39.

Bhanot, Rakesh and Illes, Eva (eds) (2009). Best of Languag Issues: Articles from NATECLAÕs ESOL journal. Stevenage: Avantibooks.

Bhat, P. Ishwara (1993). A Comparative Study of the Language Provisions in the Constitutions of Canada and India from the Perspectives of Equal Liberty of All. Mysore: Department of Studies in Law, University of Mysore.

Bhatt, Arvind and Martin-Jones, Marilyn (1992). Whose resource? Minority languages, bilingual learners and language awareness. In Fairclough (ed.), xx-xx.

Bhattacharya, Usree (2017). Colonization and English ideologies in India: a language policy perspective. Language Policy 16, 1-21. DOI 10.1007/s10993-015-9399-2.

Bhavnani, K.‑K. (1988). Empowerment and social research. Some comments. TEXT, 8, 41‑50.

Bhola, H.S. (1984). Campaigning for literacy. Eight national experiences of the twentieth century, with a memorandum to decision-makers. Paris: Unesco.

Bialystok, Ellen (1991). Metalinguistic dimensions of bilingual language proficiency, in Bialystok (Ed).

Bialystok, Ellen (2001). Bilingualism in Development: Language, Literacy and Cognition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bialystok, Ellen (2009). Effects of bilingualism on cognitive and linguistic performance across the lifespan. In Gogolin, Ingrid and Neumann, Ulrike (eds). Streitfall Zweisprachigkeit – The bilingualism controversy. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag fur Sozialwissenschaften, 53-68.

Bialystok, Ellen (2010). Bilingualism. Wiley interdisciplinary reviews: Cognitive science, 1, 559-572.

Bialystok, Ellen (2011). Reshaping the mind: The benefits of bilingualism.Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65, 229-235.

Bialystok, Ellen (ed). (1991). Language Processing in Bilingual Children. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bible = The Holy Bible (1864). London: George E. Eyre and William Spottiswoode.

Bibliographie linguistique de lÕannŽe... et complŽment des annŽes prŽcŽdentes. Ed. ComitŽ International Permanent des Linguistes. Utrecht: Spectrum. (Section: Interlinguistics [planned languages] ‑ Interlinguistique [langues planifiŽes]).

Bibliography of Linguistic Literature (BLL). Frankfurt: Klostermann. (Section: Plansprachen/Artificial languages).

Bieswanger, Markus (2007). Language and education. In Handbooks of Applied Linguistics, Volume 9. Handbooks of Language and Communication: Diversity and Change, eds Marlis Hellinger & Anne Pauwels, Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 401-427.

Bild, Eva-Rebecca & Swain, Merrill (1989). Minority language students in a French immersion programme: their French proficiency. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 10:3, 255-274.

Bilingual Research Journal (1992), 16:1-2.

Billig, Michael (2013). Learn to Write Badly. How to Succeed in Social Sciences. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bilous, F. R., and R. M. Krauss. (1988). Dominance and accommodation in the conversational behaviors of same‑gender and mixed‑gender dyads. Language & Communication, 8, pp. 183‑194.

BirgŸl, Feridun (September 2015). Voice of Bakur. Preparations for pre-school education inclusive of childrenÕs oral literature. Diyarbakir: DISA (Diyarbakir Institute for Political and Social Research). English translation by Justyna Szewczyk.

Bjerregaard, Tom (1991). Projekt Fremtidens daginstitutioner. Udvikling af tvŸrkulturelle pŸdagogiske arbejdsmetoder, Udviklingsbr¿nd, i samarbejde med B¿rnehuset SpŸttebo, Br¿ndby: Br¿ndby kommune.

Black, Paul (1990). ÒSome Competing Goals in Aboriginal Language PlanningÓ, in: Richard B. Baldauf and Allan Luke (eds), Language planning and education in Australasia and the South Pacific. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, pp. 80-88.

Black, Paul (1990). Some Competing Goals in Aboriginal Language Planning. In Baldauf & Luke (eds), 80-88.

Black, Peter (1979). Status of Australian Languages. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

Blackburn, Simon (2009). In Defence of Moral Philosophy. CAM. Cambridge Alumni Magazine, Issue 58, Michaelmas, 34-37.

Blackledge, Adrian (2004). Construction of Identity in Political Discourse in Multilingual Britain. In Pavlenko, Aneta & Blackledge, Adrian (eds). Negotiation of Identities in Multilingual Contexts. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 68-92.

Blackledge, Adrian (2008). Language Ecology and Language Ideology. In Volume 9. Ecology of Language, eds. Angela Creese, Peter Martin and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 27-40.

Blackwood, Robert J. (2004). The Gallicisation of Corsica: the imposition of the French language from 1768 to 1945. Language Policy 3:2, 133-152.

Blaine, Carl P. (1974). Breaking the language barrier: New rights for CaliforniaÕs linguistic minorities, Pacific Law Journal 5: 648‑674.

Blair, David (1993). Australian English and Australian identity. In Schulz (Ed.) 62-70.

Blair, Tony (2005). Foreword. In Roxburgh, David J. (ed.). Turks. A journey of a thousand years, 600-1600. London: Royal Academy of Arts, 9. 

Blakar, R. (1979). Language as a means of social power. In R. Rommetveit and R. Blakar (Eds), Studies of Language, Thought and Verbal Communication. London: Academic Press.

Blakely, Edward J. & Snyder, Mary Gail (1997). Fortress America: Gated Communities in the United States. CA: Brookings Institute.

Blanchard, Rosemary Ann, Charlie, Perfilliea, DeGroat, Jennie, Platero, Paul & Secatero, Shawn (2003). Borderlands of identity - Revitalising language and cultural knowledge in a Navajo community living apart. In Huss, Leena, Camilleri, Antoinette & King, Kendall (eds). Transcending Monolingualism: Linguistic Revitalisation in Education. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, 193-224.

Blanchet, Karl & Keith, Regina (2006). AfricaÕs medical deficit. A Permanent drain of health personnel. Le Monde Diplomatique,  English edition,  December 2006, p. 13.

Blanke, Detlev (1985). Internationale Plansprachen. Berlin: Akademie‑Verlag. Thorough survey of attempts to design an international language, with strong emphasis on social aspects.

Blanke, Detlev (1987). The term ÕPlanned LanguageÕ. Language Problems & Language Planning 11:3, 335-349.

Blanke, Detlev (1996). Wege zur interlinguistischen und esperantologischen Fachliteratur. Language Problems and Language Planning 20:2, 168-181.

Blanke, Detlev (1997). Zur Plansprache Esperanto und zur Esperantologie im Wek von Eugen WŸster. In Eichner, Heiner, Ernst, Peter & Katsikas, Sergios (hrsgs). Sprachnormung und Sprachplanung. Festschrift fŸr Otto Back zum 70. Geburtstag. Wien: Verlag Edition Praesens.

Blanke, Detlev (1998). Plansprachen als Fachsprachen. Article 91. In Hoffmann, Lothar, KalverkŠmper, Hartwig & Wiegand, Herbert Ernst (eds). Fachsprachen. Languages for Special Purposes. Ein internationales Handbuch zur Fachsprachenforschung und Terminologiewissenschaft. An International Handbook of Special-Language and Terminology Research. Volume I. Berlin/ New York: Walter de Gruyter, 875-880.

Bleakney, Jean and Kirk, John (2009). The Garden at the Seamus Heaney Centre for Poetry. Belfast: Cl— Ollscoil na Banr’ona.

Blench, Roger (1996). Handout for paper Language Death in Central Nigeria, SOAS, December 5th 1996, sent on email December 5th 1996 to Endangered Languages List.

Bliesener, Ulrich (2003). European Language Policy -Frustration and hope. A Personal View of the State of Affairs. In Ahrens, RŸdiger (ed.). EuropŠische Sprachenpolitik/ European Language Policy. Heidelberg: UniversitŠtsverlag WINTER, 75-98.

Bloch, Anne-Christine (1995). Minorities and Indigenous Peoples. In Eide, Krause & Rosas (Eds), 309-321.

Bloch, Carole 2006. ÔTheory and Strategy of Early Literacy in Contemporary Africa with Special Reference to South AfricaÕ. Summary paper of PhD Thesis. http://www.uni-oldenburg.de/zsn/download/CaroleBloch.pdf.

Bloch, Mia (1998). ÔGod diktatorÕ s¿ges (Wanted: a Ôgood dictatorÕ). Information 16 June 1998, 8.

Block, David (2006). Identity in applied linguistics. In Omoniyi, Tope & White, Goodith (eds). The Sociolinguistics of Identity. London: Continuum, 34-49.

Block, David (2008). Language Education and Globalization. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 31-44.

Block, David & Cameron, Deborah (2002). Introduction. In Block, David & Cameron, Deborah (eds). Globalization and Language Teaching. London & New York: Routledge, 1-11.

Block, David, Gray, John & Holborow, Marnie (2012) Neoliberalism and Applied Linguistics. New York: Routledge.

Blommaert, Jan (1997). Ideology and Language in Tanzania: A Brief SurveyÕ In Herbert Robert K. (ed.). African Linguists at the Crossroads. Papers from the Kwaluseni 1st World Congress of African Linguistics, Swaziland, 18-22. VII. 1994. Kšln: RŸdiger Kšppe, 501-510.

Blommaert, Jan (2001). Review of Skutnabb-Kangas 2000. Applied Linguistics 22:4, 539-542.

Blommaert, Jan (2001). The Asmara Declaration as a sociolinguistic problem: Reflections on scholarship and linguistic rights. Journal of Sociolinguistics, 5:1, 131-142.

Blommaert, Jan (2004). Rights in Places. Comments on Linguistic Rights and Wrongs. In Freeland, Jane & Patrick, Donna (eds). Language Rights and Language Survival. Sociolinguistic and Sociocultural Perspectives. Manchester, UK & Northampton, MA: St. Jerome Publishing, 55-65.

Blommaert, Jan (2005). Situating language rights: English and Swahili in Tanzania revisited. Journal of Sociolinguistics 9/3, 390-417.

Blommaert, Jan (2008). Bernstein and poetics revisited: voice, globalization and education. Discourse & Society 19:4, 425-451.

Blommaert, Jan (2010). The sociolinguistics of globalization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Blommaert, Jan (2015). When ãscientificÒ became a synonym of ãunrealisticÒ. http://alternative-democracy-research.org/. Downloaded from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/279195617 on 28 June 2015.

Blommaert, Jan and Rampton, Ben (2011). Language and Superdiversity. Diversities 13(2). UNESCO. ISSN 2079 6595
www.unesco.org/shs/diversities/vol13/issue2/art1.

Blommaert, Jan and Verschueren, Jef (1995). The Role of Language in European Nationalist Ideologies. In SchŠffner & Wenden (Eds), 137-160.

Blomster, Risto (2015). Den romska musiken drar upp grŠnser och skapar kontakter. I Pulma, Panu (red.). De finska romernas historia frŒn svenska tiden till 2000-talet. Helsingfors: Svenska. LitteratursŠllskapet i Finland, & Stockholm: Bokfšrlaget Atlantis, 306-379

Blondin, Christiane, Candelier, Michel, Edelenbos, Peter, Johnstone, Richard, Kubanek-German, Angelika & Taeschner, Traute (1998). Foreign Languages in Primary and Pre-school Education: Contexts and Outcomes. A Review of Recent Research within the European Union. Report for DG22. Brussels: European Commission (also London: CILT; also German and French versions).

Bloom, Jennifer 2008. Pedagogical Code-Switching: A case study of three bilingual content teachersÕ language practices. Unpublished Ed.D. dissertation, Teachers College, Columbia University.

Bloomfield, Leonard (1933). Language. New York: Holt.

Bloor, Thomas and Wondwosen Tamrat. 1996. ÔIssues in Ethiopian Language Policy and EducationÕ. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. Vol.17. No.5, 321-338.

Bloor, Tom (1986). University studentsÕ knowledge about language: some aspects of language awareness prior to instruction in university courses. British Association for Applied Linguistcs, CLIE (Committee for Linguistics in Education, Linguistics Association of Great Britain) Working Papers No. 8.

Blum, Avram and Johnson, Eric J. (2012). Reading repression: Textualizing the linguistic marginalization of non-native English-speaking teachers in Arizona. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 11:3, 167-184.

Blythe, Ronald (1972). Akenfield. Portrait of an English Village. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin. [1969].

Boada, Humbert & Forns, Maria (in press). The speaker and listener referential communication skills on Catalan Immersion programmes. In First European Conference on the Evaluation of Immersion Programmes. Vaasa/Vasa: Continuing Education Center, University of Vaasa/Vasa, Finland.

Board of Indian Commissioners (1880). Report of the Board of Indian Commissioners. Washington, D.C.: US Government Printing Office (Eleventh Annual Report for 1879).

Bobaljik, Jonathan David, Pensalfini, Rob & Storto, Luciana (1996). A Prelimary Bibliography on Language Endangerment and Preservation. MIT Working Papers in Linguistics, vol. 28. Papers on Language Endangerment and the Maintenance of Linguistic Diversity. Cambridge, MA: MIT. [Available from TerralinguaÕs web-site www.terralingua.org].

Bobbit, Philip (2003). Spooks and spin doctors. Guardian Weekly, July 10-16, 11.

Bocock, Robert (1986). Hegemony. Series Key ideas, Open university. Chichester, London & New York: Ellis Horwood & Tavistock.

Boff, Leonardo (1987). The maternal face of God: the feminine and its religious expressions. San Francisco: Harper & Row.

Bogale, Berhanu and Mekonnen Alemu Gebre-Yohannes (2007). ÔHistory and context of Language Education policy in EthiopiaÕ. In Heugh, Kathleen, Carol Benson, Berhanu Bogale, Mekonnen Alemu Gebre-Yohannes. Final Report. Study on Medium of Instruction in Primary Schools in Ethiopia. Commissioned by the Ministry of Education, September 2006. Addis Ababa: Ministry of Education of Ethiopia, 44 – 55.

B¿gelund Nielsen, E. (1984). Indvandrerpolitik i Danmark 1969‑1984, Speciale, Roskilde: RUC, Institut for Samfunds¿konomi og PlanlŸgning.

Bohn, Emil, and Randall Stutman. (1983). Sex‑role differences in the relational control dimension of dyadic interaction. WomenÕs Studies in Communication, 6, 96‑104.

Boixaderas, Rosa, Canal, Imma & Fernandez, Estela (1992). Avaluaci— dels nivells de llengua Catalana, Castellana i Matemˆtiques en alumnes que han seguit el programa dÕimmersi— lingŸ’stica i en alumnes que no lÕhan seguit. In Ponencies, comunicacions i conclusions del Segons simposi sobre lÕensenyament del catalˆ a no-catalano­par­lants. Vic: EUMO, 165-182.

Bokamba, Eyamba G. (1991). French colonial language policies in Africa and their legacies. In Marshall, David F. (ed.). Language planning. Focusschrift in honor of Joshua A.Fishman on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: J.Benjamins, 175-213.

Bokamba, Eyamba G. and Tlou, Josiah S. (1980). The Consequences of the Language Policies of African States vis-a-vis Education. In Reconsideration of African Linguistic Policies. Kampala: OAU Bureau of Languages Publication 3, 45‑66.

Bolinger, Dwight (1980). Language ‑ The Loaded Weapon. The use and abuse of language today. London/New York: Longman.

Boltz, C. J., and D. U. Seyler. (Eds). (1982). Language Power. New York: Random House.

Bondestam, Anna (1961). Klyftan. Helsingfors: Holger Schildts fšrlag.

Bonfil, Guillermo (Ed) (1981). Utop’a y revoluci—n. El pensamiento pol’tico de los indios en AmŽrica Latina. MŽxico: Editorial Nueva Imagen.

Bonner, Donna 2001. ÔGarifuna ChildrenÕs Language Shame: Ethnic Stereotypes, National Affiliation, and Transnational Immigration as Factors in Language Choice in Southern BelizeÕ. Language in Society. Vol. 30, No. 2, 81-96.

Bonnici, Lisa (2009). Review of Pavlenko, Aneta (2005). Emotions and multilingualism. New York: Cambridge University Press. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 8, 61-64.

Bššk-Cederstršm, Lena, Eriksson, Kristina & Fredriksson, Kerstin (1977). Invandrare I Sverige 1965-1974. En bibliografi. BorŒs: Immigrant-Institutet.

Books, Sue (ed.) (1998). Invisible Children in the society and its schools. Mahvah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Boran, Idil (2003). Global Linguistic Diversity, Public Goods, and the Principle of Fairness. In Kymlicka, Will & Patten, Alan (eds). Language Rights and Political Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 189-209.

Bor‡s, S‡ndor, Fric, Pavol, Haidov‡, Katarina, Huncik, PŽter, and M‡thŽ, R—bert (1995). Counter-Proof. The examination of the Slovak-Hungarian relationship with sociological and ethnopsychological methods in Slovakia. XX, Slovakia: S‡ndor M‡rai Foundation & Publishing House NEP.

Bordie, John (1978). Kurdish Dialects in Eastern Turkey. In Jazayery, Mohammad Ali et al. (eds). Linguistic and Literary Studies in Honour of Archibal A Hill, Vol II, Descriptive Linguistics. The Hague: Mouton, 205-212.

Bšrestam, Ulla, Gršndahl, Satu and Straszer, Bogl‡rka (eds) (2008). Revitalisera mera! En artikelsamling om den sprŒkliga mŒngfalden I Norden tillŠgnad Leena Huss. [Revitalise more! Articles about linguistic diversity in the Nordic countries. Festschrift fšr Leena Huss]. Uppsala: Uppsala Universitet, Centrum fšr multietnisk forskning.

Borst, Arno (1957-63). Der Turmbau von Babel. Geschichte der Meinungen Ÿber Ursprung und Vielfalt der Sprachen und Všlker (The building of the tower of Babel. History of views on the origins and diversity of languages and peoples). 6 vols. Stuttgart: Hiersemann. [reprinted in MŸnchen in 1995; 2,320 pages].

Boruah, Padmini (2017). Learning English in a low-cost semi-urban English-medium school in India: Challenges, interaction patterns and domains of useIn Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 289-306.

Boseker, Barbara J. (1989). The English-Only Controversy in the United States, Paper presented to the Fourth International Conference on Minority Languages, Fryske Akademy, Ljouwert, June 22 (1989).

Bossers, Bart (1991). On thresholds, ceilings and short-circuits: the relation between L1 reading, L2 reading and L2 knowledge, in Hulstijn & Matter (Eds), 45-60.

Boston, Ken (1989)., Address delivered at a seminar on ÒFuture Directions of Multiculturalism and Ethnic Affairs in South AustraliaÓ, Adelaide, 0ctober 16.

Bottomore, T.B. (1967). Elite og Samfund. K¿benhavn: Nyt Nordisk Forlag.

Boudoin, Jean-Claude & Masse, Claude (1973). ƒtude comparative et Žvolutive des droits linguistiques en Belgique et en Suisse. ƒtude E15, la commission dÕenqute sur la situation de la langue franaise et sur les droits linguistiques au QuŽbec, QuŽbec: lՎditeur officiel du QuŽbec.

Boudreaux, Richard (2003). Nameless Kurds of Turkey. The Los Angeles Times, 30  January 2003.

Bourdieu, Pierre (1977). The Economics of Linguistic Exchange. Social Science Information 16:6, 645-668.

Bourdieu, Pierre (1992). Language & Symbolic Power. Edited and Introduced by John B.Thompson. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Bourdieu, Pierre (1998). La domination masculine. Paris: Seuil.

Bourdieu, Pierre (2001). Contre-feux 2. Pour un mouvement social europŽen. Paris. Raisons dÕagir.

Bourhis, Richard Y. (2001). Reversing Language Shift in Quebec. In Fishman, Joshua, A. (ed.) (2001). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 101-141.

Bourne, Jill (1989). Moving into the mainstream: LEA provision for bilingual pupils. Windsor, Berkshire: NFER-Nelson.

Boussebaa, Mehdi (2016). Offshore Call Centre Work is Breeding a New Colonialism. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 72-74.

Boussebaa, Mehdi, Sinha, Shuchi & Gabriel, Yiannis (forthcoming). Englishization in offshore call centers: A postcolonial perspective. Forthcoming, in International Journal of Business Studies.

Boutros-Ghali, Boutros (1992). An Agenda for Peace. New York: United Nations.

Boutros-Ghali, Boutros (1995). Unity and Diversity: The Contemporary Challenge. Paper given at Global Cultural Diversity Conference, Strength in Diversity - an Investment in Our Future, Conference to celebratate the 50th Anniversary of the United Nations, organised by the Australian Prime MinisterÕs Office, Sydney, 26-28 April 1995.

Bowater, George (2006). We have no minorities. Inside the lost world of Armenian Turkey. Granta 94, summer 2006, 205-220.

Bowers, C.A. 2002. Detr‡s de la apariencia. Hacia la descolonizaci—n de la educaci—n. Lima, Perœ: PRATEC.

Bowers, Chet (2006). The language of conquest and the loss of the commons. In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 180-189.

Bowers, Roger (1997). New purposes, new paths. TESOL Matters 7:4, August/September 1997, 1, 5, 16.

Boxill, Bernard R. (1990). Integration and equality. New Community 17:1, 37-48.

Boyd, Sally (1985). Language Survival. A study of language contact, language shift and language choice in Sweden. Gothenburg monographs in linguistics, 6, Department of Linguistics. Gšteborg: University of Gothenburg.

Boyd, Sally (2011). Do National Languages Need Support and Protection in Legislation? The Case of Swedish as the ÔPrincipal LanguageÕ of Sweden. In  Norrby, Catrin & Hajek, John (eds). Uniformity and Diversity in Language Policy. Global Perspectives. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 22-36.

Boyne, Roy (1990). Culture and the World-System. In Featherstone (Ed.), 57-62.

Bozarslan, Mehmed Emin (1968). Alfabe, Istanbul (banned and burned; republished in Sweden in (1980).

Bozarslan, Mehmed Emin (1983). Information om den kurdiska tidskriften Jin (Information on the Kurdish journal Jin), Information till Statens KulturrŒd, Uppsala, stencil.

Bracey, Gerald (2006). The 16th Bracey report on the condition of public education. Phi Delta Kappan, October.

Bracho, Frank (2006). Happiness and Indigenous Wisdom in the history of the Americas. In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 29-44.

Bradac, J. J., and A. Mulac. (1984). A molecular view of powerful and powerless speech styles. Communication Monographs 51, 307‑319.

Bradac, J. J., and A. Mulac. (1984). Attributional consequences of powerful and powerless speech styles in a crisis‑intervention context. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 3, 1‑19.

Bradac, J. J., M. R. Hemphill and C. H. Tardy. (1981). Language style on trial: Effects of ÔpowerfulÕ and ÔpowerlessÕ speech upon judgments of victims and villains. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 45, 327‑341.

Bradbury, Ray (1975) [1953]. Fahrenheit 451. Helsonki: uusi kirjakerho, 2 painos).

Braen, AndrŽ (1987). Language rights, in Bastarache (Ed), 3‑63.

Braine, George (1999). Nonnative English Speakers in TESOL Caucus Formed. TESOL Matters 9:1, February/March, 6.

Braine, George (ed.) (1999). Non-Native Educators in English Language Teaching. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Bransford, John D., Ann L. Brown and Rodney R. Cocking 2000. How People Learn: Brain, Mind, Experience, and School. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Branson, Jan &  Miller, Don (1993). Sign Language, the Deaf and the Epistemic Violence of Mainstreaming. Language and Education, 7(1), 21-41.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (1989). Beyond integration policy - the deconstruction of disability. In Barton, L. (ed.). Integration: Myth or reality. Brighton: Falmer Press, 144-167.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (1995). Sign Language and the Discursive Construction of Power over the Deaf through Education. In David Corson (ed.) Discourse and Power in Educational Settings. Creskill, New Jersey: Hampton Press, 167-189.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (1995). The Story of Betty Steel. Deaf Convict and Pioneer. AustraliaÕs Deaf Heritage, Volume One. Sydney: Deafness Resources Australia.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (1996). Writing Deaf subaltern history: is it a myth, is it history, is it genealogy? is it all, or is it none? In Vollhaber, T. & Fischer, R. (eds). Collage. Works on international Deaf history. Hamburg: Signum Press, 185-194.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (1998). National Sign Languages and Language Policies. In The Encyclopedia of Language and Education. Volume 1. Language Policies and Political Issues in Education. Wodak, Ruth & Corson, David (eds). Dordrecht: Kluwer, 89-98.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (1998). Nationalism and the linguistic rights of Deaf communities: Linguistic imperialism and the recognition and development of sign languages. Journal of Sociolinguistics 2:1, 1998: 3-34.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (2000). Maintaining, developing and sharing the knowledge and potential embedded in all our languages and cultures: on linguists as agents of epistemic violence. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.). Rights to language. Equity, power and education. Celebrating the 60th Birthday of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 28-32.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (2002). Damned for Their Difference. The Cultural Construction of Deaf People as Disabled. Washington, D.C.: Gallaudet University Press.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (2007). Beyond ÒLanguageÓ: Linguistic Imperialism, Sign Languages and Linguistic Anthropology. In Makoni, Sinfree & Pennycook, Alastair (eds). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 116-134.

Branson, Jan & Miller, Don (2008). National Sign Languages and Language Policies. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 151-165.

Branson, Jan, Miller, Don & Sri-on, Jitprapa (2005). A History of the Education of Deaf People in Thailand. Chulalongkorn University Printing House. [ISBN 974-9942-40-X] .

Brayboy, Bryan McKinley Jones (2005). Toward a Tribal Critical Race Theory in Education. The Urban Review, Vol. 37, No. 5, December 2005, 425-446.

Brecht, Richard D. & Walton, A. Ronald (1993). National strategic planning in the less commonly taught languages. Washington, D.C.: National Foreign Language Center.

Brecht, Richard D. and Rivers, William P. (2012). US language policy in defence and attack. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,  262-277.

Bremen Declaration on the Human Rights in Kurdistan, (1989). In Human Rights in Kurdistan, 231‑233.

Brend, R. (1975). Male‑female intonation patterns in American English. In B. Thorne and N. Henley (1975).),  (pp. 84‑87).

Brenzinger, Matthias (1992). Lexical retention in language shift: jaaku/Mukogodo-Maasai and Elmolo/Elmolo-Samburu. In Brenzinger (ed.), 213-254.

Brenzinger, Matthias (ed.) (1992). Language death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Brenzinger, Matthias & Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (1992). Social contexts of language death. In Brenzinger (ed.), 3-5.

Breton, Roland (1996). The dynamics of ethnolinguistic communities as the central factor in language policy and planning. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 118, 163-179.

BrŽv”lle, Benoit & Bulard, Martine (2014). The injustice industry. Investment legal disputes determine national policy. TTIP Special Report. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, June 2014, 13.

Bright Red Star (1974). Peking: Foreign Languages Press. [based on the novel of the same title; adapted by Wang Pei-chia].

Brink, AndrŽ and Coetzee, J. M. (eds). (1986). A land apart. A South African reader. London & Boston: Faber and Faber.

Brink, Satya, Nissinen, Kari & Vettenranta, Jouni (2013). Equity and excellence. Evidence for policy forulation to reduce the difference in PISA performance between Swedish speaking and Finnish speaking students in Finland. JyvŠskylŠ: University of JyvŠskylŠ, Finnish Institute for Educational Research. https://ktl.jyu.fi/julkaisut/julkaisuluettelo/julkaisut/2013/g047 (in English); https://ktl.jyu.fi/julkaisut/julkaisuluettelo/julkaisut/2013/g048.pdf (in Swedish)

Britton, James (1970). Their language and our teaching, English in Education, 4:2, 5-13.

Britton, James, Robert E. Shafer  & Ken Watson (Eds) (1990). Teaching and learning English worldwide, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1993). Education in Africa. Education for self-reliance or recolonization? Rapport Nr. 3. Oslo: University of Oslo, Institute for Educational Research.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1993). Language of instruction in African schools. A socio-cultural perspective, Nordisk Pedagogik, 13, 225-246.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1994). Reconstruction of Curricula in Africa - a Feminist Perspective. In Takala (ed.), 243-262.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1995). The teaching of Namibian languages in the formal education system. Study for the Ministry of Basic Education and Culture in Namibia. December 1995. Windhoek, manuscript.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1996). Internationalisierung des Bildungswesens - eine kritische Perspektive. Paper for the Conference Bildung zwischen Staat und Macht, XV Kongress der deutschen Gesellschaft fŸr Erziehungswissenschaft. Halle an der Saale, MŠrz 1996, manuscript.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1997). The language question in Namibian schools. International Review of Education 43:2/3, 241-260.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (1998). Multicultural Education and Development: Similarities with, and Challenges to, Peace Education. AFB-Texte Nr. 1/98. Bonn: Arbeitsstelle Friedensforschung Bonn/ Information Unit Peace Research.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (2000). Whose Education for All? Recolonizing the African Mind? New York: Falmer Press.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (2005). ÔThe Continued Battle over Kiswahili as the Language of Instruction in TanzaniaÕ. In Brock-Utne, Birgit and Rodney K. Hopson (eds). Languages of Instruction for African Emancipation: Focus on Postcolonial Contexts and Considerations. Cape Town: CASAS and Dar es Salaam: Mkuki na Nyota, 57-87.

Brock-Utne, Birgit (2017). Multilingualism in Africa: Marginalisation and empowerment. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 61-78.

Brock-Utne, Birgit & Garbo, Gunnar (eds) (1999). Globalization on Whose Terms? Oslo: University of Oslo, Institute for Educational Research.

Brock-Utne, Birgit & Nagel, Tove (eds) (1996). The Role of Aid in the Development Education for All. Report No. 8. Oslo: University of Oslo Institute for Educational Research.

Bromley, D.W. (1991). Environment and Economy: property rights and public policy. Oxford: Blackwell.

Bromley, Yu.V. (1973). Ethnos and Ethnography. Moscow: Nauka Publishers.

Bromley, Yu.V. (1981). Present-Day Problems of Ethnography. Moscow: Nauka Publishers.

Bromley, Yu.V. (1984). Theoretical Ethnography. Moscow: Nauka Publishers.

Br¿ndby kommune (1989). hvordan skal jeg snakke?, Br¿ndby: Br¿ndby kommune.

Brooke, M. E., and S. H. Ng. (1986). Language and social influence in small conversational groups. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 5, 201‑210.

Brown, Daphne M. (1979). Mother tongue to English. The young child in the multilingual school. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Brown, Keith & Law, Vivien (eds) (2002). Linguistics in Britain: Personal histories. Oxford, UK & Boston, USA: Publications of the Philological Society, 36.

Brown, Lester (1998a). The Future of Growth. In State of the World 1998, 3-20.

Brown, Lester (1998b). Struggling to Raise Cropland Productivity. In State of the World 1998, 79-95.

Brown, Lester & Mitchell, Jennifer (1998). Building a New Economy. In State of the World 1998, 168-187.

Brown, N. Anthony (2005).  Language and Identity in Belarus. Language Policy 4:3, 311-332

Brown, R., and A. Gilman. (1960). The pronouns of power and solidarity. In T. A. Sebeok (Ed.). Style in Language. (pp. 253‑277). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Brown, Richard P. C. & Connell, John (eds) (1995). Migration and Remittances in the South Pacific. Asian and Pacific Migration Journal 4(1). Special Issue.

Browne, Janet (1995). Charles Darvin. Voyaging. A biography. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Browne, Janet (2002). Charles Darvin. The Power of Place. Volume 2 of A biography. Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University Press.

Bruck, Margaret (1978). ÔThe Suitability of Early French Immersion Programs for the Language Disabled ChildÕ. Canadian Journal of Education. Vol. 3, 51-72.

Bruk av samisk sprŒk. Unders¿kelse blant samisksprŒklige og ikke-samisksprŒklige. Rapport og tabellvedlegg. (2000). Ohcejohka (Utsjoki): S‡mi Eal‡hus- ja Guorahallanguovdd‡š / Samisk NŸrings- og Utredningssenter.

Brumfit, C. (Ed.) (1995). Language education in the national curriculum. Oxford: Blackwell.

Brumfit, Christopher (1995). English 2000: the professional issues. In Best of ELTECS. Manchester: The British Council, 14-24.

Bruner, Jerome (1976). Language as an Instrument of Thought, in Davies (Ed).

Bruner, Jerome S. ((1974). Relevance of Education. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Brunot, Ferdinand (1967). Histoire de la langue franaise des origines ˆ nos jours, tome IX, La rŽvolution et lÕempire, Paris: Armand Colin.

Bruthiaux, Paul (2009). Multilingual Asia. Looking back, looking across, looking forward. AILA Review 22, 120-130.

Brutt-Griffler, Janina (2002). Class, Ethnicity, and language Rights: An Analysis of British Colonial Policy in Lesotho and Sri Lanka and Some Implications for Language Policy. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 1(3): 207-234.

Brutt-Griffler, Janina (2003). World English: A Study of its Development. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Brutt-Griffler, Janina (2004a). The Sound of Retreat: the linguistic imperialist camp in disarray. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 3(2): 134-140.

Brutt-Griffler, Janina (2004b). Concluding Comments. The Analysis of Language, Class, and Language Rights. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 3(2): 155-157.

Bruun, Inger & Hammer, Ole (1991). Statistik om indvandrere og flygtninge. Dokumentation om indvandrere 2, 1991.

Bruun, Kettil & Christie, Nils (19xx). Den goda fienden xx.

Bruun, Kettil, Ingegerd Municio, Markku Peura & Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (1984). Den Sverigefinska skolfrŒgan. PreliminŠr projektplan, Stockholm: Riksfšrbundet Finska Fšreningar i Sverige.

Bryant, Alison & Emery, Steve (2014). U.K.Õs Human Embryology and Fertilization Act: A Case Study of Deaf Gain and Legal Theory. In Bauman, H-Dirksen & Murray, Joseph J. (eds). Deaf Gain. Raising the Stakes for Human Diversity. Foreword by Andrew Solomon. Afterword by Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 37-62. http://www.upress.umn.edu/book-division/books/deaf-gain?searchterm=Deaf+Gain

Bryld, Tine (1998). I den bedste mening (With the best of intentions). Nuuk: Atuakkiorfik.

Bryld, Tine (1998). I den bedste mening [With the best of intentions]. K¿benhavn: Gyldendal.

Buber, Martin (1958). I and Thou. Translated by R.G.Smith. New York: Macmillan.

Bucak, Ali (1989). The Turkish Penal Code and the Kurds. In Human Rights in Kurdistan, 122‑133.

Bucak, Serta (1989). The Right of Self-Determination and the Kurdish Question, in Human Rights in Kurdistan, 167‑179.

Bucak, Serta (1990). Violations of Human Rights in Turkish Kurdistan, Report to Minority Rights Conference 1990, in Minority Rights, Policies and Practice in South-East Europe.

Bucak, Serta (1991). The Linguistic Human Rights of the Kurds in Turkey, Paper at the Conference ÒLinguistic Rights of the MinoritiesÓ, University of Lapland, Rovaniemi, Finland, 30 May -1 June (1991).

Bucak, Serta (1998) - see Internationaler Verein fŸr Menschenrechte der Kurden.

BŸchert, Lene (1996). The concept od Education for All - what has happened after Jomtien? In Brock-Utne & Nagel (eds), 73-98.

Budhamagar, Karna Bahadur (2008). Magar Nepali Dictionary. Kathmandu: Nepal Magar Association. [ISBN 978-9937-2-0163-6; kbmagar@yahoo.com]

Bugarski, Ranko (1987). Language Policy and Language Planning in Yugoslavia, in Maurais (Ed) (1987).

Bugarski, Ranko & Hawkesworth, Celia (eds) (1992). Language Planning in Yugoslavia. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica Publishers.

Bull, Tove (1985). Lesing og barns talemŒl. Oslo: Novus.

Bull, Tove (1995). Language Maintenance and Loss in an Originally Trilingual Area in North Norway. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 115, 125-134.

Bull, Tove & Pedersen, Svein (1997). Paradigmeskifte i norskfaget og morsmŒlspedagogisk endring. I Andresen, Trond & Byberg, Jan E. (eds). ÓDu skal ikkje ha andre fag enn norskÓ. Oslo: LNU (Landslaget for norskundervisning)/Cappelen, 103-124.

Bull, W.E. (1955). Review of Unesco (1953). International Journal of American Linguistics 21, 288-294.

Bullivant, Brian M. (1981). The Pluralist Dilemma in Education, Sydney: George Allen & Unwin.

Bullivant, Brian M. (1984). Ethnolinguistic Minorities and Multicultural Policy in Australia, in Edwards (Ed) (1984). 107‑140.

Bullivant, Brian M. (1984). Pluralism: Cultural Maintenance and Evolution. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Bullivant, Brian M. (1995). Ideological influences on linguistic and cultural empowerment: An Australian example. In Tollefson (ed.), 161-186.

Bunce, Pauline (2012). Out of Sight, Out of Mind É and Out of Line: Language Education in the Australian Indian Ocean Territory of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 37-59.

Bunce, Pauline (2016). The English Alphabet: Alpha-Best or Alpha-Beast? In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 142-153.

Bunce, Pauline (2016). Voluntary Overseas English Language Teaching: A Myopic, Altruistic Hydra. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 106-117.

Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (2016). Introduction. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 1-20.

Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds) (2016). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Bunting, Madeleine (2016). Love of Country. A Hebridian Journey. London: Granta.

Bunyan, Tony (ed.) (1993). Statewatching the new Europe. A handbook on the European state. London: Statewatch.

Bunyi, Grace (1997). Language in Education in Kenyan Schools. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 33-44.

Burawoy, Michael (2008). From liberation to reconstruction: theory and practice in the life of Harold Wolpe. In Alexander, Amanda (ed.) (2008). Articulations: A Harold Wolpe Memorial Lecture Collection. Trenton, NJ and Asmara, Eritrea: Africa World Press, 3-34.

Burbank, Jane and Cooper, Frederick (2012). Multiple strategies of imperial statecraft. How empire ruled the world. Le Monde diplomatique, English version, January 2012, 14-15.

Burchfield, Robert (1985). The English Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Burckhardt, Till (2011). Book review of Alexandre Duchne: Ideologies across nations. The Construction of linguistic minorities at the United Nations (Language, Power and social Progress). Language Policy 10:1, 81-83.

Burkay, Kemal (1991). The present situation in Turkish Kurdistan, Paper presented at the hearing The Kurdish People, 11.5.1991, organised by The Danish Helsinki Committee & Politiken,  Louisiana.

Burke, Jason (2016). The New Threat from Islamic Militancy. London: Vintage.

Burke, Mary Ann (1992). CanadaÕs immigrant children. Canadian Social Trends, Spring (1992), 15-20.

Burnaby, Barbara (1996). Language Policies in Canada. In Herriman & Burnaby (eds), 159-219.

Burnaby, Barbara (2002). Reflections on Language Policies in Canada: Three Examples. In Tollefson, James W. (ed.). Language Policies in Education. Critical Issues. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 65-86.

Burnaby, Barbara (2008). Language Policy and Education in Canada. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 331-342.

Burnaby, Barbara & Mackenzie, Marguerite (2002). Cree Decision Making Concerning Language: A Case Study. Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development 22:3, xx-xx.

Burnaby, Barbara & Reyhner, Jon (eds). Indigenous Languages Across the Community. Flagstaff, Arizona: Northern Arizona University.

Burnside, John (2015). Words born of connection to place. Book review of Macfarlane, Robert (20xx). Landmarks. xx: Hamish Hamilton. The Guardian Weekly 17.07.2015, 36-37.

Burt, Marina K. & Dulay, Heidi C. (eds) (1975). New Directions in Second Language Learning, Teaching and Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C.: Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages.

Butler, R.E. ÒRustyÓ (1985). On Creating a Hispanic America: A nation within a nation? Washington, D.C.: Council for Inter-American Security.

Butters, Ronald R. (2012). Language and Copyright. In Tiersma, Peter M. and Solan, Lawrence M. (eds). Oxford Handbook of Language and Law. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 463-477.

Byatt, A.S. (1985). Still Life. London: Vintage, Random House.

Byram, Michael (2003). Plurilingualism, Identity and a Guide for Language Education Policy. In Ahrens, RŸdiger (ed.). EuropŠische Sprachenpolitik/ European Language Policy. Heidelberg: UniversitŠtsverlag WINTER, 57-73.

Byram, Michael & Leman, Johan (Eds) (1990). Bicultural and Trilingual Education. The Foyer Model in Brussels. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Byram, Michael, Gribkova, Bella & Starkey, Hugh (2002). Developing the intercultural dimension in language teaching. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

Byrd, Jodi A. (2006). (Post)Colonial Plainsongs: Toward native literature worldings. In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.) 2006). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 81-93.

Byrne, Heidi (Ed.) (1992). Languages for a Multicultural World in Transition. Illinois: National Textbook Company.

Byrne, Iain & Wilson, Duncan (2007). Empowering the Next Generation: Securing the Right to Education in the New Millennium. Interights Bulletin 15:4, 165-168. [Interights Bulletin. A Review of the International Centre for the Legal Protection of Human Rights, www.interights.org].

Cabau, BŽatrice (2014). Language policy/planning and linguistic rights in Sweden. International Journal of  Law, Language & Discourse 4.2, 2014: 75-97.

Cabau, BŽatrice (2016). Language policy/planning and linguistic rights in Sweden. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Phillipson, Robert (eds). Language Rights. Routledge.

‚ağlayan, Handan (2014). Same Home – Different Languages. Intergenerational language shift. Tendencies, limitations, opportunities- The case of Diyarbakir.Yenişehir /Diyarbakir: DISA (Diyarbakir Institute for Political and Social Research; www.disa.org.tr). ISBN 978-605-5458-23-2.

Cahn, Edgar S. and Hearne, David W. (eds) (1969). Our BrotherÕs Keeper: The Indian in White America. New York: New Community Press.

Cairns, Tamati (2012). A Personal Reflection: New Zealand Māori. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 104-106

Cajete, Gregory (2006). Western science and the loss of natural creativity. In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 247-259.

CAL, Center for Applied Linguistics. (2011). Directory of foreign language immersion programs in U.S. schools. http://www.cal.org/resources/immersion/(accessed 9 February 2012).

Caldaras, Hans (2002). I betraktarens šgon. Memoarer [In the eyrs of the observer. Memoirs]. Stockholm: Prisma.

Calderbank, Tony (2012). Fi fiyl fi oda de (There is an elephant in the room): An introduction to Juba Arabic. In McIlwraith, Hamish (ed.). Multilingual Education in Africa: Lessons from the Juba Language-in-Education Conference. London: British Council, 217-224.

Caldwell, Erskine (1948). TŠmŠ maa [This Very Earth]. JyvŠskylŠ: Gummerus.

[California] State Department of Education (1981). Schooling and language minority students: a theoretical framework, Evaluation, Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University, Los Angeles.

California State Department of Education (1983). Basic principles for the education of language minority students. An overview, Sacramento: California State Department of Education.

California State Department of Education (1984). Studies on Immersion Education. A Collection for United States Educators. Sacramento: California State Department of Education.

California Tomorrow (1992). California Perspectives. San Francisco: An Anthology from The California Tomorrow Organization.

Calvet, Louis-Jean (1974). Linguistique et colonialisme: petit traitŽ de glottophagie. Paris: Payot.

Calvet, Louis-Jean (1987). La guerre des languages et les politiques linguistiques. Paris: Payot.

Calvo Ospina, Hernando – see Ospina, Hernando Calvo.

Camartin, Iso (1989). [1985] Rien que des mots? Plaidoyer pour les langues mineures. Genve: ZoŽ.

Camartin, Iso, (1985). [1982] Les relations entre les quatre rŽgions linguistiques, in SchlŠpfer et al. (Eds), 253-284.

Cameron, Deborah (1992). ÒRespect, please!Ó: Investigating race, power and language, in Cameron et al (1992)., 113-130.

Cameron, Deborah (1995). Verbal Hygiene. London & New York: Routledge.

Cameron, Deborah (2007). Language endangerment and verbal hygiene: History, morality and politics. In Duchne, Alexandre & Heller, Monica (eds). Discourses of Endangerment. Ideology and Interest in the Defence of Languages. London: Continuum, 268-285.

Cameron, Deborah (Ed.) (1990). The Feminist Critique of Language. London & New York: Routledge.

Cameron, Deborah & Bourne, Jill (1989). No common ground: Kingman, grammar and the nation. Language and Education 2(3), 147-160.

Cameron, Deborah, Frazer, Elizabeth, Harvey, Penelope, Rampton, M.B.H. & Richardson, Kay (1992). Researching language. Issues of power and method. London/New York: Routledge.

Campbell, Duane E. (1980). Education for a democratic society. Curriculum ideas for teachers. Cambridge, MA: Schenkman Publishing Company.

Campbell, George (1991). Kurdish. Compendium of the WorldÕs Languages, Vol. I. London: Routledge, 769-773.

Campbell, George L. (1995). Compendium of the worldÕs languages. London: Routledge. [revised version 1998].

Campbell, Russell (1984). The Immersion Education Approach to Foreign Language Teaching. In CDE (1984)., 114-143.

Campoy, F. Isabel & Ada, Alma Flor (2011). Owning Meaning. Spanish vocabulary for academic success in English. San Rafael:  Transformative Education Services.

Canada (1969). Statement of the Government of Canada on Indian Policy. Ottawa: DIAND.

Canada [government of] (1988). loi sur le multilinguisme canadien, Ministre du Multicultura­lisme et de la CitoyennetŽ, Ottawa.

Canada, Commissioner of Official Languages, see Commissioner of Official Languages.

Canada, Government of (1996). Report of the Royal Commission on Aboriginal Peoples, Vol. 3, Ottawa: Author.

Canada, Government of (1997). Gathering strength: CanadaÕs Aboriginal action plan, Ottawa: Author.

Canada, Parliament, House of Commons. Standing Committee on Aboriginal Affairs 1990. You took my talk: aboriginal literacy and empowerment: fourth report of the Standing Committee on Aboriginal Affairs. [Ken Hughes, chairperson]. Ottawa]: QueenÕs Printer for Canada.

Canada, Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism – see Royal Commission.

Canada, Senate Standing Committee on Aboriginal Peoples (2011). Reforming First Nations education: From crisis to hope: Report of the Senate Standing Committee on Aboriginal Peoples. Ottawa: Author.

Canada, Senate Standing Committee on Indian Affairs (1990). You took my talk, Aboriginal Literacy and Empowerment. Ottawa: Author.

[Canadian] Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism (1965). A Preliminary Report of the Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism. Ottawa: QueenÕs Printer.

Canagarajah, A. Suresh (1999). Resisting Linguistic Imperialism in English Teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2002). Book review of Witold Tulasiewicz and Anthony Adams (eds) Teaching the Mother Tongue in a Multilingual Europe. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 154, 106-112.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2004). Language Rights and Postmodern Conditions. Commentary. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 3(2), 140-145.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2004). Multilingual Writers and the Struggle for Voice in Academic Discoiurse. In Pavlenko, Aneta & Blackledge, Adrian (eds). Negotiation of Identities in Multilingual Contexts. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 266-289.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2005). Dilemmas in planning English/vernacular relations in post-colonial communities. Journal of Sociolinguistics 9/3, 418-447.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2005). Rhetoticizing reflexivity. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 4:4, 309-315.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2007). After Disinvention: Possibilities for Communication, Community and Competence. In Makoni, Sinfree & Pennycook, Alastair (eds). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 233-239.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2009). The plurilingual tradition and the English language in South Asia. AILA Review 22, 5-22.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2011). Diaspora Communities, Language Maintenance, and Policy Dilemmas. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Ethnography and Language Policy. New York & London: Routledge, 76-97.

Canagarajah, Suresh (2012). Foreword. In Wong, Mary Shepard, Carolyn Kristj‡nsson and Zoltan Dšrnyei (eds.) 2012. Christian Faith and English Language Teaching and Learning. Research on the interrelationship of religion and ELT. New York: Routledge, xxi-xxiii.

Canagarajah, Suresh and Liyanage, Indika (2012). Lessons from pre-colonial multilingualism. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 49-65.

Canagarajah, Suresh, and Ben Said, Selim (2011). Linguistic imperialism. In Simpson, James (ed.). Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics. New York & London: Routledge, 388-399.

Canale, Michael & Swain, Merrill (1980). Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. Applied Linguistics, 1, 1-47.

Candelier, Michel (1990). Langues et Droits de lÕHomme: convergence ou divergence, Les langues modernes 2, 9-14.

Candelier, Michel, Dumoulin, BŽrengre & Koishi, Atsuko (1999). Language diversity in the education systems of the member States of the Council for Cultural Co-operation. Report of a preliminary survey. DECS/EDU/LANG (99) 11 rev.. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

Candlin, Christopher, Hywel Coleman and Jill Burton. (1983). Dentist‑patient communication: communicating complaint. In N. Wolfson and E. Judd (Eds), Sociolinguistics and Language Acquisition. (pp. 56‑81). Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Cantoni, Gina (ed.) (1996). Stabilizing Indigenous Languages. Flagstaff, Arizona: Northern Arizona University, Center for Excellence in Education. [Download from http://jan.ucc.nau.edu/~jar/SIL/].

Canvin, Maggie (2007). Language and Education Issues in Policy and Practice in Mali, West Africa. In Rassool, Naz. Global Issues in Language, Education and Development. Perspectives from Postcolonial Countries. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights.  Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 157-186.

Capotorti, Francesco (1979). ƒtude des personnes appartenant aux minoritŽs ethniques, religieuses et linguistiques. New York: Nations Unies.

Capotorti, Francesco (1979). Study of the Rights of Persons Belonging to Ethnic, Religious and Linguistic Minorities. New York: United Nations.

Capstick, Tony (2011). Language and migration: The social and economic benefits of learning English in Pakistan. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.). Dreams and Realities: Developing Countries and the English Language. London: British Council, 207-228.  [http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/dreams-realities-developing-countries-english-language].

Carder, Maurice (1995). Language(s) in international education: a review of language issues in International Schools. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (ed.). Multilingualism for all. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, 113-157.

Carder, Maurice W. (1991). The role and development of ESL programmes in international Schools. In Joniez & Harris (Eds).

Carder, Maurice W. (2007). Bilingualism in International Schools. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Carder, Maurice W. (2008). A Word of Difference. Resurgence 250, Sept/Oct 2005, 34-35.

Carder, Maurice W. (2009). Guest editorial. NALDIC 7:1, 2-5.

Cardinal, Harold (1970). The Unjust Society. Edmonton: Hurtig Publishing Co. 

Carlson, Thomas J. (2001). Language, ethnobotanical knowledge, and tropical public health. In Maffi, Luisa (ed.). On Biocultural Diversity. Linking Language, Knowledge and the Environment. Washington, D.C.: The Smithsonian Institute Press, 489-502.

Carnoy, Martin (1974). Education and Cultural Imperialism. New York: David McKay.

Carrasco, Robert (1981). Expanded awareness of student performance: a case study in applied ethnographic monitoring in a bilingual classroom, in Trueba, Guthrie & Au (Eds) (1981)., 153‑177.

Carson, Lorna (ed.) (2003). Multilingualism in Europe. A Case Study. Bruxelles: P.I.E.-Peter Lang.

Carter, Lyn (2005). Naming to Own: Place Names as Indicators of Human Interaction with the Environment. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship 1: 1, 6-25.

Carter, Lyn (2007). Integration by degrees: Blood, politics and identity. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship  3, 237-241.

Carton, Fernand & J.M. OdŽric Delefosse (eds) (1994). Les langues dans lÕEurope de demain. Paris: Presses de la Sorbonne Nouvelle.

Caruso, Ugo & Hofmann, Rainer (eds) (2015). The United Nations Declaration on Minorities. An Academic Account on the Occasion of its 20th Anniversary (1992-2012). Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, volume 9. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff.

Cashmore, E. Ellis (1988). Dictonary of Race and Ethnic Relations, London: Routledge.

Cassese, Antonio (2008) [2003]. International Criminal Law. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2nd edition.

Castellotti, VŽronique & Moore, Danile (2002). Social representations of languages and teaching / ReprŽsentations sociales des langues et enseignements. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

Castells, Manuel (2000). The Rise of the Network Society. Second Edition. The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture. Volume I. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.

Castillo, Edward (1987). Cultural Chauvinism Offered to Justify Serra Canonization. In Costo & Costo (eds), 67-80.

Castles, Stephen (1980). The social time-bomb: education of an underclass in West Germany. Race and Class XXI:4, 369-387.

Castles, Stephen (1994). Book review: Race, Nation, Class: Ambiguous Identities, by Etienne Balibar and Immanuel Wallerstein. Asian and Pacific Migration Journal 3(4), 639-641.

Castles, Stephen (with Heather Booth and Tina Wallace) (1984). Here for good. Western EuropeÕs new ethnic minorities. London/Sydney: Pluto Press.

Castles, Stephen & Godula Kosack (1973). Immigrant Workers and Class Structure in Western Europe. London: Oxford University Press.

Castles, Stephen, Kalantzis, Mary, Cope, Bill and Morrissey, Michael (1988). Mistaken identity. Multiculturalism and the demise of nationalism in Australia. Sidney: Pluto Press.

Cates, Kip (1999). New Directions in EFL. TESOL Matters 9:1, February/March, 11.

Cathomas, Bernard (1988). Les Grisons canton trilingue, in Institut National Genevois (Ed).

Cavalcanti, Marilda & Rainer Enrique Hamel (eds) (xxxx). Educaci—n ind’gena en AmŽrica Latina, Campinas‑MŽxico: UNICAMP‑UAM.

Cavalli-Sforza, Luigi-Luca (2001). Genes, Peoples and Languages. London: Penguin.

Cawson, Frank (1975). The international activities of the Center for Applied Linguistics. In Fox, Melvyn J. (ed.). Language and development: a retrospective survey of Ford Foundation language projets, 1952-1974. (Vol 1, report; Vol 2, case studies). Vol. 2. New York: The Ford Foundation, 385‑434.

Cazden, Courtney B. & Snow, Catharine (Eds) (1990). English plus: Issues in bilingual education. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. 508.

CDE (1981). = California State Department of Education (1981). Schooling and Language Minority Students: A Theoretical Framework. Los Angeles: Evaluation, Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University.

CDE (1982). = California State Department of Education (1982). Basic principles for the education of language minority students, an overview. Sacramento: Office of Bilingual Bicultural Education.

CDE (1984). = California Department of Education (1984). Studies on Immersion Education: A Collection for U.S. Educators. Sacramento: Bilingual Education Office.

CDE (1986). = California Department of Education (1986). Beyond Language: Social & Cultural Factors in Schooling Language Minority Students. Los Angeles: Evaluation, Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University.

CDE (1990). = California Department of Education (1990). California Basic Educational Data System Report: Foreign Language Classes. Sacramento: California Department of Education.

CDE (1991). = California Department of Education (1991). Remedying the Shortage of Teachers for Limited-English-Proficient Students. Sacramento: Bilingual Education Office.

CDE (1992). = California Department of Education (1992). Databical Language Census Reports. 92-8B, Sacramento: Bilingual Education Office.

Ceballos, Gerardo, Ehrlich, Paul R., Barnosky, Anthony D., Garc’a, AndrŽs, Pringle, Robert M., and Palmer, Todd M. (2015). Accelerated modern human–induced species losses: Entering the sixth mass extinction. Science Advances, 19 June. Doi: 1:e1400253.

Cenoz, Jasone (2008). Achievements and challenges in bilingual and multilingual education in the Basque Country. In Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (eds) (2008). Multilingualism and minority languages: Achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review, volume 21, 5-12.

Cenoz, Jasone (2013). Defining Multilingualism. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, March 2013: 33, 3-18. DOI: 10.1017/S026719051300007X

Cenoz, Jasone (2009). Towards Multilingual Education. Basque Educational Research from an International Perspective. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (2012). Language policy in education: additional languages. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,  301-320. Cenoz, Jasone, Lindsay, Diana & Espi, Mar’a Jesœs (1992). Introducci—n de una tercera langua desde la educaci—n infantil. Evaluaci—n curso 1991-92. Donostia/San Sebastian: Guipuzkoa Ikastolen Elkartea. (unpublished report).

Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (eds) (2008). Multilingualsm and minority languages: Achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review, volume 21. Cenoz, Jasone & Genesee, Fred (eds) (1998). Beyond Bilingualism: Multilingualism and Multilingual Education. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

 Cenoz, Jasone & Gorter, Durk (2015). Towards a holistic approach in the study of multilingual education. In Cenoz, Jasone, & Gorter, Durk (eds) (2015). Multilingual education: navigating between language learning and translanguaging. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1-15.

Cenoz, Jasone & Jessner, Ulrike (eds) (2000). English in Europe: The Acquisition of a Third Language. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Census of India, (1971)., CCXL: ii, Vol. 1, Part 11 C (ii).

Centassi, RenŽ & Masson, Henri (1995). LÕhomme qui a dŽfiŽ Babel. Paris: Ramsay.

Center for Applied Linguistics (1977). Bilingual education: current perspectives. Volume 3. Law, Arlington: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies (1982). The Empire Strikes Back. Race and racism in 70s Britain. London: Hutchinson, in association with the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies.

Centre of African studies (1986). Language in education in Africa, Seminar proceedings 26, Proceedings of a seminar at the Centre of African Studies, University of Edinburgh, 29‑30 November, 1985. Edinburgh: Centre of African Studies.

Ceri (Centre for educational research and innovation) (1987). ImmigrantsÕ children at school, Paris: OECD.

CERI/ECALP/83.03 (1983). Education and cultural and linguistic pluralism (ECALP) Country surveys: Finland. Paris: OECD, Centre for Educational Research and Innovation.

Čern‡, Kateřina (2014). Status des š/…sterreichischen Deutsch. Sprachenrecht und seine Auswirkungen. Language Problems and Language Planning 38/3, 225-246.

Cerron‑Palomino, Rodolfo (1989). Language policy in Peru  a historical overview, International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 77, 11‑34.

CESC (Canadian Education Statistics Council) (2007).  Education Indicators in Canada: A Report of the Pan-Canadian Education Indicators Program. http://www.statcan.ca/english/freepub/81-582-XIE/2007001/update200806-en.htm

Cha, Yun Kyung (2007). The Spread of English Language Instruction in the Primary School. In Benavol, Aaron and Braslavski, Cecilia (eds). School Knowledge in comparative and historical perspectives: changing curricula in primary and secondary education. Comparative Education Research Center (CERC), The University of Hong Kong, CERC Studies in Comparative Education 18. Dordrecht: Springer, 55-72. http://books.google.com/books?id=s28B_nexsNoC&printsec=frontcover&hl=da&source=gbs_navlinks_s#v=onepage&q=&f=false

Cha, Yun-Kyung & Ham, Seung-Hwan (2008). The Impact of English on the School Curriculum. In Spolsky, Bernard & Hult, Francis M. (eds). The Handbook of Educational Linguistics. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 313-327.

Chafe, Wallace (2003). On the RhetoricsÓ of linguists. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 13(2): 234-238.

Chaliand, Gerard (1994). The Kurdish Tragedy. London and New Jersey: Zed.

Chaliand, Gerard (ed) (1980). People Without A Country. The Kurds and Kurdistan. London: Zed Press.

Chamberlain, Richard, Diallo, Amenita & John, E.J.. (1981). Toward a Language Policy for Namibia. English as the Official Language: Perspectives and Strategies. Lusaka: United Nations Institute for Namibia.

Chambers, J.K. & Trudgill, Peter (1980). Dialectology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Chang, Yu-Jung (2011). Picking OneÕs Battles: NNES Doctoral StudentsÕ Imagined Communities and Selections of Investment. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 10: 213-230.

Charles, Walkie (2005). Qaneryaramta Egmiucia: Continuing Our Language.  Anthropology and Education Quarterly 36(1), 107-111.

Charny, Israel W. (1994). Toward a generic definition of genocide. In Andreopoulos, George (ed.) Genocide: Conceptual and Historical Dimensions. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 64-94.

Charrow, V. R. (1982). Language in the bureaucracy. In R. J. Di Pietro (Ed.), Linguistics and the Professions, (pp. 173‑188), Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Chatry-Komarek, Marie 2003. Literacy at Stake. Teaching Reading and Writing in African Schools. Windhoek: Gamsberg/Macmillan.

Chatterjee, Sudipro (1995). Mise-en-(colonial) ScŽne: The Theatre of the Bengal Renaissance. In Gainor, J.Ellen (ed.) (1995). Imperialism and Theatre. Essays on world theatre, drama and performance. London & New York: Routledge, 19-37.

Chatterji, Lola (1992). Landmarks in Official Educational Policy: Some Facts and Figures. In Rajan, Rajeswari Sunder (ed.). The Lie of the Land. English Literary Studies in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 300-308.

Chaturvedi, M.G. & Singh, Satvir (1981). Third All-India Educational Survey: Languages and media of instruction in Indian schools. New Delhi: National Council of Educational Research and Training.

Chaudenson, Robert (2003). Geolinguistics, geopolitics, geostrategy: The case of French. In Maurais, Jacques & Morris, Michael. A. (eds) (2003). Languages in a Globalising World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 291-297.

Chaudhary, S.C. (1986). Survey of English: South Kanara District, Hyderabad: Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages.

Chavkin, Samuel (1991). DonÕt whitewash ChileÕs Ô73 coup, The New York Times, Tuesday, March 12, p. A22.

Chen Morales, Guillermo (2010). Repress Ideas of Consolidating the Nation-States É or Re-create Ways of Thinking to Strengthen Balance. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 225-231.

Chen, Albert H.Y. (1998). The philosophy of language rights. In Benson, Phil, Grundy, Peter & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Language rights. Special issue, Language Sciences, 20:1, 45-54.

Chernichenko, Stanislav (1996) and (1997). Definition of minorities. E/CN.4/Sub.2/AC5/1996/WP.1. and E/CN.4/Sub.2/AC5/1997/WP.1. New York: United Nations.

Cherry, L. (1975). Teacher‑child verbal interaction: an approach to the study of sex differences. In B. Thorne and N. Henley (1975).), (pp. 172‑183).

Cheshire, Jenny (Ed.) (1991). English Around the World: Sociolinguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Chiatoh, Blasius Agha-ah (2014). Community language promotion in remote contexts: case study on Cameroon. International Journal of Multilingualism 11:3, August 2014, 320-333.

Chibber, Vivek (2014). Postcolonial thoughtÕs blind alley. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edution, 12 May 2014. 12-13.

Chilton, Paul A. (1990). Politeness, politics and diplomacy. Discourse & Society, 1:2, 201‑224.

Chilton, Paul A. (Ed.) (1983). Nineteen Eighty‑four in (1984).: Autonomy, Control, and Communication. New York: Marion Boyars.

Chilton, Paul A. (Ed.) (1985). Language and the Nuclear Arms Debate: Nukespeak Today. London: Frances Pinter.

Chilton, Pearce, J. (1992). EvolutionÕs End: Claiming the Potential of Our Intelligence. San Francisco: Harper Collins Publishers.

Chimbutane, Feliciano (2011). Rethinking Bilingual Education in Postcolonial Contexts. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Chimbutane, Feliciano (2012). Multilingualism in education in post-colonial contexts: a special focus on sub-Saharan Africa. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 167-183.

Chimirala, Uma Maheshwari (2017). TeachersÕ ÒotherÓ language preferences: A study of the monolingual mindset in the classroom. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 151-168.

Chiro, Giancarlo (2014). Cultural and linguistic diversity in Australia: navigating between the Scylla of nationhood and the Charybdis of globalisation. International Journal of Multilingualism 11:3, August 2014, 334-346.

Chisanga, T. & Kamwangamalu, N.M. (1997). Owning the Other Tongue: The English Language in Southern Africa. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 18:2, 89-99.

Chishimba, Maurice M. (1981). Language teaching and literacy: East Africa, Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, II, 168‑188.

Chishimba, Maurice M. (1984). Language Policy and Education in Zambia, International Education Journal (1984), 1:2, 151‑180.

Chivers, Danny (2013). The Frack Files. New Internationalist, NI 468, December 2013, 12-28.

Chomsky, Noam (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: The M.I.T.Press.

Chomsky, Noam (1986). Notes on OrwellÕs problem. In Chomsky, Noam. Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origins, and Use. (pp. 276‑287). New York: Praeger.

Chomsky, Noam (1987). On power and ideology: The Managua lectures Boston: South End Press.

Chomsky, Noam (1989). Language and Politics. Montreal: Black Rose Books.

Chomsky, Noam (1994). World Orders Old and New. New York: Columbia University Press.

Chomsky, Noam (1996). Power and Prospects: Reflections on Human Nature and the Social Order. Boston: South End Press.

Chomsky, Noam (2000). A New Generation Draws The Line: Kosovo, East Timor and the Standards of the West. London and New York: Verso.

Chomsky, Noam (2000). New Horizons in the Study of Language and Mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Chomsky, Noam (2000). Rogue States: The Rule of Force in World Affairs. Boston: South End Press.

Chomsky, Noam (2004). Letters from Lexington: Reflections on Propaganda. New updated edition. Boulder & London: Paradigm Publishers.

Chomsky, Noam (2010). Reflections on a Hemispheric Conversation Among Equals. Interview with Noam Chomsky by Lois Meyer, 2009. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 343-364.

Chomsky, Noam (2010). Resistance and Hope: The future of Comunalidad in a Globalized World. Interview with Noam Chomsky by Lois Meyer, 2004. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 41-62.

Chomsky, Noam (2010). The Imperial State and Hope from Inside Indigenous America. Interview with Noam Chomsky by Lois Meyer, 2007. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 65-82.

Chomsky, Noam (2010). Video Message to the Second National Congress of Indigenous & Intercultural Education, 2007. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 63-64.

Chomsky, Noam (2012). Occupy. London:  Penguin.

Chomsky, Noam & Herman Edward (1979). The Washington connection and third world fascism: The political economy of human rights, Volume 1, Montreal: Black Rose Books.

Chossudovsky, Michel (1997). The globalisation of poverty. Impacts of IMF and World Bank Reforms. Penang, Malaysia: Third World Network.

Chossudovsky, Michel (2006). The War on Lebanon and the Battle for Oil, 26 July 2006 (http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=CHO20060726&articleId=2824).

Chossudovsky, Michel (2014). Crisis in Ukraine: Russia Extends its Control over the Black Sea and Strategic Waterways. In Lendman, Stephen (ed.). Flashpoint in Ukraine. How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks World War III. Atlanta, GA: Clarity Press, 109-113.

Chrisjohn, Roland D. and Sherri Young with Michael Maraun (2006) [1997]. The Circle Game: Shadows and Substance in the Indian Residential School Experience in Canada. Pentington, BC, Canada: Theytus Books. Revised Edition.

Chrisjohn, Roland D., Tanya Wasacase, Lisa Nussey, Andrea Smith, Marc Legault, Pierre Loiselle & Mathieu Bourgeois (2001). Genocide and Indian Residential Schooling: The past is present. In Wiggers, Richard D. & Griffiths, Ann L. (eds). Canada and International Humanitarian Law: Peacekeeping and War Chrimes in the Modern Era. Halifax, Nova Scotia: Centre for Foreign Policy Studies, Dalhousie University, 229-266.

Chrisjohn, Roland, Bear Nicholas, Andrea, Stote, Karen, Craven, James (Omahkohkiaayo iÕpoyi), Wasacase, Tanya, Loiselle, Pierre & Smith, Andrea O. (2008). An Historic Non-Apology, Completely and Utterly Not Accepted. The Maze of Rhetoric.

Christ, Ingeborg (1998a). European Language Portfolio. Language Teaching 31, 214-217.

Christ, Ingeborg (1998b). EuropŠisches Portfolio fŸr Sprachen - Eine Initiative des Europarates. In Landesinstitut fŸr Schule und Weiterbildung (ed.). Wege zur Mehrsprachigkeit - Informationen zu Projekten des sprachlichen und interkulturellen Lernens 2. Soest, 5-11.

Christian, Donna (1994). Students learning through two languages, Paper presented at 28th Annual TESOL Convention, Baltimore, Maryland, March 12 1994.

Christian, Donna & Mahrer, Cindy (1992). Two-Way Bilingual Programs in the United States, 1991-1992. Washington, D.C.: National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

Christian, Donna & Mahrer, Cindy (1993). Two-Way Bilingual Programs in the United States, 1992-1993 Supplement. Washington, D.C.: National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

Christian, Donna & Montone, Chris (1994). Two-Way Bilingual Programs in the United States, 1993-1994 Supplement. Washington, D.C.: National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

Christian, Donna, Montone, Chris, Lindholm, Kathryn & Carranza, I. (1997). Two-Way Bilingual Education: Students Learning Through Two Languages. Washington, D.C. & McHenry, IL: Center for Applied Linguistics & Delta Systems.

Christie, Jean & Mooney, Pat (1999). Rural societies and the logic of generosity. In Posey, Darrell (ed.). Cultural and Spiritual Values of Biodiversity. A Complementary Contribution to the Global Biodiversity Assessment. London: Intermediate Technology Publications, for and on behalf of  the/United Nations Environmental Programme, 320-321.

Chumbow, Beban Sammy (2012). Mother-tongue-based multilingual education: Empirical foundations, implementation strategies and recommendations for new nations. In McIlwraith, Hamish (ed.). Multilingual Education in Africa: Lessons from the Juba Language-in-Education Conference. London: British Council, 37-56.

Churchill, Stacy (1985). The education of linguistic and cultural minorities in the OECD countries. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Churchill, Stacy (1996). The Decline of the Nation-State and the Education of National Minorities. In Labrie, Normand & Churchill, Stacey (eds). Special Issue: The Education of Minorities. International Review of Education/ Internationale Zeitschrift fŸr Erziehungswissenschaft/Revue Internationale de lÕeducation 42:4, 265-290.

Churchill, Stacy & Kaprielian-Churchill, Isabel (1991). The future of Francophone and Acadian communities in a pluralistic society: Facing pluralism. Ottawa: La FŽdŽration des communautŽs Francophones et Acadienne du Canada.

Churchill, Ward (1997). A Little Matter of Genocide. Holocaust and the Denial in the Americas 1492 to the Present. San Francisco: City Lights Books.

Cingranelli, David L. (Ed.) (1988). Human rights: theory and measurement. Basingstoke: Macmillan.

CirkulŸre om dagtilbud for b¿rn og unge efter bistandsloven. Socialministeriets cirkulŸre nr. 203 af 26. oktober (1990).

Cisneros, H.  March 7 (1988). Adress to the National Education Association Higher Education Conference, San Antonio, Texas, quoted in Boseker (1989).

Clancier, Georges Emmanuel (1996). In the darkness: poetry as promise and hope. In T—th (ed.), 27-32.

Clark, Alan (1992). Francois Mitterand and the Idea of Europe. In Nelson et al (Eds), 152-170.

Clark, Donald & Williamson, Robert (eds) (1996). Self-Determination: International Perspectives. London: Macmillan & New York: St.MartinÕs Press.

Clark, M. & Handscombe, Jean (Eds) (1983). On TESOL Õ82. Pacific Perspectives on Language Learning and Teaching. Washington, D.C.: Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages.

Clark, Romy et al. (1988). Kritisk sproglig bevidsthed, i Han­sen (red) (1988), 39-84.

Clark, William (1999). Byzantine Politics: The abduction and trial of Abdullah Ocalan. Variant: Cross Currents in Culture 8, Summer 1999, 1-12 (supplement). (http://www.variant.randomstate.org/pdfs/issue8/Variant8supplement.pdf).

Clarke, Tony (1996). Mechanisms of corporate rule. In Mander, Jerry & Goldsmith, Edward (eds). The case against the global economy and for a turn toward the local. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 297-308.

Clason, Elin & Baksi, Mahmut (1979). Kurdistan. Om fšrtryck och befrielsekamp (Kurdistan. On oppression and liberation struggle). Stockholm: Arbetarkultur.

Clausen Inger (1986). Den flerkulturelle skole - om inter­kulturel, antiracistisk undervisning, K¿benhavn: Gyldendal.

Clausen Inger & Horst, Christian (1987). Udvikling frem mod en interkulturel pŸdagogik, Dansk PŸdagogisk Tidskrift 3, (1987)., 97-105.

Clauss, Walter (1959). Deutsche Literatur. Eine geschichtliche Darstellung ihrer Hauptgestalten. Elfte Auflage. ZŸrich: Schulthess & Co.

Clayton, Stephen (2000). Review of ÔEnglish and the discourses of colonialismÕ by Alastair Pennycook. ELT Journal 54/2, 204-206.

Clayton, Stephen (2008). The problem of ÔchoiceÕ and the construction of demand for English in Cambodia. Language Policy 7:2, 143-164.

Cleave, Chris (2009). The other hand. London: Hodden & Stoughton.

Cluver, August D. de V. (1993). A dictionary of language planning terms. Pretoria: University of South Africa.

Cluver, August D. de V. (1994). Preconditions for language unification. South African Journal of Linguistics, supplement 20, 168-194.

Cluver, August D. de V. (1996). A futurist outlook on the languages of Southern Africa. In LŽger (ed.), 173-204.

Cluver, August (1996). ÔLanguage Development in South AfricaÕ. A Report written for the LANGTAG Report: Towards a National Language Plan for South Africa. Pretoria: Department of Arts, Culture, Science and Technology.

Clyne, Michael (1967). Transference and Triggering. The Hague: Nijhoff.

Clyne, Michael (1967). Transference and Triggering. The Hague: Nijhoff.

Clyne, Michael (1972). Perspectives on language contact. Melbourne: The Hawthorn Press.

Clyne, Michael (1982). Multilingual Australia. Melbourne: River Seine publication.

Clyne, Michael (1985). Australia ‑ Meeting Place of Languages. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Australian National University.

Clyne, Michael (1986). Comments from Ôdown underÕ. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 60, 139-143.

Clyne, Michael (1986). Towards a Systematization on Language Contact Dynamics. In Fishman, Joshua A. et al. (eds). The Fergusonian Impact. Vol. 2, Sociolinguistics and the Sociology of Language. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 483-492.

Clyne, Michael (1988). Community Languages in the Home: a First Progress Report, Vox, 1, 22‑27.

Clyne, Michael (1991). Community Languages. The Australian experience. Cambridge, New York, Port Chester, Melbourne & Sydney: Cambridge University Press.

Clyne, Michael (2000). Promoting multilingualism and linguistic human rights in the era of economic rationalism and globalization. In Phillipson (ed.), 160-163.

Clyne, Michael (2002). Eignet sich Englisch zur europŠischen Lingua franca? In Kelz, Heinrich P. (Hrsg.). Die sprachliche Zukunft Europas. Mehrsprachigket und Sprachenpolitik. Bade-Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft, 63-76.

Clyne, Michael (2006). Empowerment through the community language – A challenge. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 107-127.

Clyne, Michael (ed.) (1986). An Early Start. Second Language at Primary School. Melbourne: River Seine.

Clyne, Michael (ed.) (1992). Pluricentric Languages. Differing norms in different nations. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Clyne, Michael and Sharifian, Farzad (2010). English as an international language: Challenges and possibilitiesÕ. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 31:3.

Clyne, Michael, Fernandez, Sue, Chen, Imogen Y. & Summo-OÕConnell, Renata (1997). Background Speakers: Diversity and its Management in LOTE Programs. Canberra: The National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia.

Clyne, Michael, Grey, Felicity & Kipp, Sandra (2004). Matching Policy Implementation with Demography. Language Policy 3(3), 241-270.

Clyne, Michael, Rossi Hunt, Claudia & Isaakidis, Tina (2004). Learning a Community Language as a Third Language. International Journal of Multilingualism 1:1, 33-54.

Coates, Jennifer (ed.) (1998). Language and Gender. A reader. London, UK & Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Cobarrubias, Juan (1983). Ethical issues in status planning. In Cobarrubias, Juan & Fishman, Joshua A. (eds). Progress in language planning: international perspectives. Berlin: Mouton, 41-85.

Cobarrubias, Juan & Fishman, Joshua A. (Eds) (1983). Progress in language planning: international perspectives. (Contributions to the sociology of language 31). Berlin: Mouton.

Cobo, JosŽ Martinez (1987). Study of the Problem of Discrimination Against Indigenous Populations. Final report submitted by the Special Rapporteur, Mr. JosŽ Mart’nez Cobo. New York: UNPFII (United Nations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues).

Cockburn, Patrick (2015). The Rise of Islamic State. ISIS and the new Sunni Revolution. London/New York: Verso.

Cocks, Michelle (2010). Wild resources and cultural values: implications for biocultural diversity in South Africa. In Maffi, Luisa and Woodley, Ellen. Biocultural Diversity Conservation. A Global Sourcebook. London & Washington, DC: Earthscan, 41-42.

Coelho, Elisabeth (1998). Teaching and learning in Multicultural Schools. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Cohen, Andrew D. (1975). A Sociolinguistic Approach to Bilingual Education. Experiments in the American Southwest. Rowley, MA: Newbury House Publishers.

Cohen, Andrew D. (1979). Bilingual education for a bilingual community: some insights gained from research. In Padilla, R. V. (ed.). Bilingual Education and Public Policy in the United States. Ypsilanti, MI: Dept. of Foreign Languages and Bilingual Studies, Eastern Michigan University, 245-259.

Cohen, Andrew D. (1980). Describing Bilingual Education Classrooms. The Role of the Teacher in Evaluation. Rosslyn, VA: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

Cohen, Andrew D. (1982). Researching the linguistic outcomes of bilingual programs. The Bilingual Review / La revista bilingue 9(2), 97-108.

Cohen, Andrew D. (1983). Researching bilingualism un the classroom. In Miracle, Andrew W. Jr. (ed.).  Bilingualism: Social Issues and Policy Implications. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press, 133-148.

Cohen, Lucy Kramer (ed.) (1960). The Legal Conscience: Selected Papers of Felix S.Cohen. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Cohen, R., Hyden, G. & Nagan, W. (Eds) (forthcoming). Human Rights and Governance in Africa, Gainsville: University Press of Florida.

Cohen, Robin (1986). Some theories of migration: a synopsis and comment, Themes and theories in Migration Research, Proceedings from an International Seminar on Migration Research, 1‑11.

Colchester, Marcus (1995 Hunting for Indigenous PeopleÕs Gene. Article by Marcus Colchester, Co-ordinator of the World Rainforest Movement, reproduced on Internet in Endangered Languages List, 3 May 1995, from Third World Network, 228, Macalister Road, 10400 Penang, Malaysia.

Cole, Peter (2005). Language as technology in indigenous culture. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship 1: 1, 152-166.

Coleman, Hywel (2011). Allocating resources for English: The case of IndonesiaÕs English medium International Standard Schools. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.). Dreams and Realities: Developing Countries and the English Language. London: British Council, 87-111.  [http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/dreams-realities-developing-countries-english-language].

Coleman, Hywel (2011). Developing countries and the English language: Rhetoric, risks, roles and recommendations. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.). Dreams and Realities: Developing Countries and the English Language. London: British Council, 9-21.  [http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/dreams-realities-developing-countries-english-language].

Coleman, Hywel (2016). The English Language as Naga in Indonesia. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 59-71.

Coleman, Hywel (2017). Development and multilingualism: An introduction. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 15-34.

Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2011). Dreams and Realities: Developing Countries and the English Language. London: British Council.  [http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/dreams-realities-developing-countries-english-language].

Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org

Coleman, Hywel and Cameron, Lynne (Eds) (1996). Change and Language. Clevedon: British Association for Applied Linguistics in association with Multilingual Matters.

Coleman, Hywel and Capstick, Tony (2012). Language in education in Pakistan. Recommendations for policy and practice. London: British Council. 

Coleman, Hywel and J. Burton. (1985). Aspects of control in the dentist‑patient relationship. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 51, 75‑104.

 Collen, Lindsey  and the Ledikasyon pu Travayer (LPT) team (2016). Mauritian Creol Confronts English and French Hydras. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 159-170.

Collier, Paul (2009). Wars, Guns & Votes: Democracy in Dangerous Places. New York: HarperCollins.

Collier, Virginia P. (1987). Age and rate of acquisition of second language for academic purposes, TESOL Quarterly 21, 617-641.

Collier, Virginia P. (1989). How long? A synthesis of research on academic achievement in a second language, TESOL Quarterly 23, 509-531.

Collier, Virginia P. & Thomas, Wayne P.  – see also http://www.thomasandcollier.com/Research Links.htm.

Collier, Virginia P. & Thomas, Wayne P. (1999). Making U.S. schools effective for English language learners, Part 2. TESOL Matters, 9(5), 1, 6.

Collier, Virginia P. & Thomas, Wayne P. (2002). Reforming Education Policies for English Learners Means Better Schools for All. The State Educational Standards 3:1, 30-36.

Collier, Virginia P. and Thomas, Wayne P. (2004) ÔThe Astounding Effectiveness of Dual Language Education for All Ô, NABE Journal of Research and Practice 2(1), Winter 2004, 1-20. http://njrp.tamu.edu/2004/PDFs/Collier.pdf.

Collier, Virginia P. & Thomas, Wayne P. (2007). Predicting Second Language Academic Success in English Using the Prism Model. In Cummins, Jim & Davison, Chris (eds). International Handbook of English Language Teaching, Parts 1-2.  New York: Springer, 333-348.

Collier, Virginia P. & Thomas, Wayne P.  (2009).  Educating English Learners For a Transformed World.  Albuquerque, NM:  Fuente Press.

Collins, B., and B. H. Raven. (1969). Group structure: attraction, coalitions, communication, and power. In G. Lindzey and E. Aronson (Eds), Handbook of Social Psychology, Vol. 4. (pp. 102‑204). Reading, MA: Addison‑Wesley.

Collins, James (2011). Language, Globalization, and the State: Issues for the New Policy Studies. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Ethnography and Language Policy. New York & London: Routledge, 128-135.

-       Colonialism and Neo-Colonialism in Language Policy and Planning

Colonna, Fanny (1975). Instituteurs algŽriens: 1883 - 1939. Alger: Office des publications universitaires.

Combs, Mary Carol and Nicholas, Sheilah E. (2012). The effect of Arizona language policies on Arizona Indigenous students. Language Policy 11:1, 101-118.

Combs, Mary Carol and Penfield, Susan D. (2012). Language activism and language policy. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 461-474.

Combs, Mary Carol, Gonz‡les, Norma, and Moll, Luis C. (2011). US Latinos and the Learning of English: The Metonymy of Language Policy. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Ethnography and Language Policy. New York & London: Routledge, 185-204.

Comisi—n de la Verdad y Reconciliaci—n 2003. Informe Final. Tomo I. Cap’tulo 1: Los per’odos de la violencia. http://www.cverdad.org.pe.

Commission for Racial Equality (1983). Code of Practice. For the elimination of racial discrimination and the promotion of equality of opportunity in employment. London: Commission for Racial Equality.

Commissioner of Official Languages (1971). First Annual Report 1970-1971. Ottawa: Information Canada.

Committee of review of the Australian institute of multicultural affairs, (1983). Report, Canberra: Australian Government Printing Service.

Commonwealth Advisory Committee on the teaching of Asian languages and cultures (Auchmuty report) (1970). Canberra: Australian Government Printing Service.

Commonwealth Department of Education (1987). National Policy on Languages (Lo Bianco Report). Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

Commonwealth Secretariat & SWAPO (1984). English language programme for Namibians. Seminar Report, Lusaka, 19‑27 October 1983. London & Lusaka: Commonwealth Secretariat & SWAPO.

Compton, Elizabeth (1989). Taking Basic Education to Work. Vox (The Journal of Australian Advisory Council on Languages and Multicultural Education), 2, 7‑9.

Compton,  Sarah E. (2014). American Sign Language as a Heritage Language. In Wiley, Terrence G., Peyton, Joy Kreeft, Christian, Donna, Moore, Sarah Catherine K., & Liu, Na (eds). Handbook of Heritage, Community, and Native American Languages in the United States. Research, Policy, and Educational Practice. New York & London: Routledge, and Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics, 272-283.

Comrie, Bernard (ed.) (1987). The worldÕs major languages. London: Routledge.

Comrie, Bernard & Haspelmath, Martin (2002). The Library of Babel. Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter.

Comrie, Bernard, Matthews, Stephen & Polinsky, Maria (eds) (1996). The Atlas of Languages. New York: Facts on File.

Conley, J. M., W. M. OÕBarr, and E. A. Lind. (1979). The power of language: presentational style in the courtroom. Duke Law Journal, 78, 1375‑1399.

Connor, Walker (1972). Nation Building or Nation Destroying? World Politics 24:3.

Connor, Walker (2012). Can autonomy stunt the self-determination impulse? Tensions arising from ethnic and policitical borders. In Garc’a, Ofelia & Schweid Fishman, Gella (eds.). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 213, 51-62.

Conrad, Andrew W. (1996). The international role of English: The state of the discussion. In Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W. & Rubal-Lopez, Alma (eds) 1996. Post-Imperial English. Status Change in Former British and American Colonies, 1940-1990. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 13-36.

Constituci—n de la Repœblica Bolivariana de Venezuela. Marzo 24 de 2000. [The Bolivarian Constitution of Venezuela, March 2000. English translation of selected paragraphs in New Internationalist June 2006, p. 5].

Conversi, Daniele (1990). Language or Race? The Choice of Core Values in the Development of Catalan and Basque Nationalisms, Ethnic and Racial Studies, 13:1, 50‑70.

Conversi, Daniele (1997). The Basques, The Cataland, and Spain. Alternative Routes to Nationalist Mobilisation. London: C.Hurst & Co.

Conversi, Daniele (2012). Cultural Autonomy, core values and EuropeÕs legacy: a response to Joshua A. Fishman. In Garc’a, Ofelia & Schweid Fishman, Gella (eds.). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 213, 63-70.

Cook, Eung-Do (1998). Aboriginal languages: history. In J.Edwards (ed.), 125-143.

Cook, Guy & Kasper, Gabriele (2005). Editorial. Applied Linguistics 26:4, 479-481.

Cooke, Melanie and Simpson, James (2012). Discourses about linguistic diversity. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 116-130.

Cook‑Gumperz, J. (1981). Persuasive talk: the social organization of childrenÕs talk. In J. Green and C. Wallat, (Eds), Ethnography and Language in Educational Settings, (pp. 23‑50), Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Coombs, P. (1985). The World Crisis in Education - the View from the Eighties. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cooper, Robert L. (1989). Language planning and social change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cooper, Robert L. & Spolsky, Bernard (eds) (1991). The Influence of Language on Culture and Thought. Essays in honor of Joshua A. FishmanÕs Sixty-Fifth Birthday. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Cope, Bill and Mary Kalantzis  2000. Multiliteracies. Literacy learning and design of social futures. London: Routledge.

Corballis, Michael C. (2002). From Hand to Mouth: the Origins of Language. Princeton & Oxford: Princeton University Press.

Corbeil, Jean-Claude (1994). Ç LÕamŽnagement linguistique en Europe È, in: Claude Truchot (ed.), Le plurilinguisme europŽen. ThŽories et pratiques en politique linguistique. Paris: HonorŽ Champion, 311-316.

Cordero, Graciela, Luis Angel Contreras, Patricia Ames, Don Dippo, Marcela Dur‡n, Steve Alsop, Tove Fynbo, Mar’a Luisa S‡nchez, Teresa Gonzales and JosŽ Garc’a 2005. ÔInnovaci—n en la educaci—n rural: Reporte de una experiencia de formaci—n de profesores en servicio en el norte de Perœ.Õ Revista electr—nica Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educaci—n. 3:1, 832-845. http://www.ice.deusto.es/rinace/reice/vol3n1_e/corderoetal.pdf.

Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. (2016). New Domains for Indigenous Language Acquisition and Use in Latin America and the Caribbean. In Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. and McCarty, Teresa L. (eds). The Handbook of  Indigenous Language Revitalization in the Americas. New York: Routledge, 292-311.

Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. and McCarty, Teresa L. (2016). Introduction. In Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. and McCarty, Teresa L. (eds). The Handbook of  Indigenous Language Revitalization in the Americas. New York: Routledge, 1-11.

Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. and McCarty, Teresa L. (eds) (2016). The Handbook of  Indigenous Language Revitalization in the Americas. New York: Routledge.

Corsetti, Renato (1996). A Mother Tongue Spoken Mainly by Fathers. Language Problems and Language Planning 20:3, 262-273.

Corson, David (1992). Bilingual education policy and social justice. Journal of Education Policy 7:1, (1992), 45-69.

Corson, David (1992). Language, Gender and Education: a critical review linking social justice and power. Gender and Education 4:3, 229-254.

Corson, David (1993). Language, Minority Education and Gender. Linking Social Justice and Power. Clevedon/Philadelphia/Adelaide: Multilingual Matters.

Corson, David (2001). Language diversity and education. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Corson, David (ed.) (1994). Discourse and Power in Educational Settings. Creskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.

Corson, Davis (1999). Language Policy in Schools. A resource for teachers and administrators. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

CortŽs, Ismael & Fern‡ndez, Cayetano (2015). Long, sad history of Roma in Spain. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, May 2015, 1, 7.

Cortina, Regina (ed.). (2014). The Education of Indigenous Citizens in Latin America. Bristol /Buffalo /Toronto: Multilingual Matters.

Coseriu, Eugenio (1970). Adam Smith und die AnfŠnge der Sprachtypologie [Adam Smith and the beginnings of language typology]. In TŸbinger BeitrŠge zur Linguistik 3, herausgegeben und mit einer Einleitung versehen vom Gunter Narr [published by Gunter Narr with a foreword by Gunter Narr]. TŸbingen: TŸbinger BeitrŠge zur Linguistik, 15-25.

Coşkun, Vahap, Derince, M. Şerif and Uarlar, Nesrin (2011). Scar of Tongue. Consequences of the ban on the use of mother tongue in education and experiences of Kurdish students in Turkey. Yenişehir /Diyarbakir: DISA (Diyarbakir Institute for Political and Social Research; www.disa.org.tr). ISBN 978-605-5458-02-7.

Coste, D., North, J., Sheils, J. & Trim, J.L.M. (1998). Language learning, teaching, assessment. A common European Framework of Reference. Language Teaching 31, 136-151.

Costo, Rupert (1987). The Indians Before Invasion. In Costo & Costo (eds), 9-28.

Costo, Rupert & Costo, Jeannette Henry (eds) (1987). The Missions of California: A Legacy of Genocide. San Francisco: Indian Historian Press.

Coulmas, Florian (1991). European integration and the idea of the national language. Ideological roots and economic consequences. In Coulmas, Florian (ed.) 1991. A Language Policy for the European Community. Prospects and Quandaries. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1-43.

Coulmas, Florian (1997). The Individual and the Collective in Language Choice. In PŸtz (Ed.), 31-44.

Coulmas, Florian (ed.) (1981). A Festschrift for native speaker. The Hague: Mouton.

Coulmas, Florian (ed.) (1984). Linguistic minorities and literacy. Language policy issues in developing countries. Berlin, New York, Amsterdam: Mouton.

Coulmas, Florian (ed.) (1991). A Language Policy for the European Community. Prospects and Quandaries. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Coulombe, Pierre A. (1993). Language Rights, Individual and Communal, Language Problems and Language Planning 17:2, Summer (1993)., 140-152.

Council of Europe (1991). Charte europŽenne des langues rŽgionales ou minoritaires, ComitŽ ad hoc dÕexperts sur les langues rŽgionales ou minoritaires en Europe, Strasbourg [24-25.04.91].

Council of Europe (2000). Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment. Language Policy Division, Strasbourg. http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp

Council of Europe, News-Letter 2, (1987). Strasbourg: Documantation Centre for Education in Europe.

Council of Europe, Standing Conference of Local and Regional Authorities, (1989). (March 15‑17), Resolution (192 ).(1988), (Adopted March 16 (1988).) Doc CPL (23), 8 Part I, presented by the Committee on Cultural and Social Affairs, Raporteur, H. Kohn).

Coupland, Nikolas, Coupland, J., Giles, Howard & Wiemann, J.M. (eds). (1991). The Handbook of Miscommunication and Problematic Talk. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Court, Anthony (2008). Do we need an alternative to the concept of genocide? Development Dialogue 50, December 2008. Thematic volume Revisiting the heart of darkness – Explorations into genocide and other forms of mass violence. 60 years after the UN Convention, ed. Henning Melber with John Y. Jones. Uppsala: Dag Hammarskjšld Foundation, in cooperation with Networkers South North, 125-154. 

Couturat, Louis & Leau, LŽopold (1979). Histoire de la langue universelle. Les nouvelles langues internationales.

Cox, Oliver G. (1970). Caste, Class and Race. A Study in social Dynamics. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Crafter, Greg (1992). Communication to Modern Languages Teachers Association of South Australia.

Craig, J. (1990). Comparative African experiences in implementing educational policies. Washington, DC: World Bank (World Bank Discussion Papers, Africa Technical Department Series, 83).

Cram, Fiona (2006). Talking ourselves up. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship, Special Supplemet 2006, 28-45.

Crandall, Susan Emlet (1992). Speaking Freely: A Constitutional Right to Language. The CATESOL Journal 5:2, 7-18.

Crary, Jonathan (2014). What dreams may come. Sleep is revolution in an insomniac world. Capitalism doesnÕt sleep. And it doesnÕt like you sleeping either. YouÕre not producing or consuming, and youÕre not on call. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, June 2014, 1, 14.

Crawford, James (1989). Bilingual Education: History, Politics, Theory and Practice. Trenton, New Jersey: Crane Publishing Company.

Crawford, James (1992) (ed.). Language Loyalties: A source book on the Official English controversy. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Crawford, James (1992). Hold your tongue: Bilingualism and the Politics of ÒEnglish OnlyÓ. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Crawford, James (1995). Bilingual Education: History, Politics, Theory and Practice. Los Angeles: Bilingual Educational Services. [1989. Trenton, N.J.: Crane Publishing Company].

Crawford, James (1996). Seven hypotheses on language loss: causes and cures. In Cantoni, Gina (ed.). Stabilizing Indigenous Languages. Flagstaff, Arizona: Northern Arizona University, Center for Excellence in Education. [Download from http://jan.ucc.nau.edu/~jar/SIL/].

Crawford, James (1997). Best Evidence: Research Foundations of the Bilingual Education Act. Washington, D.C.: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education. [can be downloaded from <http://www.ncbe.gwu.edu>].

Crawford, James (1998). Anatomy of the English-Only Movement: Social and Ideological Sources of Language Restrictionism in the United States. In Kibbee, Douglas A. (ed.). Language Legislation and Linguistic Rights. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 96-122.

Crawford, James (1998). Endangered Native American Languages: What Is to Be Done, and Why? In Ricento, Thomas & Burnaby, Barbara (eds). Language and Politics in the United States and Canada. Myths and realities. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 151-165.

Crawford, James (2000). At war with diversity: US language policy in an age of anxiety. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters Ltd.

Crawford, James (2007). A Diminished Vision of Civil Rights. No Child Left Behind and the growing divide in how educational equity is understood. Education Week, June 6, 2007.

Crawford, James (2007). Selling NCLB: Would you buy a used law from this woman? http://www.elladvocates.org/index.htm - selling.

Crawford, James W. (ed.) (1992). Language Loyalties: A Source Book on the Official English Controversy. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Crawhall, Nick T. (ed.) (1992). Democratically Speaking: International Perspectives on Language Planning. Cape Town: National Language Project.

Creech, Richard L. (2005). Law and Language in the European Union. The Paradox of a Babel ÒUnited in DiversityÓ. Groningen: Europa Law Publishing.

Creese, Angela P., Martin, Peter and Hornberger, Nancy H. (eds) (2008). Ecology of language. Vol. 9 of Encyclopedia of language and education. 2nd ed. New York: Springer.

Crewe, Emma & Harrison, Elizabeth (1998). Whose development? An ethnography of aid. London: Zed Books.

Crispino, James (1980). The Assimilation of Ethnic Groups: The Italian Case, New York: Center for Migration Studies.

Crist, Eileen (2016). On the Poverty of Our Nomenclature. In Moore, Jason M. (ed.) (2016). Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism. Oakland, CA: PM Press, 14-33.

Cristea, Dan (1996). The ethnic group as a measure. In T—th & Fšlde‡k (eds), 153-157.

Crosby, Alfred W. (1994). Ecological imperialism. The biological expansion of Europe, 900-1900. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Crossman, Peter & Devisch, RenŽ (2002). Endogenous Knowledge in Anthropological Perspective. In Odora Hoppers, Catherine A. (ed.) (2002). Indigenous Knowledge and the Integration of Knowledge Systems. Towards a Philosophy of Articulation. Claremont: New Africa Books, 96-125.

Crowley, Tony (1989). Standard English and the Politics of Language. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

Crowley, Tony (1991). Proper English? Readings in Language, History and Cultural Identity. London/New York: Routledge.

Crowley, Tony (1996). Language in history. Theories and texts. London: Routledge.

Crozier, David & Blench, Roger M. (1992). Index of Nigerian Languages. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 2nd edition.

Cryle, Peter (1993). The European reference. In Schulz, Gerhard (Ed.) (1993). The languages of Australia. Can­berra: Australian Academy of the Humanities, 130-135.

Crystal, David (1997a). English as a global language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Crystal, David (1997b). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language. 2nd edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. [1987; 1995].

Crystal, David (2000). Language Death. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

CSCE (1990a). Document of the Copenhagen meeting of the Conference on the human dimension of the CSCE, Copenhagen (no publisher).

CSCE (1990b) Charter of Paris for a New Europe, 16 November (1990)./version 2 (no place, no publisher).

Csepregi, M‡rta & Onina, Sofia (2011). Observations on Khanty identity: the Synya and Surgut Khanty. In GrŸnthal, Riho & Kov‡cs, Magdolna (eds) (2011). Ethnic and Linguistic Context of Identity: Finno-Ugric Minorities. Uralica Helsingiensia 5. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of Finnish, Finno-Ugrian and Scandinavian Studies, and Finno-Ugrian Society, 341-358.

Cubberly, Elwood (1909). Changing Conceptions of American Education, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.

Cubukcu, Feryal (2011). Critical Thinking Strategies in Reading. Porta Linguarum 16, 7-17.

Culture and language rights – mother-tongue education in the Kurdish regions (2011). London: Kurdish Human Rights Project Briefing paper July 2011.

Cummings, M. (1988). Education for a pluralistic democratic America, Education and Society 1:2, 11‑14.

Cummins, James (1986). Empowering Minority Students. A framework for intervention. Harvard Educational Review, 56, 18-36.

Cummins, Jim (1976). The influence of bilingualism on cognitive growth: a synthesis of research findings and explanatory hypotheses. Working Papers on Bilingualism, No 9.

Cummins, Jim (1978). Immersion programs: The Irish experience. International Review of Education, 24, 273-282.

Cummins, Jim (1979). Linguistic interdependence and the educational development of children. Review of Educational Research, 49, 222-251.

Cummins, Jim (1980). The construct of language proficiency in bilingual education. In Alatis, James A. (ed.). Current Issues in Bilingual Education. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1980. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 81-103.

Cummins, Jim (1980). The Cross Lingual Dimensions of Language Proficiency: Implications for Bilingual Education and the Optimal Age Issue. Tesol Quarterly, 14(2), 175-187.

Cummins, Jim (1981). Age on arrival and immigrant second language learning in Canada: A reassessment, Applied Linguistics 2, 132-149.

Cummins, Jim (1981). Bilingualism and minority language children. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Cummins, Jim (1981). The Role of Primary Language Development in Promoting Educational Success for Language Minority Students. In CDE 1981, 3‑49.

Cummins, Jim (1984). Bilingualism and Cognitive Development and The Minority Language Child, in Shapson & dÕOyley (Eds), 71-92.

Cummins, Jim (1984). Bilingualism and Special Education: Issues in Assessment and Pedagogy. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, Jim (1984). Wanted: A theoretical framework for relating language proficiency to academic achievement among bilingual students, in Rivera (Ed) (1984)., 2-19.

Cummins, Jim (1984b). Bilingualism and cognitive functioning. In Shapson & DÕOyley (Eds), 55-67.

Cummins, Jim (1987). Bilingualism, language proficiency, and metalinguistic development. In Homel, Palij & Aaronson (Eds), 57-73.

Cummins, Jim (1987). Theory and Policy in Bilingual Education, Multicultural Education (Centre for Educational Research and Innovation (CERI)), Paris: Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

Cummins, Jim (1988). From multicultural to anti-racist education. An analysis of programmes and policies in Ontario. In Skutnabb-Kangas & Cummins (eds), 127-157.

Cummins, Jim (1989). Empowering Minority Students. Sacramento, California Association for Bilingual Education.

Cummins, Jim (1989b). Language and literacy acquisition in bilingual contexts. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 10:1, 17-32.

Cummins, Jim (1991). Conversational and academic language proficiency in bilingual contexts. In Hulstijn, Jan H. & Matter, Johan F. (eds) (1991). Reading in two languages. AILA Review 8. Amsterdam: Free University Press, 75-89.

Cummins, Jim (1991). Essay review: Rosalie Pedalino Porter, ÒForked tongue: The politics of bilingual educationÓ, New York: Basic Books, Canadian Modern Language Review 47:4, 786-793.

Cummins, Jim (1991). The development of bilingual proficiency from home to school: A longitudinal study of Portuguese-speaking children. Journal of Education, 173(2), 85-98.

Cummins, Jim (1992). Interpretations of the Calgary RCSSD #1 Literacy Immersion Project Year 3 data. Report submitted to the Calgary Roman Catholic Separate School Division, September.

Cummins, Jim (1992). Knowledge, Power and Identity in Teaching English as a Second Language, in Genesee (Ed) (1992), xx-xx.

Cummins, Jim (1992). Bilingual Education and English Immersion: The Ram’rez Report in Theoretical Perspective. Bilingual Research Journal 16:1-2, 91-104.

Cummins, Jim (1994). The discourse of disinformation: the debate on bilingual education and language rights in the United States. In Skutnabb-Kangas & Phillipson (eds), 159-177.

Cummins, Jim (1994). From Coercive to Collaborative Relations of Power in the Teaching of Literacy. In Ferdman, Bernardo, Weber, Rose-Marie & Ramirez, Arnulfo G. (eds) (1994). Literacy Across Languages and Cultures. Albany: State University of New York Press, 295-331.

Cummins, Jim (1994). The socioacademic achievement model in the context of coercive and collaborative relations of power. In de Villar, Faltis & Cummins (eds), 363-390.

Cummins, Jim (1995). The European Schools Model in relation to French Immersion Programs in Canada. In Skutnabb-Kangas (ed.), 159-168.

Cummins, Jim (1996). Negotiating Identities: Education for Empowerment in a Diverse Society. Ontario, California: California Association for Bilingual Education.

Cummins, Jim (1997). Minority status & schooling in Canada. In Gibson (ed), 411-430.

Cummins, Jim (1999). ÔAlternative paradigms in bilingual education research: Does theory have a place?Õ Educational Researcher 28:7, 26-32, 41.

Cummins, Jim (2000). Language, Power, and Pedagogy: Bilingual Children in the Crossfire. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, Jim (2001). Negotiating Identities: Education for Empowerment in a Diverse Society. (2nd ed.). Los Angeles, CA: California Association for Bilingual Education.

Cummins, Jim (2006). Identity texts: The Imaginative construction of self through multiliteracies pedagogy. In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres-Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools. Languages in Education and Glocalization. Clevedon, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 51-68.

Cummins, Jim (2007). ÔRethinking Monolingual Instructional Strategies in Multilingual ClassroomsÕ. In Lyster, Roy and Sharon Lapkin (eds). Theme Issue: Multilingualism in Canadian Schools. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics. Vol. 10, No. 2, 221-240.

Cummins, Jim (2008). Foreword. In Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (eds). Multilingualsm and minority languages: Achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review, volume 21, 1-2.

Cummins, Jim (2008). Total immersion or bilingual education? Findings of international research on promoting immigrant childrenÕs achievement in the primary school. In J. Ramseger and M. Wagener (Eds). Chancenungleichheit in der Grundschule: Ursachen und Wege aus der Krise, Wiesbaden: CS Verlag fur Sozialwissenschaften.

Cummins, Jim (2009). ÔFundamental psychological and sociological principles underlying educational success for linguistic minority studentsÕ. In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 21-35.

Cummins, Jim (2009). Fundamental psychological and sociological principles underlying educational success for linguistic minority students. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit & Panda, Minati (eds). Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 19-35.

Cummins, Jim (2012). Empowerment and bilingual Education. In Chapelle. C. A. (ed.). The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. London: Blackwell, 1890-1895. Online DOI: 10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0368.

Cummins, Jim (2017). FlersprŒkiga elever. Effektiv undervisning i en utmanande tid. Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.

Cummins, Jim (2017). Teaching Minoritized Students: Are Additive Approaches Legitimate? Harvard Educational Review, Vol. 87 No. 3 Fall 2017,  404-425.

Cummins, Jim & Corson, David (eds) (1997). Bilingual Education. Volume 5. Encyclopedia of Language and Education. Dordrecht, Boston & London: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Cummins, Jim & Danesi, Marcel (1990). Heritage Languages. The Development and Denial of CanadaÕs Linguistic Resources, Toronto: Our Schools/Our Selves Education Foundation.

Cummins, Jim & Davison, Chris (eds) (2007). International Handbook of English Language Teaching, Parts 1-2.  New York: Springer.

Cummins, Jim & Man Yee-Fun, Evelyn (2007). Academic Language: What Is It and How Do We Acquire It? In Cummins, Jim & Davison, Chris (eds). International Handbook of English Language Teaching, Parts 1-2.  New York: Springer, 797-810.

Cummins, Jim & Sayers, Dennis (1995). Brave new schools: Challenging cultural illiteracy through global learning networks. New York: St.MartinÕs Press.

Cummins, Jim & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1988). Introduction. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove and Cummins, Jim (Eds) (1988). Minority education: from shame to struggle. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters, 1‑6.

Cummins, Jim and Swain, Merrill (1986). Bilingualism in Education: Aspects of theory, research and practice. London and New York: Longman.

Cummins, Jim, Brown, Kristin & Sayers, Dennis (2007). Literacy, Technology, and Diversity. Teaching for Success in Changing Times. Boston: Pearson Education.

Cunningham-Andersson, Una & Andersson, Staffan(1999). Growing up with two languages. A practical guide. London: Routledge.

Curtis, Jan (1988). Parents, schools and racism: Bilingual education in a Northern California town. In Skutnabb-Kangas & Cummins (eds), 278-298.

Curtis, Mark (1995). The ambiguities of power. British foreign policy since 1945. London & New Jersey: Zed Books.

Curtis, Mark (2003). Web of Deceit. BritainÕs Real Role in the World. With a foreword by John Pilger. London: Vintage.

Curtis, Mark (2010). Secret Affairs. BritainÕs Collusion with Radical Islam. London: Profile Books.

Cuvelier, Pol, du Plessis, Theodorus, Meeuwis, Michael & Teck, Lut (eds) (2007). Multilingualism and Exclusion. Policy, Practice and Prospects. Studies in Language Policy in South Africa. Pretoria: Van SchaikPublishers.

Cziko, Gary A.  & Nien-Hsuan Jennifer LIN (1984). The Construction and Analysis of Short Scales of Language Proficiency: Classical Psychometric, Latent Trait, and Nonparametric Approaches, TESOL Quarterly 18:4, (1984)., 627‑647.

Cziko, Gary A. (1992). The evaluation of bilingual education: from necessity to probability to possibility. Educational Researcher, 21(2), 10‑15.

Cziko, Gary A. & Troike, Rudolph C. (1984). Contexts of Bilingual Education: International Perspectives and Issues. Aila Review 1, 7-33.

Daes, Erica-Irene (1995). Redressing the Balance: The Struggle to be Heard. Paper to the Global Cultural Diversity Conference, Sydney, 26-28 April 1995.

Daftary, Farimah & Grin, Franois (eds) (2003). Nation-building, ethnicity and language politics in transition countries. Budapest & Flensburg: Local Government and Public Service Reform Initiative, Open Society Institute & ECMI 8European Centre for Minority Issues).

Dagenais, Diane, Franoise Armand, Nathalie Walsh and Erica Maraillet (2007). ÔLÕĖveil aux Langues et la Co-construction de Connaissances sur la DiversitŽ LinguistiqueÕ. In Lyster, Roy and Sharon Lapkin (eds). Theme Issue: Multilingualism in Canadian Schools. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics. Vol. 10, No. 2, 197-220.

Dagsvold, Inger, M¿llersen, Snefrid, & Stordahl, Vigdis (2015). What we can talk about, in which language, in what way and with whom? Sami patientsÕ experiences of language choice and cultural norms in mental health treatment.  International Journal of Circumpolar Health, 74, May 2015. ISSN 1797-237X. http://www.circumpolarhealthjournal.net/index.php/ijch/article/view/26952#. Date accessed: 18 May. 2015. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.3402/ijch.v74.26952.

Dahlbring, Magnus (2014). Ursprungsfolken och FN:s makt(lšshet). I Andersson, Bo, Claesson, Bo, Larsson, Karl och Sjšlin, Rolf (redaktion). Arbetsgruppen Urfolk Samer Vetenskap. (2014). Samer. Om Nordmalingdomen och om ett urfolks rŠttigheter och identitet. BorŒs: Recito Fšrlag, 79-88.

Dahlstršm, Edmund (1969). €r etniska minoriteter mšjliga i ett modernt samhŠlle?, Sociologisk forskning 2, 105‑113.

Dai, Qingxia and Cheng, Yanyan (2007). Typology of Bilingualism and Bilingual Education in Chinese Minority Nationality Regions. In Feng, Anwei (ed.). Bilingual Education in China. Practices, Policies and Concepts. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 75-93.

Dakin, J., Tiffen, B. & Widdowson, Henry G. (Eds) (1968). Language and Education. Oxford: Oxford Uni­versity Press.

Dalberg-Larsen, J¿rgen (1996). The Nordic welfare model - what separates the Nordic countries from the rest of Europe? In Reconceptualizing the welfare state. Copenhagen: The Danish Centre for Human Rights, 100-117.

Dalby, David (1985). The life and vitality of African languages: a charter for the future, in Mateene, Kalema & Chomba (Eds), 29‑34.

Danaher, Kevin (ed.) (1994). Fifty Years is Enough: The Case Against the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund. Boston: South End Press.

Danet, Brenda. (1980). Language in the legal process. Law and Society Review, 14, 445‑565.

Danet, Brenda. (Ed.). (1984). Legal discourse. TEXT, 4:1‑3. [special issue].

Danish Centre for Human Rights (1998). Notat & Resume af Notat vedr¿rende lovforslag L 154 om Ÿndring udlŸndingeloven, straffeloven og Ÿgteskabsloven samt lovforslag L 155 om integration af udlŸndinge i Danmark (14 januar 1998). K¿benhavn: Det danske center for menneskerettigheder.

Danmarks lŸrerforening (1988). Foreningens politik vedr¿rende beslutningsforslag b.77 Fremsat den 18.april (1989). af Birte Weiss m.fl. Forslag til folketingsbeslutning om bedre integration af indvandrere, K¿benhavn: DLF.

Danmarks lŸrerh¿jskole (1985).-92 k¿benhavnerstudier i tosproget­hed,  bind 1-15, K¿benhavn: DLH.

 Darder, Antonia (2014). Cultural hegemony, language, and the politics of forgetting: Interrogating restricitve language policies. Rizoma freireano / Rhizome freirean nr. 16 [Instituto Paulo Freire de Espana]. (accessed 5 March 2014, at http://www.rizoma-freireano.org/index.php/cultural-hegemony-language-and-the-politics-of-forgetting-interrogating-restrictive-language-policies--antonia-darder-loyola-marymount-university.

Darling-Hammond, Linda, Ancess, Jacqueline & Falk, Beverly (1994). Alternative Assessment in Action. Case Studies of Schools and Students. New York: Teachers College Press.

Darnell, Frank & Ho‘m, Anton (1996). Taken to extremes: education in the Far North. Oslo/Stockholm: Scandinavian University Press.

Darvin, Ron & Norton, Bonny (2014). Social Class Identity, and Migrant Students. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 13:2, 111-117.

Darwin, John (1999). ÔDecolonization and the end of empireÕ. In Winks, Robin W. (ed.). Historiography, Volume 5, The Oxford history of the British empire. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 541-557.

Darwin, John (2009). The empire project. The rise and fall of the British world-system 1830-1970. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Das, Chitta Ranjan (2007). Letters from a Forest School. New Delhi: National Book Trust India.

Das, Chitta Ranjan (2008). Kristen Kold: A Revolutionary in Education. Delhi: Shipra Publications.

Dascal, Marcelo (1996). Endangered Languages. Tel Aviv: Lester & Sally Entin Faculty of Humanities, Tel Aviv University, manuscript.

Daschuk, James (2013). Clearing the Plains: Disease, Politics of Starvation and the Loss of Aboriginal Life. Regina: University of Regina Press.

Dasgupta, Probal (1993). The Otherness of English: IndiaÕs Auntie Tongue Syndrome. Delhi: Sage.

Dasgupta, Probal (1998). The Native Speaker: A Short History. In Singh, Rajendra (ed.). The native speaker: Multilingual perspectives. New Delhi/ Thousand Oaks / London: Sage, 182-192.

Dasmann, Raymond F. (1968). A Different Kind of Country. New York: Macmillan.

Dauenhauer, Nora & Dauenhauer, Richard (1995). Oral literature embodied and disembodied. In Quasthof, Uta M. (ed.). Aspects of Oral Communication. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Dauenhauer, Nora Marks & Dauenhauer, Richard (1998). ÔTechnical, Emotional, and Ideological Issues in Reversing Language Shift: Examples from Southeast AlaskaÕ. In Grenoble, Lenore A. & Whaley, Lindsay J. (eds). Endangered Languages: Current Issues and Future Prospects. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 57-98.

Daun, ke (1984). Swedishness as an Obstacle in Cross-Cultural Interaction. Ethnologia Europea XIV:2, 95‑109.

Daun, ke (1989). Svensk mentalitet. Stockholm: Raben & Sjšgren.

Daun, ke & Ehn, Billy (eds) (1988). Blandsverige (Mixed Sweden). Stockholm: Carlssons Bokfšrlag.

Daun, ke, Mattlar, Carl-Eric & Alanen, Erkki (1989). Personality traits characteristic for Finns and Swedes. Stockholm: Ethnologia Scandinavica.

Davidson, Basil (1992). The Black ManÕs Burden. Africa and the Curse of the Nation-State, London: James Currey.

Davies, Alan (1991). The Native Speaker in Applied Linguistics. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Davies, Alan (1996). Review Article: Ironising the Myth of Linguicism. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 17:6, 485-496.

Davies, Alan (2009). Professional Advice vs Political Imperatives. In Alderson, Charles J. (ed.). The Politics of Language Education. Individuals and Institutions. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 45-63.

Davies, Alan (2013). Native Speakers and Native Users. Loss and Gain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Davies, Alan (ed.) (1976). Problems of Language and Learning. London: Heinemann.

Davis, Angela (1981). Women, Race & Class. London: The WomenÕs Press.

Davis, K. (1988). Paternalism under the microscope. In A. D. Todd, and S. Fisher (Eds), Gender and Discourse: The Power of Talk. (pp. (19‑5).4). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Davis, Kanerahtahere Michelle A. (2008). Implementation of Language and Cultural Objectives at Kawenni:io/Gaweni:yo School. Unpublished MEd dissertation, Brock University, St. Catherines, Ontario.

Davis, Kathryn A. (2014) (Guest editor). Thematic Issue: Engaged Language Policy and Practices. Language Policy 13:2.

Davis, Kathryn A. (2014). Engaged language policy and practices. Language Policy 13:2, 83-100.

Davis, Kathryn Anne (1994). Language planning in multilingual contexts. Policies, communities and schools in Luxembourg. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Davydova, Olga (2002). Interaktiivista identiteettipeliŠ - havaintoja paluumuutosta Suomeen [Interactive identity games - observations about return migration to Finland]. In Laihiala-Kankainen, Sirkka, PietikŠinen, Sari & Dufva, Hannele (toim.) (2002). MoniŠŠninen Suomi. Kieli, kulttuuri ja identiteetti. [Multivoiced Finland. Language, culture and identity]. JyvŠskylŠ: JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, Soveltavan kielentutkimuksen keskus, 154-168.

Dawkins J. (1991). The language of Australia. Discussion paper on an Australia literacy and language policy for the 1990s. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

Dawkins, Kristin (1994). NAFTA, GATT and the World Trade Organization: The Emerging New World order. Westfield, N.J.: Open Media.

Dawood, N.J. (1959). The Koran. London: The Whitefriars Press. [See also Koraani].

Day, Richard R. (1981). ESL: a factor in linguistic genocide? In Fisher, J. C., Clarke, M. A., and Schachter, J. (eds). On TESOL Õ80. Building Bridges: Research and Practice in Teaching English as a Second Language. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 73-78.

De Angelis, Gessica (2011). TeachersÕ beliefs about the role of prior language knowledgen in learning and how these influence teaching practices. International Journal of Multilingualism 8:3, 216-234.

de Azc‡rate, P. (1945). League of Nations and National Minorities: An Experiment. Washington, D.C.: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

de Beaugrande, Robert (1997). New Foundations for a Science of Text and Discourse. Stamford, CT: Ablex.

de Beauvoir, Simone (1965). Det andet k¿n. K¿benhavn: Gyldendal.

De Bellaigue, Christopher (2001). Tehran spring. Granta 74, 16 August 2001, 131-161.

de Bot, Kees (1996). Language Loss. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 578-585.

De Bres, Julia (2011). Promoting the Māori language to non-Māori: evaluating the New Zealand governmentÕs approach. Language Policy 10, 361-376.

De Bres, Julia (2014). Book review of Rosita Rindler Schjerve and Eva Vetter (2012). European Multilingualism – Current Perspectives and Challenges. Language Policy 13(3), 283-285. DOI 10.1007/s10993-013-9287-6.

De Cillia, Rudolf, Krumm, Hans-JŸrgen & Wodak, Ruth (eds) (2003). Die Kosten der Mehrsprachigkeit. Globalisierung und sprachliche Vierfalt. The Cost of Multilingualism. Globalisation and Linguistic Diversity. Wien: Verlag der …sterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

de Gobineau, Arthur (1967). The inequality of human races. New York: Fertig. [translation of Essai sur lÕinŽgalitŽ des races humaines, 1853]

De Graaf, Tjeerd (2009). Endangered Languages and the Use of Sound Archives and Fieldwork Data for their Documentation and Revitalization. Contribution to the Academic Session on Issues of Language Endangerment, XIIth International Conference on Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, Kunming, China, 27-31 July 2009. Manuscript.

de Jong, Eveline (1986). The Bilingual Experience. A Book for Parents. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

de Klerk, Gerda (2002). Mother-tongue education in South Africa: the weight of history. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 154, 29-46.

De Korne, Haley (2010). Indigenous language education policy: Supporting community-controlled immersion in Canada and the United States. Language Policy, 9, 115-141.

De Korne, Haley (2013). Allocating authority and policing competency: Indigenous language teacher cerification in the United States.In Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, vol. 28:1, 23-42.

De Kruif, Paul (1927). Mikrobien metsŠstŠjiŠ. Kuvauksia tutkijain taisteluista ihmiskunnan vaarallisimpia vihollisia vastaan [Microbe hunters. Descriptions of researchersÕ struggles against the most dangerous enemies of humanity]. Helsinki: Kustannusosakeyhtiš Kirja.

Delavan, M. Garrett, Valdez, Ver—nica E. & Freire, Juan A. (2016): Language as Whose Resource?: When Global Economics Usurp the Local Equity Potentials of Dual Language Education. International Multilingual Research Journal. DOI: 10.1080/19313152.2016.1204890. To link to this article:  http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/19313152.2016.1204890.

de Mej’a, Anne-Marie (1993). (no date) A critical survey of programmes and research trends in the area of immersion education. Lancaster: Lancaster University, Centre for Language in Social Life Working Paper Series 45.

de Mej’a, Anne-Marie (2012). English Language as Intruder : The Effects of English Language Education in Colombia and South Asmerica – a Critical Perspective. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 244-254.

De Schutter, Helder (2007). Language policy and political philosophy. On the emerging linguistic justice debate. Language Problems & Language Planning 31:1, 1-23.

De Schutter, Olivier (2010). The Framework Convention on the Protection of National Minorities and the Law of the European Union. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). Double standards pertaining to minority protection. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 1. Leiden & Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 71-116.

De Sousa Santos, Boaventura (2014). Can Correa deliver Ecuador its revolution? Guardian Weekly. 6 June 2014, 19.

de Swaan, Abram (2001). Words of the World: The Global Language System. Cambridge: Polity Press.

de Swaan, Abram (2003). Celebrating many tongues - in English. International Herald Tribune 25 September 2003.

de Swaan, Abram (2004). Endangered languages, sociolinguistics, and linguistic sentimentalism. European Review 12:4, 567-580.

de Varennes, F. (2001). A guide to the rights of minorities and language. http://www.osi.hu/colpi/files/COLPI4.pdf

de Varennes, Fernand (1994a). Language Conflicts in Eastern European and Central Asian States: Preliminary Report on Early Warning & Resolution Mechanisms, December 1994, Prepared for the Exclusive use of the Foundation on Inter-Ethnic Relations, sÕGravenhage, Netherlands.

de Varennes, Fernand (1994b). Language and Freedom of Expression in International Law. Human Rights Quarterly 16, 1994, 163-186.

de Varennes, Fernand (1995). The Protection of Linguistic Minorities in Europe and International Human Rights Standards and Possible Solutions to Ethnic Tensions and Conflicts. Paper presented at the conference ÒRussia and East Central Europe in the New Geopolitical Realities, Institute of International Economic and Political Studies, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia, 27-30 January 1995.

de Varennes, Fernand (1996). Language, Minorities and Human Rights. The Hague, Boston, London: Martinus Nijhoff.

de Varennes, Fernand (1996). Minority aspirations and the revival of indigenous peoples. International Review of Education 42:4, 309-325.

de Varennes, Fernand (1999). The Existing Rights of Minorities in International Law. In Kontra, Mikl—s, Phillipson, Robert, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & V‡rady, Tibor (eds). Language: a Right and a Resource. Approaching Linguistic Human Rights. Budapest: Central European University Press, 117-146.

de Varennes, Fernand (2000). Tolerance and Inclusion: The Convergence of Human Rights and the Work of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.) (2000). Rights to language. Equity, power and education. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,  67- 71.

de Varennes, Fernand (2003). Language Rights and Human Rights: The International Experience. In î Riag‡in, D—nall (ed.). Language and Law in Northern Ireland. Belfast Studies in Language, Culture and Politics 9, Belfast: QueenÕs University Belfast, 5-16. [http://www.bslcp.com/].

de Varennes, Fernand (2004). The right to education and minority language. http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/hrcouncil/minority/docs/statements/experts/Fernand_de_Varennes.doc.

de Varennes, Fernand (2007). Language Rights in Education. Interights Bulletin 15:4, 172-176. [Interights Bulletin. A Review of the International Centre for the Legal Protection of Human Rights, www.interights.org].

de Varennes, Fernand (2008). International Law and Education in a Minority Language. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 121-136.

de Varennes, Fernand (2012). [title in Tibetan] [ translation into Tibetan of Language rights and Tibetans in China: a look at international law]. In Gya, Kunsang, Snavely, Andrea and Sperling, Elliot (eds). Minority Language in TodayÕs Global Society. [the same name in Tibetan]. New York: Trace Foundation, 39-61.

de Varennes, Fernand (2012). Language policy at the supranational level. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,  149-173.

de Varennes, Fernand (2012). Language rights and Tibetans in China: a look at international law. In Gya, Kunsang, Snavely, Andrea and Sperling, Elliot (eds). Minority Language in TodayÕs Global Society. [the same name in Tibetan]. New York: Trace Foundation, 14-38.

De Villar, Robert A., Faltis, Christian, J. & Cummins, James P. (eds) (1994). Cultural diversity in schools: From rhetoric to practice. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

De Vreede, Erik (1991). Education in Plural Societies: An Attempt to Develop a Conceptual Framework for the Discussion of Intercultural Education, in Barkowski & Hoff (hrsg) (1991). 151-158.

de Vries, John (1990). On coming to our census: A laymanÕs guide to demolinguistics. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development  11:xx, 57-76.

de Vries, John (1991). Towards a Sociology of Language Planning. In Marshall, David F. (ed.). Language Planning. Focusschrift in honour of Joshua A.Fishman. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamin, 37-52.

de Vries, John (1991). Towards a Sociology of Language Planning. In Marshall (ed.), 37-52.

de Vries, John (1993). Language Acquisition, Language Shift and Immigrant Integration: The Experience of Foreign Born Adults in Canada, Paper presented at the Tenth World Congress of Applied Linguistics, Amsterdam, August 12 (1993).

de Vries, John (1995). Language policy and regional characteristics of minority language communities. In Fase et al. (eds), 135-151.

de Witte, Bruno (1989). Droits fondamentaux et protection de la diversitŽ linguistique, in  Pupier & Woehrling (Eds), 85‑101.

de Witte, Bruno (1991). The impact of European Community rules on linguistic policies of the Member States. In Coulmas, Florian (ed.) 1991. A Language Policy for the European Community. Prospects and Qunadaries. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 163-177.

de Witte, Bruno (1993). Conclusion: a legal perspective. In Vilfan, Sergij (ed., in collaboration with Gudmund Sandvik & Lode Wils). Ethnic Groups and Language Rights. Comparative Studies on Governments and Non-Dominant Ethnic Groups in Europe 1850-1940. Volume 3. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth & New York: European Science Foundation & New York University Press, 303-314.

de Witte, Bruno (2011). Language Rights: The Interaction between Domestic and European Developments. In KjŸr, Anne Lise & Adamo, Silvia (eds). Linguistic Diversity and European Democracy. Farnham & Burlington; Ashgate, 167-188.

DeAvila, Edward, Cohen, Elisabeth G. and Intili, J.A. (1981). Multicultural improvement in cognitive abilities. Sacramento: Final report to California State Department of Education.

Debeljak, Aleš (1996). Odi et amo in the land of Southern Slavs. In T—th (ed.), 73-88.

Dechicchis, Joseph (1995). The current State of the Ainu Language. In Maher & Yashiro (eds), 103-124.

Declaration on Languages of the Peoples of Russia (1991). On Languages of the Peoples of the Russian Federation. In Collected Legislative Acts of the Russian Federation, 4th issue, Edited by the Supreme Soviet of the Russian Federation. Moscow. (in Russian).

Deen, Shiraz (2008). Human Rights in the Age of Counter-Terrorism. Terra Viva UN Journal 6 August 2008, 3-4.

Degenaar, Johann (1982). The roots of nationalism. Pretoria: Academica.

Degenaar, Johann (1987). Nationalism, liberalism and pluralism. In Butler, J., Elpick, R. & Welsiew of h, D. (eds). Democratic liberalism in South Africa: Its history and prospects. Cape Town: David Philip, 236-249.

Degollado, Enrique David (2016). Book review of Callahan, Rebecca M. & G‡ndara, Patricia C. (eds) (2014). The Bilingual Advantage: Language Literacy and the US Labour Market.  Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Language Policy 15:2, 203-205.

DeGraff, Michel (2009). Creole Exceptionalism and the (Mis)Education of the Creole Speaker. In Kleifgen, Jo Anne and Bond, George C. (eds). The Languages of Africa and the Diaspora. Educating for Language Awareness. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 124-144.

Dejean, Yves (1983). Diglossia revisited, French and Creole in Haiti, Word, 34: 3, 189‑213.

Del Valle, JosŽ (2000). ÔMonoglossic policies for a heteroglossic culture: Misinterpreted multilingualism in modern GaliciaÕ. Language and Communication, Vol. 20, 105-132.

Del Valle, Sandra (2003). Language Rights and the Law in the United States. Finding Our Voices. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Del Valle, Sandra (2009). The BilingualÕs Hoarse Voice: Losing Rights in Two Languages. In Salaberry, M. Rafael (ed.). Language Allegiances and Bilingualism in the USA. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters, 80-109.

Delima, V. A. (1988). The state, television, and political power in Brazil. Critical Studies in Mass Communication, 5, 108‑128.

Delmas-Marty, Mireille (2003). Justice for sale. International law favours market values. Le Monde Diplomatique, English version, August 2003.

Deloria, Vine Jr (2001). Transitional Education. In Deloria, Vine Jr and Daniel R. Wildcat (eds). Power and Place: Indian Education in America. Golden, Colorado: American Indian Graduate Centre and Fulcrum Resources, 79-86.

Deloria, Vine Jr (Ed) (1985). American Indian Policy in the Twentieth Century, Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.

Deloria, Vine, Jr  (2003). God is Red: A Native View of Religion. Golden, Colorado: Fulcrum Publishing.

Deloria, Vine, Jr  (2006). Conquest masquerading as law. In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.) 2006). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 94-107.

Deloria, Vine, Jr (1988). Custer Died for Your Sins: An Indian Minifesto. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.

Deloria, Vine, Jr (2002). Evolution, Creationism and Other Modern Myths: A Critical Inquiry. Golden, Colarado: Fulcrum Publishing.

Deloria, Vine, Jr and Wildcat, Daniel R. (2001). Power and Place: Indian Education in America. Golden, Colorado: American Indian Graduate Centre.

DeMeo, James (2006). Peaceful versus warlike societies in pre-Columbian America: what do archaeology and anthropology tell us? In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.) 2006). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 134-152.

Demont-Heinrich, Christof ((2012). Debating EnglishÕ hegemony: American, Australian and Slovenian students discuss ÒtheÓ global language. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies 9(4), 346-375.

Demont-Heinrich, Christof ((2016). The Struggle to Raise Bilingual Children in the Belly of the English Hydra Beast: The United States of America. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 220-233.

Dencik, Lars (1992). Processes of ethnification and de-ethnification of social conflicts. In Plichtov‡ (ed.), 140-147.

Dendrinos, Bessie (1998). Developing alternative modes of foreign language literacy in the EU. Paper presented at the conference Loss of Communication in the Information Age, Wien, November 26-28.1998. …sterreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Denison, Norman (1977). Language death or language suicide? International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 12:13-22.

Deo Awasthi, Lava & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (2006). Review of Tollefson, James W. & Tsui, Amy. B. M. (eds). Medium of Instruction Policies. Which Agenda? Whose Agenda? Journal of Peace Education, Vol. 3:2, September 2006, 277-279.

Department of Education (1997). Language-in-Education Policy. Pretoria: Department of Education.

Department of Education (2002). Revised National Curriculum Statement Grades R-9 (Schools) Policy. Languages English – First Additional Language. Pretoria: Department of Education.

Department of Education (2005). Grade 6 Systemic Evaluation. National Report, South Africa. Pretoria: Department of Education.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1965). The education of immigrants (circular 7/65), London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1971).  The education of immigrants (Education survey no. 13), London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1975). A language for life (The Bullock Report), London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1981a). Directive of the Council of the European Community on the education of the children of migrant workers (circular 5/18), London: DES.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1981b). The school curriculum, London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1985). Education for all (the Swann Report), London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1988). Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the teaching of the English language. The Kingman Report. London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1989). (May 19), Education Reform Act (1988): Modern and Foreign Languages in the National Curriculum, London, Circular No.9/89.

Department of Education and Science (DES) (1989). English from 5-16. The Cox Report. London: HMSO.

Department of Education and Science (DES) and the Welsh Office (1990). Modern foreign languages for ages 11-16. The Harris Report. London: HMSO.

Department of Education, Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government (1993). Education for all: the Indian scene, A synopsis, Delhi: Government of India.

Department of employment, education and training (DEET) (1990). The Language of Australia: Discussion Paper on an Australian Literacy and Language Policy for the 1990s, Vol. I, Canberra.

Department of immigration, local government and ethnic affairs (1991). The Changing Profiles of Ethnic Communities, Migration 84, 10‑11.

Depelchin, Jacques (2008). The history of mass violence since colonial times – Trying to understand the roots of a mindset. Development Dialogue 50, December 2008. Thematic volume Revisiting the heart of darkness – Explorations into genocide and other forms of mass violence. 60 years after the UN Convention, ed. Henning Melber with John Y. Jones. Uppsala: Dag Hammarskjšld Foundation, in cooperation with Networkers South North, 13-32.

Derince, M. Şerif (212). Gender, Education and Mother Tongue. Mother Tongue First Analysis Reports, 2. Yenişehir /Diyarbakir: DISA (Diyarbakir Institute for Political and Social Research; www.disa.org.tr). ISBN 978-605-5458-09-6.

Derince, M. Şerif (212). Mother tongue-based Multilingual and Multidialectal Dynamic Education: Models for the schooling of Kurdish students in Turkey. Mother Tongue First Analysis Reports, 1. Yenişehir /Diyarbakir: DISA (Diyarbakir Institute for Political and Social Research; www.disa.org.tr). ISBN 978-605-5458-13-3.

Derman-Sparks, Louise (1989). Antibias Curriculum: Tools for Empowering Young Children. Washington, D.C.: National Association for the Education of Young Children.

Dersso, Solomon A. (2012). Taking Ethno-Cultural Diversity Seriously in Constitutional Design. A Theory of Minority Rights for Addressing AficaÕs Multi-Ethnic Challenge. Leiden – Boston: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.

DES (1965). = Department of Education and Science (1965). The education of immigrants (circular 7/65). London: HMSO.

DES (1971). = Department of Education and Science (1971). The education of immigrants (Education survey no. 13). London: HMSO.

DES (1975). = Department of Education and Science (1975). A language for life (The Bullock Report). London: HMSO.

DES (1981a). = Department of Education and Science (1981a). Directive of the Council of the European Community on the education of the children of migrant workers (circular 5/18). London: DES.

DES (1981b). = Department of Education and Science (1981b). The school curriculum, London: HMSO.

DES (1985). = Department of Education and Science (1985). Education for all. The Swann Report. London: HMSO.

DES (1988). = Department of Education and Science (1988). Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the teaching of the English language. The Kingman Report. London: HMSO.

DES (1989a). = Department of Education and Science (1989). May 19, Circular No.9/89. Education Reform Act (1988).: Modern and Foreign Languages in the National Curriculum. London: HMSO.

DES (1989b). = Department of Education and Science (1989). English from 5-16. The Cox Report. London: HMSO.

Desai, Zubeida (1994). Praat or Speak but DonÕt Thetha: On Language Rights in South Africa. Language and Education 8:1-2, 19-29.

Desai, Zubeida (1995). The evolution of a post-apartheid language policy in South Africa: an on-going site of struggle. European Journal of Intercultural Studies 5:3, 18-25.

Desai, Zubeida (1998). Enabling policies, disabling practices. Paper presented at the Tenth World Congress of Comparative Education Societies, Cape Town, 16 July 1998, manuscript.

Desai, Zubeida (2000). Mother tongue education: the key to African language development? A conversation with an imagined South African audience. In Phillipson (ed.), 174-178.

Desai, Zubeida (2001). Multilingualism in South Africa with Particular Reference to the role of African languages in Education. International Review of Education 47: 3-4, 323-339.

Deschnes, Jules (1985). Proposals concerning a definition of the term minority. E/CN.4/Sub.2/1985/31, 14 May 1985. New York: United Nations.

Det kongelige kirke-, utdannings-, og forskningsdepartement [Ministry of Church Affairs, Education and Research] 1997. O97, LŸreplanverket for den 10-Œrige grunnskolen [The Curriculum for ten-years comprehensive schooling, Norway].

Deutsch, Karl W. (1975). The Political Significance of Linguistic Conflicts, in Savard, Jean-Guy & Vigneault, Richard (presentation) Les Žtats multilingues - problmes et solutions/ Multilingual political systems - problems and solutions, QuŽbec: Centre international de recherche sur le bilinguisme/ International Center for research on bilingualism, Les Presses de lÕUniversitŽ Laval, 7-28.

Deutsch, Yocheved (2005).  Language Law in Israel. Language Policy 4:3, 261-285.

Devidal, Pierrick (2004). Trading Away Human Rights? The GATS and the Right to Education: a legal perspective. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies 2:2, www.jceps.com/?pageID=article&articleID=28.

Devrimci Sol (1997). Who Are Guilty? Devrimci Sol, January 1997, 30-31.

Devy, Ganesh N. (2009). Introduction. In Devy, G. N., Davis, Geoffrey V. and Chakravarty, K. K. (eds). (2009). Indigeneity. Culture and Representation. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan, xi-xvi.

Devy, Ganesh (2016). A Nation Proud of its Language Diversity. In Pattanayak, Supriya, Pattanayak, Chandrabhanu, and Bayer, Jennifer (eds). Multilingualism and Multiculturalism: Perceptions Practices and Policy. Celebrating the 80th birthday of D. P. Pattanayak. Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 359-375.

Devy, Ganesh N., Davis, Geoffrey V. and Chakravarty, K. K. (eds). (2009). Indigeneity. Culture and Representation. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan.

Devy, Ganesh N. (Chief editor). (2015-). PeopleÕs Linguistic Survey of India. Ten volumes. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan.

Dewaele, Jean-Marc (2015). Why do so many bi- and multilinguals feel different when switching languages? Pre-print version of the paper that appeared in the International Journal of Multilingualism, May 26th 2015, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2015.1040406

Dewaele, Jean-Marc & McCloskey, James (2014). Attitudes towards foreign accents among adult multilingual language users. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 2014. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2014.909445.

Dewey, John (1897). ÔMy pedagogic creedÕ. School Journal, Vol. 54, 77-80.

Dhanagare, D.N. (1993). NGOs and Foreign Funding. Man & Development XV:2, June 1993, 133-146.

Di Castri, Francesco (1996). Biodiversity. In World Science Report 1996 (ed. Howard Moore). Paris: Unesco, 242-252.

Di Natale, Peter (2005). Sprachpolitik und Linguistic Human Rights. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.

Di Pietro, R. J. (Ed.). (1982). Linguistics and the Professions. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Diamond, Jared (1992). The Rise and Fall of the Third Chimpanzee. London: Vintage.

Diamond, Jared (1998). Guns, Germs and Steel. A Short History of Everybody for the Last 13,000 Years. London: Random House.

Diamond, Jared (2005). Collapse. How Societies Choose to Fail or Survive. London: Penguin Books.

Diamond, Jared (2012). The World Until Yesterday. What Can We Learn From Traditional Societies? London: Allen Lane.

Dias, Patrick (2004). Learning to value diversity of modes of expression and communication, and to uphold multiple forms of being and acting. In Dias, Patrick (ed.). Multiple Languages, Literacies and Technologies. Mapping out concepts, analyzing practices and defining positions. Series Multilingualism, Subalternity and Hegemony of English, Volume 1. Frankfurt am Main & New Delhi: Multilingualism Network/Books for Change, 86-137.[See http://www.multilingualism.net/].

Dias, Patrick (ed.)(2004). Multiple Languages, Literacies and Technologies. Mapping out concepts, analyzing practices and defining positions. Series Multilingualism, Subalternity and Hegemony of English, Volume 1. Frankfurt am Main & New Delhi: Multilingualism Network/Books for Change.

Diaz, Rafael (1986). BilingŸ’smo y inteligencia: una revisi—n. In Siguan (Ed.), 41-51.

Diaz, Rafael & Klinger, C. (1991). Towards an explanatory model of the interaction between bilingualism and cognitive development. In Bialystok (Ed.), 167-192.

Diaz, Stephen, Moll, Luis & Mehan, Hugh (1986). Sociocultural Resources in Instruction: A Context‑Specific Approach. In CDE (1986)., 187‑230.

Dicker, Susan J. (1996). Languages in America: A pluralist view. Clevedon, UK & Philadelphia, PA: Multilingual Matters.

Dietz, Gunther (2010). Politicization of  Comunalidad and the Demand for Autonomy. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 191-197.

Dik, Simon C. (1978). Functional Grammar, Amsterdam: North Holland Linguistic Series 37.

Dil, A.S. (ed.) (1972). The ecology of language. Essays by Einar Haugen. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Dillard, J.L. (1972). Black English. New York: Random House.

Dindler, Svend & Olesen, Asta (red) (1988). Islam og Muslimer i De Danske Medier, rhus: Aarhus Universitetsforlag.

Dirim, Inci (2010). ÓWenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch mit Akzent denkt oder soÓ. Zur Frage des (Neo-)Linguizismus in den Diskursen Ÿber  die Sprache(n) der Migrationsgesellschaft. In Mecheril, Paul, Dirim, Inci, Gomolla, Mechtild, Hornberg, Sabine und Stojanov, Krassimir (Hrsg.). SpannungsverhŠltnisse. Assimilationsdiskurse und interkulturell-pŠdagogische Forschung. MŸnster: Waxmann Verlag, 91-113.

Dirim, Inci (2016). SprachverhŠltnisse. In Mecheril, Paul (Hrsg-), unter Mitarbeit von Veronika Kourabas und Matthias Rangger. Handbuch MigrationspŠdagogik. interkulkturellWeinheim; Beltz Verlag,  311-325.

Dirven, RŽnŽ & PŸtz, Martin (1996). Sprachkonflikt. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 684-691.

Dittmar, Norbert (1976). Sociolinguistics. A critical survey of theory and application. London : Edward Arnold.

Dittmar, Norbert & Brigitte Schlieben‑Lange (eds) (1982). Die Soziolinguistik in den romanischsprachigen LŠndern ‑ La sociolinguistique dans les pays de langue romane, TŸbingen: Narr.

Dittmar, Norbert & Kšniger, Paul (eds). Proceedings of the Second Scandinavian-German Symposium on the Language of Immigrant Workers and Their Children, Linguistische Arbeiten und Berichte, Fb Germanistik, Berlin: Freie UniversitŠt Berlin, 19-29.

Dittmar, Norbert, Haberland, Hartmut, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Teleman, Ulf (eds) (1978). Papers from the First Scandinavian‑German Symposium on the Language of Immigrant Workers and Their Children, Roskilde, March 19‑23.1978. Roskilde: Roskilde University Centre, ROLIG‑papir 12, 299 p.

Dittrich, Eckhard J. & Radtke, Frank‑Olaf (Hrsg.) (1990). EthnizitŠt. Wissenschaft und Minderheiten. Wiesbaden: Westdeutscher Verlag.

Dixon, Robert M.W. (1993). Australian Aboriginal languages. In Schulz, Gerhard (Ed.) (1993). The languages of Australia. Can­berra: Australian Academy of the Humanities. 71-82.

Dixon, Robert M.W. (1993). Australian Aboriginal languages. In Schulz (ed.), 71-82.

DjitŽ, Paulin (1993). Language and development in Africa. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 100&101, 149-166.

DjitŽ, Paulin (1993b). Book review of Robert Chaudenson Ç Vers uns rŽvolution francophone È (Paris: Harmattan). International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 100/101, 257-264.

DjitŽ, Paulin (1994). From language policy to language planning. Canberra: National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia.

DjitŽ, Paulin (2006). Living on borrowed tongues? A view from within. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 405-420.

DjitŽ, Paulin G. (2008). From liturgy to technology. Modernizing the languages of Africa. Language Problems & Language Planning 32:2, 133-152.

DjitŽ, Paulin G. (2008). The Sociolinguistics of Development in Africa. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Djurberg, Daniel (1781). Geografie fšr Ungdom. Stockholm: A.Nordstršm.

Dodson, Carl (1985). Bilingual Education: Evaluation, Assessment and Methodology. Cardiff: University of Wales Press.

Dolson, David P. (1985a). The Application of Immersion Education in the United States. Rosslyn, VA: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

Dolson, David P. (1985b). The effects of Spanish home language use on the scholastic performance of Hispanic pupils. Journal of Multilingual Multicultural Development 6(2), 135-155.

Dolson, David P. (1993). Multicultural Education for Superior Scholastic Performance: The Struggle for Social Justice. Paper presented at Institute for Two-Way Bilingual Programs, Manhattan Beach, California, July.

Dolson, David & Lindholm, Kathryn (1995). World class education for children in California: A comparison of the two-way bilingual immersion and European School model. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (ed.). Multilingualism for all. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, 69-102.

Dolson, David P. & Mayer, Jan (1992). Longitudinal Study of Three Program Models for Language Minority Students: A Critical Examination of Reported Findings. Bilingual Research Journal 16(1&2), 105-158.

Doman, Glenn (1975). Teach Your Baby to Read. London: Pan Books.

Domaschnew, Anatoli (1994). Englisch als die einzige Verkehrssprache des zukŸnftigen Europa? Eine Stellungnahme aus osteuropŠischer Sicht. In Ammon et al. (eds), 26-43.

Donahue, Thomas S. (1995). American language policy and compensatory opinion. In Tollefson (ed.), 112-141.

Donahue, Thomas S. (2002). Language Planning and the Perils of Ideological Solipsism. In Tollefson, James W. (ed.). Language Policies in Education. Critical Issues. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 137-162.

Donald, James & Rattansi, Ali (eds) (1992). ÔRaceÕ, culture and difference. London: Sage.

Dorfman, Ariel (1999).  Heading south, looking north. A bilingual journey. Penguin.

Dorfman, Ariel (2017). What Herman Melville Can Teach Us About the Trump Era. The Nation, 10.5.2017. https://www.thenation.com/article/what-herman-melville-can-teach-us-about-the-trump-era/

Dorian, Nancy C. (1981). Language death: The life cycle of a Scottish Gaelic dialect. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Dorian, Nancy C. (1984). Small languages and small language communities. International Journal of the Sociology of Language. 103, 197-202.

Dorian, Nancy C. (1991). Linguacentrism and language history, in Cooper & Spolsky (Eds) (1991)., 85-99.

Dorian, Nancy C. (1993a). Small languages and small language communities. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 103, 197-202.

Dorian, Nancy C. (1993b). Discussion note. A response to LadefogedÕs other view of endangered languages. Language 69:3, 575-579.

Dorian, Nancy C. (1994). Choices and values in language shift and its study. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 110, 113-124.

Dorian, Nancy C. (2012). The small languages and small language communities section: twenty-two years on. In Garc’a, Ofelia & Schweid Fishman, Gella (eds.). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 213, 249-261.

Dorian, Nancy C. (ed.) (1989). Investigating Obsolescence: Studies in Language Contraction and Death. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Dormon, James (1981). Ethnicity in Contemporary America, Journal of American Studies 15, 325-339.

Dostal, P. (1989). Regional Interests and the National Question under Gorbachev, Nationalism in the USSR. Problems of nationalities, Amsterdam: Second World Center.

Doughty, Catherine and Michael Long (eds). 2003. The Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. Maldin, Oxford, Melbourne and Berlin: Blackwell.

Dow, Pauline, Krashen, Stephen and Tinajero, Josefina (2010). Early (grade 2) reading ability in the first language correlates with subsequent (grade 6) reading ability in the second language: A longitudinal confirmation of the Interdependence Hypothesis. International Journal of ForeignLlanguage Teaching, 5(2) winter 2009/2010, 2-3.

Dowling, Tessa (2011). ÔStressed and sexyÕ: lexical borrowing in Cape Town Xhosa. International Journal of Multilingualism 8(4), 345-366.

Downing, John (1984). Radical Media. Boston: South End Press.

Draft Submission for a Democratic Aut[o]nomous Kurdistan (with a Preface by Prof. Dr. Norman Paech) (2011). No place: Demokratik Toplum Kongresi / Democratic Society Congress (DTK).

Draft Treaty Establishing a Constitution for Europe (2003). Adopted by consensus by the European Convention on 13 June and 10 July 2003. Submitted to the President of the European Council in Rome 18 July 2003. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. [ISBN 92-78-40197-8; for additional information, see http://europa.eu.int].

Drake, Paul (1991). From Good Men to Good Neighbours: 1912-1932. In Lowenthal, Abraham F. (ed.). Exporting Democracy: The United States and Latin America. Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press, 3-41.

Drapeau, Lynn (1998). Aboriginal languages: current status. In J.Edwards (ed.), 144-159.

Dressler, Cheryl and Michael Kamil. 2006.  ÔFirst- and second-language literacyÕ. In August, Diane and Timothy Shanahan (eds). Developing  Literacy  in  Second-language  Learners. Report of the National Literacy Panel on Language-Minority Children and Youth. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 197-238.

Dressler, Wolfgang (1988). Spracherhaltung - Sprachverfall - Sprachtod. In Sociolinguistics/ Sociolinguistik, An international handbook of the science of language and society, Ammon, U., Dittmar, N., & Mattheier, K. (eds), Berlin: de Gruyter, 1551-1563..

Drew, Elizabeth (2000). The Corruption of American Politics - What Went Wrong and Why? New York: The Overlook Press.

Drexel‑Andrieu, Irne (1993). Bilingual geography: a TeacherÕs Perspective. In Baetens Beardsmore (Ed.), 174‑183.

Dreze, Jean & Sen, Amartya (2002). India: Development and Participation. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Driessen, Bart (1999). The Slovak State Language Law as a trade law problem. In Kontra, Mikl—s, Phillipson, Robert, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & V‡rady, Tibor (eds). Language: A Right and a Resource. Approaches to Linguistic Human Rights. Budapest: Central European University Press, 147-168.

Drobizheva , L. (1986). Social and Psychological Aspects of Inter-ethnic Relations in the USSR, Paper presented at the symposium Multilingualism: Aspects of Interpersonal and Intergroup Communication in Plurilingual Societies, Brussels, 13‑15 March (1986). (also in Arutiunian (Ed) (1986), (19‑3).1).

Drobizheva, L. & M. Gouboglo (1986). Definitions. Appendix to papers given by the authors at the symposium Multilingualism: Aspects of Interpersonal and Intergroup Communication in Plurilingual Societies, Brussels, 13‑15 March 1986.

Drobizheva, L.: Social and Psychological Aspects of Inter-ethnic Relations in the USSR, in Arutiunian (Ed) (1986).

Drost, Pieter N. (1959). Genocide. Vol. I. Leiden: Sijthoff.

Drost, Pieter N. (1959). The Crime of State. Vol. II. Leiden: Sijthoff.

Druviete, Ina (1994). Language Policy in the Baltic States: a Latvian Case. In Valodas politika Baltijas Valst_s/Language Policy in the Baltic States. R_ga: Kr_jumu sagatavojis, Latvijas Republikas Valsts valodas centrs, 151-160.

Druviete, Ina (1995). Language Policy and Linguistic Human Rights in the Baltic States. Manuscript. Riga: Latvian Language Institute.

Druviete, Ina (1999). Language Policy in a Changing Society: Problematic Issues of Implementation of Universal Linguistic Human Rights Standards. In Kontra, Mikl—s, Phillipson, Robert, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & V‡rady, Tibor (eds). Language: A Right and a Resource. Approaches to Linguistic Human Rights. Budapest: Central European University Press, 263-276.

Druviete, Ina (2000). The Latvian language law debate: Some aspects of linguistic human rights in education. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.). Rights to Language. Equity, Power, and Education. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 83-86.

Druviete, Ina (2008). The Latvian language: Official language of the Republic of Latvia and official language of the European Union. In Stickel, Gerhard (ed.). National and European Language Policies. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, 79-86.

Druviete, Ina & Ozolins, Uldis (2016). The Latvian referendum on Russian as a second state language, February 2012. Language Problems & Language Planning 40:2, 121-145. DOI 10.1075/lplp.40.2.01dru. ISSN 0272-2690 / E-ISSN 1569-9889.

Du Bois, W. E. B. (1940). Dusk of Dawn: An Essay Toward an Autobiography of a Race Concept. Franklin Center, PA: Franklin Library.

du Plessis, Theodorus (2012). Questions for Theodorus du Plessis. Interviewed by Dafna Yitzhaki. Language Policy 11(3): 273-281

Dua, Hans (1985). Language Planning in India. New Delhi: Harnam.

Dua, Hans R. (1992). Communication Policy and Language Planning. Mysore: Yashoda Publications.

Dua, Hans R. (1996). The Spread of English in India: Politics of Language Conflict and Language Power. In Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W. & Rubal-Lopez, Alma (eds). Post-Imperial English. Status Change in Former British and American Colonies, 1940-1990. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, xx-xx.

Dua, Hans R. (2008). Ecology of Multilingualism. Language, Culture and Society. Mysore: Yashoda Publications.

Dua, Hans R. (2008). Language Education. The mind of Society. Mysore: Yashoda Publications.

Dua, Hans R. (2010). Language, Mind and Cognition. Mysore: Yashoda Publications.

Dua, Hans R. (2016). Multilingual Mind, Multi-competence and Conceptual Metaphor. In Pattanayak, Supriya, Pattanayak, Chandrabhanu, and Bayer, Jennifer (eds). Multilingualism and Multiculturalism: Perceptions Practices and Policy. Celebrating the 80th birthday of D. P. Pattanayak. Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 114-129.

Dua, Hans (ed.) (1996). Language Planning and Political Theory. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, Vol. 118. Special Issue.

Dubois, Betty Lou & Crouch, Isabel M. (eds). American Minority Women in Sociolinguistic Perspective. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 17.

Duchne, Alexandre (2008). Ideologies across Nations. The Construction of Linguistic Minorities at the United Nations. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Duchne, Alexandre & Heller, Monia (2012). Multilingualism and the new economy. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 369-383.

Duchne, Alexandre & Heller, Monica (eds) (2007). Discourses of Endangerment. Ideology and Interest in the Defence of Languages. London: Continuum.

Duerr, Hans Peter (1985). Dreamtime: concerning the boundary between wilderness and civilization. Oxford and New York: Basil Blackwell.

Duff, Patricia A. (1991). Innovations in Foreign Language Education: an Evaluation of Three Hungarian-English Dual-Language Schools. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 12:6, 459-476.

Duffield Mark R. (1984). New racism.. New realism, Two Sides of the Same Coin, Radical Philosophy, Summer (1984). (Special Issue: Science, History and Philosophy), 29‑34.

Dufva, Hannele (2002). Dialogia suomalaisuudesta [Dialogue about Finnishness]. In Laihiala-Kankainen, Sirkka, PietikŠinen, Sari & Dufva, Hannele (toim.) (2002). MoniŠŠninen Suomi. Kieli, kulttuuri ja identiteetti. [Multivoiced Finland. Language, culture and identity]. JyvŠskylŠ: JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, Soveltavan kielentutkimuksen keskus, 21-38.

Dulinenko, Aleksandr (1983). Sovetskaja interlingvistika. Annotirovanaja bibliografija za 1946‑1982 gg. Tartu: Tartuskij gosudartstvennyj universitet.

Dulinenko, Aleksandr (1990). Mendunarodnye vspomogatelÕnye jazyki. Tallinn: Valgus. Encyclopedic survey of over 900 projects.

Dunbar, Robert (2001). Minority Language Rights in International Law. International and Comparative Law Quarterly 50, 90-120.

Dunbar, Robert (2001). Minority Language Rights Regimes: An Analytical Framework, Scotland, and Emerging European Norms. In Kirk, John M. & î Baoill, D—nall P. (eds). Linguistic Politics: Language Policies for Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland and Scotland. Belfast: Queens University Press, 237-260.

Dunbar, Robert (2003). Legislating for Language: Facing the Challenges in Scotland and Wales. In î Riag‡in, D—nall (ed.). Language and Law in Northern Ireland. Belfat Studies in Language, Culture and Politics 9, Belfast: QueenÕs University Belfast, 138-163. [http://www.bslcp.com/].

Dunbar, Robert (2013). The uneasy relationship between language issues and socio-economic participation: linguistically sensitive approaches to participation. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). The interrelation between the right to identity of minorities and their socio-economic participation. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 2. Leiden and Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 205-226.

Dunbar  Robert & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (2008). Forms of Education of Indigenous Children as Crimes Against Humanity? Expert paper written for the United Nations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues (PFII) New York: PFII. [In PFIIÕ system: ÒPresented by Lars-Anders Baer, in collaboration with Robert Dunbar, Tove Skutnabb-Kangas and Ole Henrik MaggaÓ]. http://www.un.org/esa/socdev/unpfii/documents/E_C19_2008_7.pdf

Dundes, Alan, Jerry W. Leach and Bora Ozok. (1972). The strategy of Turkish boysÕ verbal dueling rhymes. In J. J. Gumperz and D. Hymes, (Eds), Directions in Sociolinguistics: The Ethnography of Communication. (pp. 130‑160). New York: Holt.

Dunn, Lloyd (1987). Bilingual Hispanic children on the U.S. mainland: A review of research on their cognitive, linguistic, and scholastic development, Circle Pines, Minesota: American Guidance Service.

Durairajan, Geetha (2017). Using the first language as a resource in English classrooms: What research from India tells us. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.) (2017). Multilingualisms and development. Selected proceedings of the 11th Language & Development Conference, New Delhi, India, 2015. London: British Council. www.langdevconferences.org, 307-316.

Duran, Eduardo & Duran, Bonnie 1995. Native American Postcolonial Psychology. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Durham, Meenakshi Gigi & Kellner, Douglas M. (eds). (2006). Media and Cultural Studies. KeyWorks. Revised Edition. Malden MA, Oxford & Carlton, Victoria: Blackwell Publishing.

Durie, Arohia (1997). Maori-English Bilingual Education in New Zealand. In Cummins, Jim & Corson, David (eds). Bilingual Education. Volume 5. Encyclopedia of Language and Education. Dordrecht, Boston & London: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 15-24.

DŸrmŸller, Urs (1994). Multilingual Talk or English Only? The Swiss Experience. In Ammon et al. (eds), 44-64.

Durrani, Mariam (2012). Banishing Colonial Specters: Language Ideology and Education Policy in Pakistan. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics 27(1), 29-49. www.gse.upenn.edu/wpel.

Durrell, Martin (1990). Language as geography. In Collinge, N.E. (ed.). An encyclopaedia of linguistics. London & New York: Routledge, 917-955.

Dutcher, Nadine (1982). The Use of First and Second Languages in Primary Education: Selected Case Studies. World Bank Staff Working Paper No. 504, January 1982. Washington, D.C.: The World Bank, Education Department.

Dutcher, Nadine (2004). Expanding Educational Opportunity in Linguistically Diverse Societies. (2nd ed.) Washington DC: Center for Applied Linguistics. http://www.cal.org/resources/pubs/fordreport_040501.pdf. (accessed 4 August 2008).

Dutcher, Nadine, with the collaboration of G.Richard Tucker (1997) [no date]. The Use of First and Second Languages in Education: A Review of International Experience. Pacific Islands Discussion Paper Series 1. East Asia and Pacific Region, Country Department III. Washington, D.C.: The World Bank.

Dworkin, Ronald (1981). What is Equality? Parts I and II. Philosophy and Public Affairs 10(13): 185-246 and 10(4): 283-345.

Dworkin, Ronald (2000). Sovereign Virtue: The Theory and Practice of Equality. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Eakins, Barbara Westbrook & Eakins, R. Gene (1978). Sex differences in human communication. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.

Eastman, Carol M. (1984). Language, Ethnic Identity and Change. In Edwards, John (ed.) 1984. Linguistic Minorities. Policies and Pluralism. London: Academic Press, 259-276.

Eastman, Carol M. (Ed.) (1993). Language in Power. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 103.

Eastman, Carol M. (Ed) (1992). Codeswitching, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, Special Issue, 13:1-2

ECIS (1992). = European Council of International Schools (1992). The International Schools Directory (1992). European Council of International Schools, Inc.: Petersfield, Hampshire.

Eckert, Penelope (1981). LÕimposition de la diglossie, in  Lengas, MontpŽllier, 9, 1‑8.

Eco, Umberto (1993). La ricerca della lingua perfetta. Roma: Laterza. Includes chapter on international auxiliary

Eco, Umberto (1995). The search for the Perfect Language. Oxford, UK & Cambridge, USA: Blackwell.

Edelman, Murray (1974). The political language of the helping professions. Politics and Society, 4, 295‑310.

Edelman, Murray (1977). Political Language. Words That  Succeed and Policies That Fail. Institute for Research on Poverty, University of Wisconsin, Madicon, Wisconsin. New York: Academic Press.

Edelsky, Carole (1986). Writing in a Bilingual Program: Hab’a una vez. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Edge, Julian (2016). TEFL and International Politics. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 231-233.

Edge, Julian (ed.) (2006). (Re)Locating TESOL in an Age of Empire. Palgrave/Macmillan

EDSC (1997). National Achievement Level of Grade 3 Students. Educational and x

Edstršm, Ilse (1977). Redskap utan skaft. Ny i Sverige, October 1977.

Edygarova, Svetlana (2016). Standard language ideology and minority languages: The case of the Permian languages. In Toivanen, Reetta & Saarikivi, Janne (eds) (2016). Linguistic genocide or superdiversity? New and old language diversities. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 326-351.

Edwards, A. D. (1979). Language in Culture and class. London: Heinemann Educational Books.

Edwards, Coral & Read, Peter (eds) (1992). The Lost Children. Thirteen Australians taken from their Aboriginal families tell of the struggle to find their natural parents. Sydney/Auckland/New York/Toronto/ London: Doubleday.

Edwards, John (1977). Ethnic Identity and Bilingual Education. In Giles (ed.), 253‑282.

Edwards, John (1984). Language, Diversity and Identity. In Edwards, John (ed.). Linguistic Minorities. Policies and Pluralism. London: Academic Press , 277‑310.

Edwards, John (1984a). Introduction. In J.Edwards (ed.), 1‑16.

Edwards, John (1985). Language, Society and Identity. Oxford: Blackwell.

Edwards, John (1990). What purpose does equality of opportuni­ty serve? New Community 17:1, (1990)., (19-3).5.

Edwards, John (1994a). Ethnolinguistic pluralism and its discontents: a Canadian study, and some general observations. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 110, 5-85.

Edwards, John (1994b). Canadian update, and rejoinder to the comments. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 110, 203-219.

Edwards, John (2008). The Ecology of Language: Insight and Illusion. In Volume 9. Ecology of Language, eds. Angela Creese, Peter Martin and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 15-26.

Edwards, John (2012). Book review of Nancy Hornberger (ed.). Can Schools Save Indigenous Languages? Language Policy 11:2, 201-203.

Edwards, John (ed.) (1984). Linguistic Minorities. Policies and Pluralism. London: Academic Press.

Edwards, John (ed.) (1998). Language in Canada. Cambridge, UK/New York/Melbourne: Cambridge University Press.

Edwards, Rebecca Anne Rourke (1997). Words made flesh: Nineteenth-century Deaf education and the growth of Deaf culture. Dissertation. University of Rochester, NY. Quoted in Senghas 1998.

Edwards, Viv (2004). Multilingualism in the English-speaking World. Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters.

Edwards, Viv & Pritchard Newcombe, Lynda (2006).  Back to basics: Marketing the benefits of bilingualism to parents In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres-Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools. Languages in Education and Glocalization. Clevedon, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 137-149.

EF-direktiv 77/486, RŒdets direktiv af 25.juli (1977). om skolegang for b¿rn af migrantarbejdstagere.

EF-komissionen (1989). Beretning om gennemf¿relse af direktiv 77/486 /e¿f af 25.juli (1977).: skolegang for b¿rn af migrantarbejdstagere i medlemsstaterne.

Egbo, Benedicta (2004). Intersections of Literacy and Construction of Social Identities. In Pavlenko, Aneta & Blackledge, Adrian (eds). Negotiation of Identities in Multilingual Contexts. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 243-265.

Egelund, Niels & TranŸs, Torben (red.) med bidrag af Peter Jensen, Torben Pilegaard Jensen, Niels-Kenneth Nielsen, Helle Kl¿ft Schademan og Nina Smith (2007). PISA etnisk 2005. Kompetencer hos danske og etniske elever i 9. klasser i Danmark 2005 [PISA ethnic. Competencies of Danish and ethnic (sic!) pupils in 9th grade in Denmark]. Esbjerg: Syddansk Universitetsforlag. ISBN 978-87-76742126; 20-page summary in Danish at www.rff.dk/, Nyhedsbrev, Maj 2007].

Ehala, Martin (2012). Cultural values predicting acculturation orientations: operationalizing a quantitative measure. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 11:3, 185-199.

Ehlich, Konrad (1994). Communication disruptions: On benefits and disadvantages of language contact. In PŸtz, Martin (ed). Language contact and language conflict. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 103-122.

Ehlich, Konrad & Meyer, Hans Joachim (2012). Schlussforgerungen aus dem Kolloquium zur kŸnftigen Rolle des Deutschen in der Wissenschaft. In Oberreuter, Heinrich, Krull, Wilhelm, Meyer, Hans Joachim & Ehlich, Konrad (Hg.). Deutsch in der Wissenschaft. Ein politischer und wissenschaftlicher Diskurs.  MŸnchen: Olzog Verlag, 271-273.

Ehn, Billy (1985). Svensk daghemskultur, strategi mot skillnader, UppvŠxtvillkor 2, 55‑65.

Ehn, Billy & Arnstberg, Karl-Olov (1980). Det osynliga arvet. Sexton invandrare om sin bakgrund (The invisible inheritance. Sixteen immigrants about their background). Stockholm: Fšrfattarfšrlaget.

Ehrhart, Sabine, Mair, Christian & MŸhlhŠusler, Peter (2006). Pidgins and Creoles  between endangerment and empowerment: A dynamic view of empowerment in the growth and the decline of contact languages, especially in the Pacific. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 129-155.

Ehrlich, Susan, and Ruth King. (1992). Gender‑based language reform and the social construction of meaning. Discourse & Society, 3:2, 151‑166.

Ehrnrooth, Jari (1992). Sanan vallassa, vihan voimalla. Sosialistiset vallankumousopit ja niiden vaikutus Suomen tyšvŠenliikkeessŠ 1905-1914 (Ruled by the word, empowered by hate. Socialist revolutionary doctrines and their influence on the finnish woring class movement 1905-1914). Helsinki: Societas Historica Finlandiae.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1990). Possible ways and means of facilitating the peaceful and constructive solution of problems involving minorities. Progress report submitted to Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities at its 42nd session (E/CN.4/Sub.2/1990/46). New York: United Nations.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1991). Preliminary report submitted to UN Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities at its 43rd session (E/CN.4/Sub.2/1991/43). New York: United Nations.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1993). Possible ways and means to facilitate the peaceful and constructive solution of problems involving racial minorities. E/CN.4/Sub.2/1993/34 and Add.1-4. New York: United Nations.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1994). New approaches to minority protection. London: Minority Rights Group International.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1995). Cultural rights as individual human rights. In Eide, Krause & Rosas (Eds), 229-240.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1995). Economic, social and cultural rights as human rights. In Eide, Asbj¿rn, Krause, Catarina & Rosas, Allan (Eds) (1995). Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. A Textbook. Dordrecht, Boston & London: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 21-40.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1995). Personal communication, at the Expert Consultation on Minority Education, OSCE High Commissioner on National Minorities, The Hague, November 18 1995.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1996). Classification of minorities and differentiation in minority rights. E/CN.4/Sub.2/AC5/1996/WP.2. New York: United Nations.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1997). The Hague Recommendations Regarding the Education Rights of Minorities: Their Objective. International Journal on Minority and Group Rights. Special Issue on the Education Rights of National Minorities 4:2, 1996/1997, 163-170.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (1997). The Hague Recommendations Regarding the Education Rights of Minorities: Their Objective. International Journal on Minority and Group Rights. Special Issue on the Education Rights of National Minorities 4:2, 1996/1997, 163-170.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (2010). The Rights of ÔNewÕ Minorities: Scope and Restrictions. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). Double standards pertaining to minority protection. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 1. Leiden & Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 165-194.

Eide, Asbj¿rn (2015). An Overview of the UN Declaration and Major Issues Involved. In Caruso, Ugo & Hofmann, Rainer (eds). The United Nations Declaration on Minorities. An Academic Account on the Occasion of its 20th Anniversary (1992-2012). Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, volume 9. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff, 47-66.

Eide, Asbj¿rn, Krause, Catarina & Rosas, Allan (eds) (1995). Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. A Textbook. Dordrecht, Boston & London: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.

Eidheim, Harald (1971). When Ethnic Identity is a Social Stigma, in Eidheim, Harald (1971). Aspects of the Lappish Minority Situation, Oslo, 50‑66.

Eidheim, Harald (1997). Ethno-political development among the Sami after World War II: the invention of selfhood. In Gaski, Harald (ed.) Sami Culture in a New Era. The Norwegian Sami Experience. K‡r‡šjohka/Karasjok: Davvi Girji, 29-61.

Einarsson, Jan (1978). SprŒk och kšn i skolan, projekt (The project Language and gender in school). Rapporter. 1978-1985. Malmš: LŠrarhšgskolan i Malmš.

Eisenstadt, S.N. (1955). The Absorption of Immigrants. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Ekern, Stener (1998). Development Aid to Indigenous Peoples is an Exercise in Crossing Boundaries. In Stokke, Hugo, Suhrke, Astri & Tostensen, Arne (eds). Human Rights in Developing Countries. Yearbook 1997. The Hague/London/Boston: Kluwer Law International & Oslo: Nordic Human Rights Publications, 3-34.

Ekka, Francis (1984). Status of Minority Languages in the schools of India. International Education Journal 1:1, 1-19.

Ekka, Francis (1995). Endangered languages in India: Problems and Prospects for Survival. Abstract of the paper presented at the International Symposium on Endangered Languages, November 18-20, 1995, University of Tokyo. [can be downloaded from <http://www.tooyoo.l.u-Tokyo.ac.jp/linguistics/newsletters/newslet1.html>].

Eklšf, Johan & Rydell, Jens (2015). Fladdermšss i en vŠrld av ekon. Malmš: Hirschfeld Fšrlag.

Ekman, Kerstin (1996). Gšr mig levande igen. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers fšrlag.

Ekstrand, Lars Henric (1978). Bilingual and Bicultural Adaptation. Ph.D. dissertation. Stockholm: University of Stockholm

El Aissati, Abderrahman (1996). Language Loss among Native Speakers of Moroccan Arabic in the Netherlands. Nijmegen: Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen. 213 pp.

El Alaoui, Hicham Ben Abdallah (2013). Are the Arab monarchies next? Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition1-3.

Elgin, Suzette Haden (1985). Native tongue. London: The WomenÕs Press.

Eliade, Mircea (1972). Shamanism: Archaic Techniques of Ecstasy. New Jersey: Princeton University Press. [1964].

Eliasson, Stig (2013). Language ecology in the work of Einar Haugen. In Vandenbussche, Win, Jahr, Ernst HŒkon Jahr, and Trudgill, Peter (eds). Language Ecology for the 21st Century: Linguistic Conflicts and Social Environments. Oslo: Novus forlag, 15-64.

Eliasson, Stig (2013). SprŒkekologins fšdelse: TvŠrvetenskapliga inslag i Einar Haugens ÔThe ecology of languageÕ. Uppsala: Kungl. Humanistiska Vetenskaps-Samfundet i Uppsala. rsbok 2012 (Annales Societatis Litterarum Humaniorum Regiae Upsaliensis), 65-96.

Elijah, Mary Joy (2002). First Nations Jurisdiction Over Education. Literature Review - Language & Culture. Prepared for The MinisterÕs National Working Group on Education, Canada. Draft, October 30.2002.

Elliott, Larry & Atkinson, Dan (1998). The Age of Insecurity. London: Verso.

Ellis, Carolyn, Adams, Tony E., and Bochner, Arthur B. (2010). Autoethnography: An Overview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung/ Forum: Qualitative Social Research 12(1). Art. 10. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs1101108 .

Ellis, Justin (1984). Education, Repression & Liberation: Namibia, London: Catholic Institute for International Relations and World University Service.

Ellis, Rod (1985). Understanding Second Language Acquisition, Oxford: Ox­ford University Press.

Elmquist, Bj¿rn (1993). ãEs besteht kein Zweifel, dass die TŸrkei gegen ihre internationalen Verpflichtungen verstšsstÒ. (Without any doubt Turkey violates its international duties). In : Internationaler Verein fŸr Menschenrechte in Kurdistan (hrsg.),  123-126.

Elovainio, PŠivi (ed.) (1989). Finnish-Egyptian Research-workshop ÒThe role of non-formal education in rural developmentÒ. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of Social Policy, Working papers 2, 1989.

Elshtain, J. B. (1990). Power Trips and Other Journeys: Essays in Feminism as Civic Discourse. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Elwert, W.Theodor (1959). Das Zweisprachige Individuum: Ein Selbstzeugnis. Mainz: Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften und Literatur.

EMRIP (Expert Mechanism on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples) (2009). Study on lessons learned and challenges to achieve the implementation of the right of indigenous peoples to education.  Report of the Expert Mechanism on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. Summary. United Nations General Assembly. A/HRC/EMRIP/2009/2. Human Rights Council. Expert Mechanism on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, Second session, 10-14 August 2009, Item 3 of the provisional agenda.

Encarta World English Dictionary (1999). London: Bloomsbury.

Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Australia (1994). Edited by the Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press.

Engelbrecht, Mona, IVERSEN, Knud Anker & ENGEL, Merete (1989).-90 Danskundervisningen i de tokulturelle klasser i H¿je-Taastrup, H¿je-Taastrup Kommune.

Englander, Karen (2009). Transformation of identities of nonnative English-speaking scientists as a consequence of the social construction of revision. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 8: 35-53.

Engman, Max (2016). SprŒkfrŒgan. Finlandssvenskhetens uppkomst 1812-1922. [The language question. The emergence of the Finland Swedishness 1812-1922]. Finlands svenska historia 3. Helsingfors: Svenska litteratursŠllskapet i Finland.

Engstrand, Iris (1987). Interview with Dr. Iris Engstrand. In Costo & Costo (eds), 192-195.

Engstršm, Elisabeth & Millesten, Ann-Margreth (1977). TvŒsprŒkighet och invandrarbarn i fšr- och grundskola. En kommenterad urvalsbibliografi. [Bilingualism and immigrant children in preschool and elementary school]. BorŒs: Immigrant-Institutet.

Enriquez, Virgilio G. & Protacio Marcelino, Elisabeth (1984). Neo-Colonial Policies and the Language Struggle in the Phillippines. Quezon City: Phillippine Psychology Research and Training House.

Entzinger, Han and Carter, Jack (eds) (1990). New Immigration in Western Democracies. The United States and Western Europe Compared, Greenwich, Conn.: JAI-Press.

Enzensberger, Hans Magnus (1988). Ack Europa! Stockholm: Norstedts.

Eoyang, Eugene Chen, Bunce, Pauline and Rapatahana, Vaughan (2012). English Language as Governess: Expatriate English Teaching Schemes in Hong Kong. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 133-157.

Equity and excellence (1987)., August 24, NEA Now, Washington, D.C.: National Education Association.

Erdem, Mahmut & Hammer, Ole (2008). Folket med de trŸtte okser (Gawesti). En fortŸlling om r¿dder og ruter [The people with the tired oxen (Gawesti). A story about roots and routes]. Copenhagen: Forlaget Underskoven.

Erdem, Mahmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1980). RŠtten till eget sprŒk. Kurder i Norden vill ha undervisning i kurdiska (The right to oneÕs own language. The Kurds in the Nordic countries want instruction in Kurdish). Audhumla 4, Copenhagen: Nordic Cultural Secretariat.

Erdoğan, Recep Tayyip (2005). Foreword. In Roxburgh, David J. (ed.). Turks. A journey of a thousand years, 600-1600. London: Royal Academy of Arts, 9.

Ericson, Bengt (2015). Den hŠrskande klassen. En bok om Sveriges politiska elit. [The ruling class. A book on SwedenÕs political elite]. www.lindco.se.

Erickson, B., A.A. Lind, B. C. Johnson and W. M. OÕBarr. (1978). Speech style and impression formation in a court setting: the effects of ÔpowerfulÕ and ÔpowerlessÕ speech. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 14, 266‑279.

Erickson, F., and J. Schultz. (1982). The Counselor as Gatekeeper: Social Interaction in Interviews. New York: Academic Press.

Erickson, Frederick 1996. ÔTransformation and school success: The politics and culture of educational achievementÕ. In Jacob, Evelyn and Cathie Jordan  (eds). Minority Education: Anthropological perspectives. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 27-52.

Erickson, Sue (2003). Red Cliff hosts language immersion camp. ÔIf we lose the language, we lose the cultureÕ. MazinaÕigan. A Chronicle of the Lake Superior Ojibwe, Fall 2003, 17.

Eriksen Hylland, Thomas (1992). Linguistic Hegemony and Minority Resistance, Journal of Peace Research 29:3, (1992)., 313-332.

Eriksen, Knut Einar & Niemi, Einar (1981). Den finske fare. Sikkerhetsproblemer og minoritetspolitikk i nord 1860‑1940 [The Finnish danger. Security problems and minority policy in the north 1860‑1940]. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

Eriksson, Riitta (1994). Biculturalism in Upper Secondary Education. The Long Term Effects of Finnish Language Programs on StudentsÕ Educational and Occupational Careers - A Swedish Case Study. Stockholm: Stockholm University, Institute of International Education.

Eronen, Jorma (1977). Juoksu yšnmaahan. Tulkintoja intiaanirunoista. Valikoinut ja suomentanut Jorma Eronen. Helsinki: Kustannusosakeyhtiš Otava.

Erting, Carol (1978). Language policy and deaf ethnicity in the United States. Sign Language Studies 19, 19-152.

Ervin-Tripp, Susan, and A. Strage. (1985). Parent-child discourse. In van Dijk, vol. 3., 67-78.

Ervin-Tripp, Susan, M. C. OÕConnor and J. Rosenberg. (1984). Language and power in the family. In C. Kramarae, M. Schulz, and W. M. OÕBarr, 116-135.

Escamilla, Kathy (2006). Monolingual assessment and emerging bilinguals:  A case study in the U.S.. In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres-Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools. Languages in Education and Glocalization. Clevedon, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 184-199.

Escobar, Arturo (1992). Planning. In Sachs (ed.), 132-145.

Escobar, Arturo (1995). Encountering Development. The Making and Unmaking of the Third World. Princeton Studies in Culture/Power/History. Princeton, NJ.: Princeton University Press.

Esperantic Studies. Washington, DC: Esperantic Studies Foundation. ISSN 1084‑9831.

Espinosa, Aurelio Macedonio (1911). The Spanish Language in New Mexico and Southern Colorado, Santa Fe, NM.

Essed, Philomena (1986). The Dutch as an Everyday Problem. Some Notes on the Nature of White Racism, Amsterdam: CRES Working Paper 3 (CRES=Centre for Race and Ethnic Studies, University of Amsterdam).

Essed, Philomena (1987). Academic Racism. Common Sense in the Social Sciences, CRES Publication Series, Working Paper 5, Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam, Centre for Race and Ethnic Studies.

Essed, Philomena (1988). Understanding verbal accounts of racism: politics and heuristics of reality constructions, Text 8:1‑2, 5‑40.

Essed, Philomena (1992). Multikulturalismus und kultureller Rassismus in den Niederlanden, in Kalpaka & RŠthzel (red) (1992)., 373-387

Esser, Helmut (1986). Social Context and Inter‑Ethnic Relations: The Case of Migrant Workers in West German Urban Areas, European Sociological Review 1:2, 30‑51.

Esser, Helmut et al (1979). Arbeitsmigration und Integration, Kšnigsberg: Hanstein.

EstŽs, Clarissa Pinkola (1992). Women who run with the wolves. Myths and stories of the wild woman archetype. New York: Ballantine books.

Esteva, Gustavo (1992). Development. In Sachs, Wolfgang (ed.) (1992). Development Dictionary. A Guide to Knowledge as Power. London & New Jersey: Zed Books, 6-25.

Esteva, Gustavo (2010). Beyond Education. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 115-131.

Estonian Human Development Report. Baltic Way(s) of Human Development: Twenty Years On (2011). Tallinn: Eesti Koostšš Kogu.

Estrada, H.M. (1986). ÔPajaro experienceÕ teaches parents how to teach kids. Santa Cruz Sentinel, Friday October 31, p. A4.

Ethnologue 2005. SIL International Website. http://www.ethnologue.com.

Etxeberr’a-Sagastume, Feli (2006). Attitudes towards language learning in different linguistic models of the Basque Autonomous Community. In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres-Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools. Languages in Education and Glocalization. Clevedon, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 111-133.

EUD Update(2001). EUD Update 4: 10, March 2001. Special Edition: Update on The Status of Sign languages in the European Union. (available from the European Union of the Deaf, eud@planetinternet.be; see also http://www.eudnet.org/).

Euromosaic (1996). The production and reproduction of the minority language groups of the European Union. Nelde, P.H., Strubell, M. & Williams, C. (eds). Brussel: Research Centre of Multilingualism.

Europa Diversa (2002). http://www.linguapax.org/pdf/europadiversa2.pdf

European Communities (EC) (1977). Council directive on the education of children of migrant workers (77/486), Brussels: EC.

European Conference ÒBuilding a Europe without frontiers: the role of womenÓ. 27-30 November (1992). Athens, Greece, European Network for WomenÕs Studies, Ministry of Education and Science, The Netherlands.

European Network Against Racism (ENAR) (2006). Racism in Europe. ENAR Shadow Report 2005. Brussels: ENAR.

European Parliament Working Documents, Document 1‑83/84, Brussels: European Communities.

European Roma Rights Center (2004). Stigmata. Segregated Schooling of Roma in Central and Eastern Europe. Budapest: European Roma Rights Center. [see http://errc.org].

Eurydice (The Education Information Network in the European Community) (1992). The teaching of modern foreign languages in primary and secondary education in the European Community. Brussels: Task Force, Human Resources, Education, Training, Youth of the Commission of the European Communities.

Eurydice (The information network on education in Europe) (2004). Integrating Immigrant Children into Schools in Europe. Survey. Brussels: European Commission, Directorate-General for Education and Culture. www.eurydice.org.

Eusko Jaurlaritza, Gobierno Vasco. Deputy Ministry for Language Policy (2003). The Continuity of the Basque Language III. Sociolinguistic Survey of the Basque Country 2001. Euskaren Berripapera 11(1), August 2003, 4.

Evans, Stephen (2002). MacaulayÕs Minute revisited: Colonial language policy in nineteenth-century India. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 23/4, 260-281.

Evans, Stephen (2011). Historical and comparative perspectives on the medium of instruction in Hong Kong. Language Policy 10:1, 19-36.

Evatt, Elizabeth (1990). Can the Law be Multicultural?, an address given to National Immigration Outlook Conference, Bureau of Immigration Research, Melbourne, November 14‑16.

Ewick, Patricia and Silbey, Susan S. (1995). Subversive Stories and Hegemonic Tales: Toward a sociology of narrative. Law & Society Review 29(2): 197-226.

Extra, Guus & Gorter, Durk (2007). Regional and immigrant minority languages in Europe. In Handbooks of Applied Linguistics, Volume 9. Handbooks of Language and Communication: Diversity and Change, eds Marlis Hellinger & Anne Pauwels, Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 15-52.

Extra, Guus & Gorter, Durk (2008). Multilingual Europe: Facts and Policies. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Extra, Guus & Verhoeven, Ludo (eds) (1993). Immigrant languages in Europe. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Extra, Guus & Verhoeven, Ludo (eds) (1998). Bilingualism and Migration. Studies on Language Acquisition 14. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Extra, Guus &Yagmur, Kutlay (2010). Language proficiency and socio-cultural orientation of Turkish and Moroccan youngsters in the Netherlands. Language and Education 24: 2, 117-132.

Fabian, Johannes. (1986).  Language and Colonial Power: The Appropriation of Swahili in the Former Belgian Congo 1880‑1938. Berkeley: University of California (softbound), Cambridge University Press (hardbound).

FŸr¿ske FortŸllere. Et prosaudvalg ved Povl SkŒrup og S¿ren Koustrup (1968). K¿benhavn: Foreningen norden.

Faez, Farahnaz , Majhanovich, S., Taylor, Shelley K., Smith, M., & Crowley, K. (2011). The power of ÒCan DoÓ statements: TeachersÕ perceptions of promoting learner autonomy in French as second language classrooms in Canada. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics, 14(2), pp. 1-19. (Special issue on Trends in Second Language Teaching and Teacher Education).  http://ojs.vre.upei.ca/index.php/cjal/article/view/1024

Faez, Farahnaz (2011). Are you a  native speaker of English? Moving beyond a simplistic dichotomy. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies 8(4), 378-399.

Faez, Farahnaz (2011). Reconceptualizing the Native/ Nonnative Speaker Dichotomy.  Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 10: 231-249.

Faez, Farahnaz, Taylor, Shelley K., Majhanovich, S., Brown, P., & Smith, M. (2011). Teacher reactions to CEFRÕs task-based approach for FSL classrooms. Synergy Europe, 6, 109-120. http://ressources-cla.univ-fcomte.fr/gerflint/Europe6/Europe6.html

Fagerholm, K-A. (1977).Talmannens ršst. BorgŒ: Tidens Fšrlag.

Faingold, Eduardo D. (2004). Language rights and language justice in the constitutions of the world. Language Problems & Language Planning 28:1, 11-24.

Faingold, Eduardo D. (2012). Official English in the constitutions and statutes of the fifty states in the United States. Language Problems and Language Planning 36:2, 136-148.

Fairclough, Norman (1987). Register, power and socio‑semantic change. In Birch, David & OÕToole, Michael (eds). Functions of Style. London/New York: Pinter, 111‑125.

Fairclough, Norman (1989). Language and Power, Harlow: Longman.

Fairclough, Norman (1991). Discourse and Social Change. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Fairclough, Norman (1996). Border Crossings: Discourse and social change in contemporary societies. In Coleman, Hywel & Cameron, Lynne (eds). Change and Language. Clevedon, UK: British Association for Applied Linguistics in association with Multilingual Matters, 3-17.

Fairclough, Norman (ed.) (1992). Critical language awareness. London: Longman.

Fairman, Tony (1999). Schooled and open Englishes. English Today 57, 15:1, 24-30.

Falbo, T., and L. A. Peplau. (1980). Power strategies in intimate relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 618‑628.

Falk, Richard (1991). The Terrorist Foundations of Recent US Policy. In George (ed.).

Falkenland, Rolf & Lilian (1985). Ung svenska fšr hšgstadiet, ArbetshŠfte fšr Œrskurs 7, Malmš: Bibilioteksfšrlaget.

Faltis, Christian (1997). Bilingual Education in the United States. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 189-198.

Fanon, Frantz (1952). Peau noire, masques blancs. Paris: Seuil.

Fanon, Frantz (1963). The Wretched of the Earth. New York: Grove Press.

Fanon, Frantz (1965). A Dying Colonialism. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Fantini, Alvino (1976). Language acquisition of a Bilingual Child: A Sociolinguistic Perspective (To Age 5), Vermont: The Experiment Press.

Fantini, Alvino & Reagan, Timothy (1992). Esperanto and education: Toward a research agenda. Washington, D.C.: Esperantic Studies Foundation.

Farandjis, StŽlio & Serge Briand (1995). La francophonie et les sociŽtŽs africaines. Introduction aux dŽbats. Paris: Haut Conseil de la Francophonie, XIme session.

Fardon, Richard and Furniss, Graham (eds) (1994). African languages, development and the state. London and New York: Routledge.

Fardon, Richard and Graham Furniss (1994). Introduction: frontiers and boundaries – African languages as political environment. In Fardon, Richard and Furniss, Graham (eds) African languages, development and the state. London and New York: Routledge, 1-29.

Farooq-i-Azam, Khan, Wallait, Rigas, Stathis, Siddiqi, Najma, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & …zcan, Mehmet (1980). Dansk invandrarrapport underblŒser fšrdomar [Danish immigrant report gives rise to prejudice]. Invandrare och Minoriteter 2.

Farrell, Shaun, Bellin, Wynford, Higgs, Gary & White, Sean (1998). The Distribution of Younger Welsh Speakers in Anglicised Areas of South East Wales. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 18:6, 489-495.

Fase, Willem, Jaspaert, Koen & Kroon, Sjaak (eds). (1995). The state of minority languages. International perspectives on survival and decline. European Studies on Multilingualism, 5. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger.

Fatnowna, Scott & Pickett, Harry (2002a).Establishing Protocols for an Indigenous-directed Process. In Odora Hoppers, Catherine A. (ed.) (2002). Indigenous Knowledge and the Integration of Knowledge Systems. Towards a Philosophy of Articulation. Claremont: New Africa Books, 67-95.

Fatnowna, Scott & Pickett, Harry (2002b). Indigenous Contemporary Knowledge Development through Research. In Odora Hoppers, Catherine A. (ed.) (2002). Indigenous Knowledge and the Integration of Knowledge Systems. Towards a Philosophy of Articulation. Claremont: New Africa Books, 209-236.

Fatnowna, Scott & Pickett, Harry (2002c).The Place for Indigenous Knowledge Systems in the Post-Postmodern Integrative Paradigm Shift. In Odora Hoppers, Catherine A. (ed.) (2002). Indigenous Knowledge and the Integration of Knowledge Systems. Towards a Philosophy of Articulation. Claremont: New Africa Books, 257-285.

Faure, Bernard (2009). Unmasking Buddhism. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Fazio, Lucy L. (1993). Influence of supplementary mother tongue instruction on minority childrenÕs second language performance. Paper presented at the 24th annual conference of the Canadian Association of Applied Linguistics, Orrawa, June.

Featherstone, Michael (ed.) (1990). Global Culture: nationalism, globalization and modernity. A Theory, Culture & Society special issue. London/Newbury Park/New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Feldman, Allen (1991). Formations of violence. The Narrative of the Body and Political Terror in Northern Ireland. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press.

Feng, Anwei (ed.) (2007). Bilingual Education in China. Practices, Policies and Concepts. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

FennoUgria. Uralic Contacts. Newsletter of the Information Centre of Finno-Ugric Peoples (IFUP) 1996: 1. Tallinn.

Fenton, S., and May, Stephen (eds.) (2002). Ethnonational identities. Basingstoke, England: Palgrave Macmillan.

Fenyvesi, Anna (ed.) (2005). Hungarian Language Contact Outside Hungary: Studies on Hungarian as a minority language. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Ferdman, Bernardo, Weber, Rose-Marie & Ramirez, Arnulfo G. (Eds) (1994). Literacy Across Languages and Cultures. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Ferguson, Charles A. (1959). Diglossia. Word, 15, 325-340.

Ferguson, Charles A., Houghton, Catherine & Wells, Marie H. (1977). Bilingual Education: An International Perspective. In Spolsky, Bernard & Cooper, Robert (eds). Frontiers of Bilingual Education. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House, 159-174.

Ferguson, Gibson (2012). English in language policy and management. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,  475-498.

Ferguson, Gibson (2012). The language of instruction issue: Reality, aspiration and the wider context. In McIlwraith, Hamish (ed.). Multilingual Education in Africa: Lessons from the Juba Language-in-Education Conference. London: British Council, 17-22.

Fernandes, Desmond (1999). The Kurdish Genocide in Turkey, 1924-98. Armenian Forum 4, Winter 1998-1999, 57-107.

Fernandes, Desmond (2006). A step backwards: The Effects of the New Anti-Terror law on Fundamental Rights and Freedoms. Plenary paper at the Third International Conference on EU, Turkey and the Kurds, organized by EU Turkey Civic Commission at the European Parliament, October 16-17, 2006.

Fernandes, Desmond (2006). TurkeyÕs US Backed ÔWar on TerrorÕ: A Cause for Concern? Variant: Cross Currents in Culture 27, Winter 2006, (http://variant.org.uk/27texts/cause_for_concern.html; http://variant.org.uk/pdfs/issue27/TURKEY_US_WOT.pdf).

Fernandes, Desmond (2008). The Kurdish and Armenian Genocides: From censorship and denial to recognition? Foreword by Robert Phillipson. Epilogue by Khatchatur I. Pilikian. Stockholm: Apec Press. [www.apec.nu; ISBN 91-89675-72-X; http://techybits.net/desfernandes/default.asp].

Fernandes, Desmond (2010). Modernity, 'Modernisation' and the Genocide of Kurds and 'Others' in Turkey: '1915' within its Pre-and-Post Historical Periods. Stockholm: Apec Press. [ISBN: 978-91-86139-34-6; http://techybits.net/desfernandes/default.asp].  

Fernandes, Desmond (2010). US, UK, German, Israeli and NATO ÔInspiredÕ Psychological Warfare Operations Against The Kurdish ÔCommunistÕ Threat in Turkey and Northern Iraq. Stockholm: Apec Press.

Fernandes, Desmond (2012).  Modernity and the linguistic genocide of Kurds in Turkey. In Sheyholislami, Jaffer, Hassanpour, Amir and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). The Kurdish Linguistic Landscape: Vitality, Linguicide and Resistance. Special volume nr 217, International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 75-97. http://www.degruyter.com/view/j/ijsl.2012.2012.issue-217/issue-files/ijsl.2012.2012.issue-217.xml;jsessionid=FD256439008997088BEDC41333420B29

Fernandes, Desmond (in press). Colonial Genocides in Turkey, Kenya and Goa. Stockholm: Apec Press.

Fernandes, Desmond, Baluch, Faiz, Singh, Ranbir, Tatchell, Peter, Owen, Margaret,  James, Sabatina, Rothfuss, Rainer, Ahmad, Fareed, Shakoor, Asif, Lone, Ghalib,  Yousaf, Akhtar, and Couper, Nigel (2014). The Education System in Pakistan: Discrimination and the Targeting of the 'Other'. London: BPCA (the British Pakistani Christian Association).

Fesl, Eve D. (1988). Language Loss in Australian Languages, Paper presented to the Conference on the Maintenance and Loss of Minority Languages, Institute of Applied Linguistics, University of Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

Fesl, Eve Mumewa D. (1993). Conned! A Koorie perspective. St Lucian, Queensland: University of Queensland Press.

Fettes, Mark (1992). A Guide to Language Strategies for First Nations Communities. Ottawa: Assembly of First Nations.

Fettes, Mark (1995). Electronic mail letter, 10 May 1995.

Fettes, Mark (1996). Inside the tower of words: the institutional functions of language at the United NationsÓ. In LŽger, ed. 1996, 115-134.

Fettes, Mark (1997). Esperanto and language policy: Exploring the issues. Language Problems and Language Planning 21, 66‑77.

Fettes, Mark (1998). Language Planning and Education. In The Encyclopedia of Language and Education. Volume 5, Bilingual Education. Cummins, Jim (Ed.). Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic, xx-xx.

Fettes, Mark (1998). Life on the Edge: CanadaÕs Aboriginal Languages Under Official Bilingualism. In Ricento, Thomas & Burnaby, Barbara (eds). Language and Politics in the United States and Canada. Myths and realities. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 117-149.

Fettes, Mark (1999). Indigenous Education and the Ecology of Community. In May, Stephen. (ed.) (1999). Indigenous community-based education. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 20-41.

Fettes, Mark (2003). The geostrategies of interlingualism. In Maurais, Jacques & Morris, Michael. A. (eds). Languages in a Globalising World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 37-46.

Fettes, Mark & Suzanne Bolduc (eds) (1998). Towards Linguistic Democracy / Vers la dŽmocratie linguistique / Al lingva demokratio. Rotterdam: Universal Esperanto Association.

Feuerverger, Grace (2001). Oasis of dreams. Teaching and Learning Peace in a Jewish-Palestinian Village in Israel. New York: RoutledgeFalmer.

FIDEF (1978). Bericht zur Bildungssituation tŸrkischen Kinder in der BRD, dem Kongress zur Bildungssituation tŸrkischer Kinder in der BRD am 11/12 Februar (1978) in Gelsen-Kirchen vom Bundesvorstand den FIDEF vorgelegt. Frankfurt am Main: FIDEF.

Fiedler, Sabine (hrsg.) (2006). Detlev Blanke. Interlinguistische BeitrŠge. Zum Wesen und zur Funktion internationaler Plansprachen. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.

Fife, James (2005). The Legal Framework for Indigenous Language Rights in the United States. Willamette Law Review 41(2), 325-371. Available online on the New Mexico State Bar Indian Law Section website: http://www.nmbar.org/Content/NavigationMenu/Divisions_Sections_Committees/Sections/Indian_Law/Highlights_of_Section_Activities/2004_Student_Writing_Competition/2004_Student_Writing_Competition.htm

Filipsons, Robert & Skutnaba-Kangasa, Tuve (1994). Lingvistiskais genocīds (translation of 144). In Valodas politika Baltijas Valstīs/Language Policy in the Baltic States. Rīga: Krājumu sagatavojis. Latvijas Republikas Valsts valodas centrs, 23-32.

Fill, Alwin (1993). …kolinguistik. Eine EinfŸhrung. TŸbingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.

Fill, Alwin (1998a). Ecolinguistics - State of the Art 1998. In AAA - Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik, Band 23, Heft 1. TŸbingen: Gunter Narr Verlag, 1-16.

Fill, Alwin (1998b). Ecologically Determined Choices and Constraints. In Schulze, Rainer (ed.). Making Meaningful Choices in English. On Dimensions, Perspectives, Methodology and Evidence. TŸbingen: Gunter Narr Verlag, 61-76.

Fill, Alwin (2001). In Graddol, David (ed.). Applied Linguistics for the 21st Century. AILA Review 14, 60-75.

Fill, Alwin (2007). Language contact, culture and ecology. In Handbooks of Applied Linguistics, Volume 9. Handbooks of Language and Communication: Diversity and Change, eds Marlis Hellinger & Anne Pauwels, Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 177-207.

Fill, Alwin & MŸhlhŠusler, Peter (eds) (2001). The Ecolinguistics Reader. Language, ecology and environment. London & New York: Continuum.

Filmer, Alice A. (2003). Deconstructing colonial constructs of English: two perspectives. Perspective I. World Englishes 22(3): 326-328.

Finding of the Waitangi Tribunal relating to Te Reo Maori and a claim lodged, by Huirangi Waikerepuru and Nga Kaiwhakapumau I Te Reo Incorporated Society (1986). Wellington: Government Printer.

Fine, Michelle, Roberts, Rosemary A. & Torre, Mar’a Elena, with Janice Bloom, April Burns, Lori Chajet, Monique Guishard and Yasser Arafat Payne (2004). Echoes of Brown: The Legacy of Brown v. Board of Education, Fifty Years Later, New York: The Graduate Center, City University of New York.

Finlay, M. (1987). Powermatics: a Discursive Critique of New Communications Technology. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

FinnŠs, Fjalar (1982). SprŒkgruppsidentifikation och kunskaper i finska i Svens-Finland (Language group identification and knowledge of Finnish in Swedish Finland). MOB No. 11, Ethnicity and Mobility. bo: bo Akademi.

FIPLV (1993). Language policies for the world of the twenty-first century: Report for UNESCO. no place: World Federation of Modern Language Associations.

Firth, J.R. (1961). The study and teaching of English at home and abroad, in Wayment (Ed), 11-21.

Fisher, E.A. (1980). The world literacy situation: (1970), (1980) and (1990). Prospects X:1, (1980), 99-106.

Fisher, S. (1991). A discourse of the social: medical talk/powertalk/oppositional talk? Discourse & Society, 2:2, 157-182.

Fisher, S., and A. D. Todd. (Eds) (1986). Discourse and Institutional Authority: Medicine, Education and Law. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Fisher, S., and Todd, A. D. (1983). The Social Organization of Doctor‑Patient Communication. Washington, DC: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Fishkin, James S. (1990). Equal opportunity and justice between generations, New Community 17:1, 37-48.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1964). Language maintenance and language shift as fields of inquiry, Linguistics 9, 32-70.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1966). Language Loyalty in the United States. The Maintenance and Perpetuation of Non-English Mother Tongues by American Ethnic and Religious Groups. London, The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1966). Some contrasts between linguistically homogenous and linguistically heterogenous polities. Sociological Inquiry 6, 146‑158 (reprinted in Fishman, Joshua A., Ferguson, Charles A. & Das Gupta, Jyotirindra (eds) (1968). Language problems of developing nations, New York: Wiley, 53‑68).

Fishman, Joshua A. (1967). Bilingualism with and without diglossia; diglossia with and without bilingualism, Journal of Social Issues, XXIII: 2, 29-38.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1971). Sociolinguistics. A Brief Introduction. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1971). The Sociology of Language: An Interdisciplinary Social Science Approach to Language in Society. In Fishman (Ed.), 217-404.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1976). Bilingual Education: An International Sociological Perspective, Rowley, Mass., Newbury House.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1976). Bilingual education: What and why? In J.E. Alatis & K. Twaddell (eds), English as a second language in bilingual education. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, pp. 263-272.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1977). ÔThe social science perspectiveÕ. Bilingual Education: Current Perspectives. Social Science. Arlington: Center for Applied Linguistics, 1-49.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1977). Language and Ethnicity. In Giles (ed.), 15‑57.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1980). Bilingualism and biculturalism as individual and societal phenomena, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 1:1, 3‑15.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1980). Minority language maintenance and the ethnic mother‑tongue school. Modern Language Journal, 64, 167‑172.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1982). Whorfianism of the third kind: Eth­nologuistic diversity as a worldwide societal asset, International Journal of The Sociology of Language.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1984). Minority Mother Tongues in Education, in Prospects, 14:1, Paris: UNESCO.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1987). Language Spread and Language Policy for Endangered Languages, in Lowenberg (Ed), 1-15.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1988). Bias and Anti-Intellectualism: The Frenzied Fiction of ÔEnglish OnlyÕ. In Fishman, J.A., Language and Ethnicity in Minority Sociolinguistic Perspective, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 638‑654.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1989). Language & Ethnicity in Minority Sociolinguistic Perspective. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1991). Reversing Language Shift. Theoretical and Empirical Foundations of Assistance to Threatened Languages. Clevedon/Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1993). In praise of my language, Working papers in educational linguistics 9:2/Fall (1993). (University of Pennsylvania, Graduate School of Education), 1-12.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1994). ÒÕEnglish onlyÕ in Europe? Some suggestions from an American PerspectiveÓ. Sociolinguistica 8, 65-42.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1994). ÒOn the limits of ethnolinguistic democracyÓ, in: Tove Skutnabb-Kangas and Robert Phillipson (eds), Linguistic Human Rights. Overcoming linguistic discrimination. Berlin and New York: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 49-61.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1994b). ÒEnglish onlyÓ in Europe? Some Suggestions from an American Perspective. In Ammon et al. (eds), 65-72.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1995). Good conferences in a wicked world: on some worrisome problems in the study of language maintenance and language shift. In Fase et al. (eds), 311-317.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1996). Introduction: Some empirical and theoretical issues. In Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W. & Rubal-Lopez, Alma (eds) 1996. Post-Imperial English. Status Change in Former British and American Colonies, 1940-1990. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 3-12.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1996). Maintaining Languages: What Works and What DoesnÕt? In Cantoni, Gina (ed.) (1996). Stabilizing Indigenous Languages. Flagstaff: Northern Arizona University. [Download from http://jan.ucc.nau.edu/~jar/SIL/].

Fishman, Joshua A. (1996). Summary and interpretation: Post-imperial English 1940-1990. In Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W. & Rubal-Lopez, Alma (eds) 1996. Post-Imperial English. Status Change in Former British and American Colonies, 1940-1990. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 623-642.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1997). In Praise of the Beloved Language. A Comparative view of Positive Ethnolinguistic Consciousness. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Fishman, Joshua A. (1998). Review of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (ed.). Multilingualism for All. Language in Society 27:3, 413-415.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2001). Preface. In Fishman, Joshua, A. (ed.). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, xii-xvi.

Fishman, Joshua, A. (2001). From theory to pratice (and vice versa): review, reconsideration and reiteration. In Fishman, Joshua, A. (ed.). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 451-483.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2001). Why is it so hard to save a threatened language? (A perspective on the cases that follow). In Fishman, Joshua, A. (ed.). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 1-22.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2006). Language Loyalty, Language Planning and Language Revitalization. Recent Writings and Reflections from Joshua A. Fishman. Edited by Nancy H. Hornberger and Martin PŸtz. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2006). Language Policy and Language Shift. In Ricento, Thomas (ed.). An Introduction to Language Policy. Theory and Method. Oxford: Blackwells, 311-328.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2006). Sociolinguistics: More power(s) to you! (On the explicit study of power in sociolinguistic research). In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 3-11.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2010). European Vernacular Literacy. A Sociolinguistic and Historical Introduction. Bristol, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2014). Language Retention/Language Shift, ÒEnglish Only,Ó and Multilingualism in the United States. In The Oxford Handbook of American Immigration and Ethnicity, ed. Ronald H. Bayor. (Online, book forthcoming).

Fishman, Joshua A. (ed.) (1971). Advances in the Sociology of Language, Vol. 1. The Hague: Mouton.

Fishman, Joshua A. (ed.) (1972). Advances in the Sociology of Language, Vol. 2. The Hague: Mouton.

Fishman, Joshua A. (ed.) (2001). Can Threatened Languages Be Saved? Reversing Language Shift, Revisited: A 21st Century perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, Joshua A. & Fishman Schweid, Gella (2000). Rethinking language defence. In In Phillipson, Robert (ed.). Rights to language. Equity, power and education. Celebrating the 60th Birthday of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 23-27.

Fishman, Joshua A. & Lovas, John (1970). Bilingual Education in Sociolinguistic Perspective. TESOL Quarterly 4, 215-222.

Fishman, Joshua A. & Solano, R. (1989). Societal factors predictive of linguistic homogeneity/heterogeneity at the inter-polity level, Cultural Dynamics 1, 414-437.

Fishman, Joshua A. (2012). Cultural Autonomy as an approach to sociolinguistic power-sharing: some preliminary notions. In Garc’a, Ofelia & Schweid Fishman, Gella (eds.). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 213, 11-46.

Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W. & Rubal-Lopez, Alma (eds) (1996). Post-Imperial English. Status Change in Former British and American Colonies, 1940-1990. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Fishman, Joshua A., Cooper, Robert L. & Ma, Roxana (1971). Bilingualism in the Barrio, Language Science Monographs. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University.

Fishman, Joshua A., Ferguson, Charles A. & Das Gupta, Jyotirindra (Eds) (1968). Language problems of developing nations, New York: Wiley.

Fishman, Pamela M. (1978). Interaction: the work women do. Social Problems, 25:4, 397‑406.

Fixico, Donald L. (2003). The American Indian Mind in a Linear World. New York: Routledge.

Fleming, Luke (2009). Indigenous Language Literacies of the Northwest Amazon. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics 24/1, 35-59.

Flex, Kenneth & Koch‑Nielsen, Inger (1992). Kommunerne og SUM‑programmet, K¿benhavn: Socialforskningsinstituttet.

Flores, Nelson (2013). The Unexamined Reationship Between Neoliberalism and Plurilingualism: A Cautionary Tale. TESOL Quarterly 47:3, 500-520.

Florida, Richard (2002). The Rise of the Creative Class: And How ItÕs Transforming Work, Leisure, Community and Everyday Life. New York: Basic Books.

Florida, Richard (2005). The Flight of the Creative Class: The New Global Competition for Talent. New York: HarperBusiness.

FNs b¿rnekonvention, (1990). Dansk Unicef.

Focho, Gladys Ngwi (2011). Student perceptions of English as a developmental tool in Cameroon. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.). Dreams and Realities: Developing Countries and the English Language. London: British Council, 137-159.  [http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/dreams-realities-developing-countries-english-language].

Focus ACP. The Magazine for the African, Caribbean and Pacific Group of States 1:2, March 1997. Theme: What future for LomŽ?

Folkeskolens udviklingsrŒd (1991). Œrsberetning (1990)./91, K¿benhavn: UVM.

Folket i Norden berŠttar (1973). Stockholm: Nordiska museet och Fšreningarna Norden.

Folketingets behandling af beslutningsforslaget om det kurdiske folk, 5.4.1988.

Follow-up Committee 1998 - see Universal Declaration of Linguistic Rights.

Fonseca, Isabel (1995). Bury Me Standing. The Gypsies and Their Journeys. London: Chatto & Windus.

Fordham, Paul (1994). Language Choice. Language and Education 8:1-2, 65-68.

Forgacs, David& Nowell-Smith, Geoffrey (1985) (eds). Antonio Gramsci. Selections from Cultural Writings. London: Lawrence and Wishart.

Forns Maria & G—mez-Benito, Juana (in press). The cognitive, linguistic and adaptative development, and academic achievement of Pre-school children within the Catalan Immersion Programme. In First European Conference on the Evaluation of Immersion Programmes. Vaasa/Vasa: Continuing Education Center. University of Vaasa/Vasa, Finland.

Fors Bergstršm, Ejnar (1974). Den fŠršiska boken – en nordisk kulturinsats. Stockholm: Kungl. Biblioteket/ Bibliografiska institutet 7. Dokumantation och data.

Forster, E.M. [1951](1974). What I believe. In Forster, E.M. Two Cheers for Democracy. Harmondsworth. Middlesex: Penguin, 75-84.

Foster, Charles (1980). The Unrepresented Nations, in Foster (Ed), 1-7.

Foster, Charles (Ed) (1980). Nations Without a State: Ethnic Minorities in Western Europe. New York: Praeger.

Foster, Lois & Stockley, David (1984). Multiculturalism: The Changing Australian Paradigm. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Foster, Michael (1982). CanadaÕs indigenous languages: Present and future. Language and Society/Langue et sociŽtŽ 7 (Winter 1982), 7-16. Ottawa: Commissioner of Official Languages.

Foster, Michael (1982b). Indigenous languages in Canada. A 10-page offprint from Language and Society/Langue et sociŽtŽ 7 (Winter 1982). Includes a fold-out map and list of 53 Aboriginal languages with speaker estimates. Ottawa: Commissioner of Official Languages.

Foster, P. (1989). Some hard choices to be made. Comparative Education Review, 33/2, 104-

Foucault, Michel (1980). Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings, 1972-1977, edited by Colin Gordon. New York: Pantheon Books.

Foucault, Michel 1991. ÔGovernmentalityÕ. In Burchell, Graham, Colin Gordon and Peter Miller (eds). The Foucault Effect: Studies in governmentality. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 87-104.

Four Arrows – see Jacobs, Don Trent

Fourth World Bulletin (1994). University of Colorado at Denver, Fourth World Center for the Study of Indigenous Law and Politics.

Fowler, R. (1985). Power. In van Dijk (1985), Vol. 4., 61-82.

Fowler, R. (1987). The intervention of the media in the reproduction of power. In I. Zavala, T. A. van Dijk, and M. Diaz‑Diocaretz (Eds). Literature, Discourse, Psychotherapy. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Fowler, R., R. Hodge, G. Kress and A. Trew. (1979). Language and Control. London: Routledge.

Fox, Graham (2015). The United Nations Forum on Minority Issues and its role in promoting the UN Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to National or Ethnic, Religious and Linguistic Minorities. In Caruso, Ugo & Hofmann, Rainer (eds). The United Nations Declaration on Minorities. An Academic Account on the Occasion of its 20th Anniversary (1992-2012). Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, volume 9. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff, 87-106.

Fox, Melvyn J. (1975). Language and development: a retrospective survey of Ford Foundation language projets, 1952-1974, New York: The Ford Foundation (Vol 1, report; vol 2, case studies).

Francis, David, Lesaux, Nonie and August, Diane (2006). ÔLanguage of instructionÕ. In August, Diane and Timothy Shanahan (eds). Developing  Literacy  in  Second-language  Learners. Report of the National Literacy Panel on Language-Minority Children and Youth. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 365-413.

Francis, Lee (2003). We, The People: Young American Indians Reclaiming Their Identity. In MariJo Moore (ed.). Genocide of the Mind: New Native American Writing. New York:  Fawcett Books, 77-83.

Francis, Norbert & Reyhner, Jon (2002). Language and Literacy Teaching for Indigenous Education. A Bilingual Approach. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Frank, AndrŽ Gunder (1976). Economic Genocide in Chile: Monetarist Theory Versus Humanity. Nottingham: Spokesman Books.

Frankel, B. (1989). Transforming Identities: Context, Power and Ideology in a Therapeutic Community. New York: Lang.

Fraser Gupta, Anthea (1997). Moral English. English today 49, 13:1, January 1997, 24-27.

Fraser, Anne (1989). Gaelic in primary education. A study of the development of Gaelic bilingual education in urban context. Volumes I-II. PhD thesis, University of Glasgow, November 1989.

Fraser, Malcolm (1981). Inaugural Address on Multiculturalism, delivered to the Institute of Multicultural Affairs, Melbourne, November 30.

Fraser, N. (1989). Unruly Practices: Power, Discourse and Gender in Contemporary Social Theory. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Frazier, E. Franklin (1939). The Negro Family in the United States, Chicago: Phoenix Books.

Fred, Morris Aaron (1983). Managing culture contact: The organisation of Swedisfh Immigration Policy, Commission for immigrant research, English Series Rapport 6, Stockholm: EIFO.

Freedman, Warren (1992). Genocide: A peopleÕs will to live. Buffalo, NY: William S.Hein & Co.

Freeland, Jane (1994). The NGO/Government interface in language related projects. Language and gender in development, symposium report. Manchester: British Council, 59-69.

Freeland, Jane & Patrick, Donna  (2004). Language Rights and Language Survival. Sociolinguistic and Sociocultural Perspectives. In Freeland, Jane & Patrick, Donna (eds). Language Rights and Language Survival. Sociolinguistic and Sociocultural Perspectives. Manchester, UK & Northampton, MA: St. Jerome Publishing, 1-34.

Freeland, Jane & Patrick, Donna (eds) (2004). Language Rights and Language Survival. Sociolinguistic and Sociocultural Perspectives. Manchester, UK & Northampton, MA: St. Jerome Publishing.

Freeman, S. H., and M. S. Heller. (1987). Medical discourse. TEXT, 7. [special issue].

Freire, Ana Maria Araœjo (2004). Prologue. In Freire, Paulo. Pedagogy of Indignation. Boulder & London: Paradigm Publishers, xxvii-xxxii.

Freire, Paulo (1972). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books.

Freire, Paulo (1985). The Politics of Education. Culture, Power and Liberation. Introduction by Henry A.Giroux. Translated by Donaldo Macedo. Houndsmills and London: Macmillan.

Freire, Paulo (2004). Pedagogy of Indignation. Boulder & London: Paradigm Publishers.

Freixeiro Mato, XosŽ Ram—n (2010). Galician as a Threatened Language: The Process of Linguistic Substitution in Galicia. Areta Romanistica. Journal of Romance Studies, University of Bergen, Department of Foreign Languages, 6, 208-231.

Text Box: French, Marilyn (1986). Beyond Power: On women, men and morals. London: Abacus.

Freud, Sigmund & Breuer, Josef (1885/1991). Studies on Hysteria. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Friedman, Milton (1962). Capitalism and freedom. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Friedrich, Patricia and Gomes de Matos, Francisco (2009). Toward a Nonkilling Linguistics. In Paige, Glenn D. and Evans Pim, Jo‡m (eds). Toward a Nonkilling Paradigm.  Honolulu, Hawaii : Center for Global Nonkilling, xx-xx.

Friman-Korpela, Sarita (2015). Den finskromska politikens internationella fšrbindelser. I Pulma, Panu (red.). De finska romernas historia frŒn svenska tiden till 2000-talet. Helsingfors: Svenska LitteratursŠllskapet i Finland, & Stockholm: Bokfšrlaget Atlantis, 226-251.

Fris Laneth, Pia (2006). Lillys Danmarkshistorie. Kvindeliv i fire generationer. K¿benhavn: Gyldendal.

Fromm, Erich (1962). The art of loving. London: Unwin

Frost, Catherine (2004). Getting to Yes: People, Practices, and the Paradox of Multicultural Democracy. In Laycock, David (ed.). Representation and Political Theory. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press, 48-64.

Frowein, Jochen Abr., Hofmann, Rainer & Oeter, Stefan (hrsg.) (1994/1995). Das Minderheitenrecht europŠischer Staaten. Teil 1. Teil 2. BeitrŠge zum auslŠndischen šffentligen Recht und Všlkerrecht. Band 108/109, Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Frykenberg, Robert Eric (2005). Christian Missions and the Raj. In Etherington, Norman (ed.). Missions and Empire. The Oxford History of the British Empire Companion Series. Oxford & New York: Oxford University Press, 107-131.

Fthenakis, Wassilios, Sonner, Adelheid, Thrul, Rosemarie & Walbiner, Waltraud (1985). Bilingual-bikulturelle Entwicklung des Kindes: Ein Handbuch fŸr Psychologen, PŠdagogen und Linguisten, MŸnchen: Hueber.

Fuad, Kemal (1988). Die Kurdische Widerstandsliteratur, in Mšnch-Bucak (Ed), 22‑29.

Fujita-Round, Sachiyu & Maher, John C. (2008). Language Policy and Education in Japan. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 393-404.

Fuller, Bruce, Gesicki, Kathryn, Kang, Erin & Wright, Joseph (2006). Is the No Child Left Behind Act Working? The Reliability of How States Track Achievement. University of California, Berkeley: Policy Analysis for  California Education

Fuller, Buckminster (1980). Critical Path: With Kiyoshi Kuromiya, adjuvant, New York: St. MartinÕs Press.

Fuller, Norma (2003). ÔIntroducci˜nÕ. In Fuller, Norma (ed.) 2003. Interculturalidad y pol’tica. Desaf’os y posibilidades. Lima, Perœ: Red para el desarrollo de las ciencias sociales en el Perœ. Lima, 9-29.

Fuller, Norma (ed.) (2003). Interculturalidad y pol’tica. Desaf’os y posibilidades. Lima, Perœ: Red para el desarrollo de las ciencias sociales en el Perœ.

Fur, Gunlšg (2016). Kolonisation och kulturmšten under 1600- och 1700-talen [Colonisation and cultural encounters in the 1600s and 1700s]. I Lindmark, Daniel & Sundstršm, Olle (red.) (2016). De historiska relationerna mellan Svenska kyrkan och samerna. En vetenskaplig antologi. [The historical relations between the Swedish church and the Saami. A scientific anthology]. Bind 1-2. SkellefteŒ: Artos & Norma bokfšrlag. www.artos.se  ISBN 978-91-7580-795-9. Bind 1, 241-282.

Furbee, N. Louanna & Stanley, Lori A. (2002). A collaborative model for preparing indigenous curators of a heritage language. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 154, 113-128.

Furedi, Frank (1994). The New Ideology of Imperialism. London: Pluto Press.

Furer, Jean-Jacques (1991). La germanisaziun en Surselva. Paper presented at the 3rd Scuntrada, Laax, Switzerland.

Fusina, Jacques (1994). LÕEnseignement du corse: histoire, dŽveloppements et perspectives. Ajaccio: A Squadra di u Finusellu.

Fyn, Dawn (2014). Our Stories: Inuit Create Counter Narratives and Disrupt the Status Quo. PhD Thesis, The School of Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies. The University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario, Canada. Unpublished.

Gabrielsen, Gerd & Gimbel, J¿rgen (red) (1982). Dansk som fremmedsprog, K¿benhavn: LŸrerforeningens materialeudvalg.

Gad, Ulrik Pram (2004). Gr¿nlandsk identitet: sprog, democrati, velfŸrd og selvstŸndighed. Politica 36(3), 271-288.

Gad, Ulrik Pram (2005). Dansksprogede gr¿nlŸnderes plads i et Gr¿nland under gr¿nlandisering og modernisering. En diskursanalyse af den gr¿nlandske sprogdebat – lŸst som identitetspolitisk forhandling.  K¿benhavn: Eskimologis Skrifter nr. 19

Gaffney, Karine S. 1999. ÔIs Immersion Education Appropriate for All Students?Õ ACIE Newsletter. Vol. 2, No. 2, 1-8.

Gainor, J.Ellen (ed.) (1995). Imperialism and Theatre. Essays on world theatre, drama and performance. London & New York: Routledge.

Gajo, Laurent 2007. ÔLinguistic knowledge and subject knowledge: How does bilingualism contribute to subject development?Õ  International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10 (5) 563-581.

Gal, Susan (1996). Language Shift. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 586-593.

Galabawa, C.J. (1990). Implementing educational policies in Tanzania. Washington, D.C.: World Bank (World Bank Discussion Papers, Africa Technical Department Series, 86).

Galarza, Ernesto, GALLEGOS, Herm‡n and SAMORA, Juli‡n (1969). Mexican‑Americans in the Southwest. Santa Barbara, CA: McNally and Loftin Publishers.

Galbraith, James K. (2003). DonÕt turn the world over to the bankers. Le Monde Diplomatique/Guardian Weekly, May 2003, 6-7.

G‡ldu. Resource Centre for the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (ed.) (2006). ÇWe are the S‡miÈ. An Introduction to Indigenous issues of Norway. DVD and Fact Sheets. Guovdageaidnu : G‡ldu & Karasjok: AuthorsÕ Publisher [www.galdu.org & www.callidlagadus.org].

Galeano, Eduardo (2012). Children of the days. A calendar of human history. London : Penguin.

Gallagher, Eithne (2008). Equal Rights to the Curriculum. Many Languages, One Message. Clevedon : Multilingual Matters.

Gallardo del Puerto, Francisco (2007). Is L3 Phonological Competence Affected by the LearnerÕs Level of Bilingualism? International Journal of Multilingualism 4:1, 1-16.

Gallois, Cynthis, Franklyn-Stokes, A., Giles, Howard & Coupland, Nikolas (1988). Communication accomodation in intercultural encounters. In Kim, Young Yun & Gudykunst, William B. (eds). Theories in Intercultural Communication. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Galston, W.A. (1999). Value pluralism and liberal political theory. American Political Science Review 93: 769-778.

Galtung, Johan (1972). Notes on the Long Term Development of Peace Research. In Hšglund, Bengt & Ulrich, Jšrgen Wilian (eds). Conflict Control and Conflict Resolution. Interdisciplinary Studies from the Scandinavian Summer University, Vol. 17. Copenhagen: Munksgaard, 202-216.

Galtung, Johan (1980). The True Worlds. A transnational perspective. New York: The Free Press.

Galtung, Johan (1988). Methodology and Development. Essays in Methodology, Vol. III. Copenhagen: Christian Ejlers.

Galtung, Johan (1996). Peace by Peaceful Means. Peace and Conflict, Development and Civilization. Oslo: International Peace Research Institute & London/Thousand Oaks/New Delhi: Sage.

Gamson, W. A., and A. Modigliani. (1989). Media discourse and public opinion on nuclear power—a constructionist approach. American Journal of Sociology, 95,1‑37.

Gandhi, Gopalkrishna (ed.) (2008). The Oxford India Gandhi essential writings. Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Gandhi, M. K. (1910). M. K. GandhiÕs Hind Swaraj. A Critical Edition. Annotated, translated & edited by Suresh Sharma and Tridip Suhrud.  [Restores the sanctity of the 1910 original edition]. Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan.

Gao, Feng (2014). Social-Class Identity and English Learning: Studies of Chinese Learners. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 13:2, 92-98.

Gao, Mobo and Rapatahana, Vaughan (2016). The English Language as a Trojan Horse within the PeopleÕs Republic of China. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 242-254.

Garcia, Eugene (2002). Bilingualism and Schoolong in the United States. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 155/156: 1-92.

Garc’a, Ofelia (1988). The education of biliterate and bicultural children in ethnic schools in the United States. In Essays by the Spencer Fellows of the National Academy of Education, Vol. IV, (19‑7).8.

Garc’a, Ofelia (1992). Societal multilingualism in a multicultural world in transition. In Byrne, Heidi (ed.). Languages for a Multicultural World in Transition. Illinois: National Textbook Company, 1-27.

Garc’a, Ofelia (1993). ÔUnderstanding the societal role of the teacher in transitional bilingual education classrooms: Lessons from sociology of languageÕ.  In Zondag, Koen   (ed.). Bilingual Education in Friesland: Facts and Prospects. Leeuwarden: Gemeenschappelijk Centrum voor Onderwijsbegeleiding, 25-37.

Garc’a, Ofelia (1994). Que todo el pluralismo es sue–o, y los sue–os, vida son: ethnolinguistic dreams and reality. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 110, 87-103.

Garc’a, Ofelia (1995). Spanish language loss as a determinant of income among Latinos in the United States: Implications for language policy in schools. In Tollefson, James W. (ed.) (1995). Power and Inequality in Language Education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 142-160.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2000). Minority educatorsÕ use of minority languages and cultures in the urban classroom. In Phillipson (ed.).

Garc’a, Ofelia (2006). ÔLost in transculturation: The case of bilingual education in New York CityÕ. In PŸtz, Martin, Joshua A. Fishman and N-V. Aertselaer (eds). Along the Routes to Power: Exploration of the empowerment through language. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 157-178.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2006). Lost in transculturation: The case of bilingual education in New York City. In PŸtz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A. & Neff-van Aertselaer, JoAnne (eds). ÔAlong the Routes to PowerÕ. Explorations of Empowerment through  Language. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 157-177.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2009). ÔEducation, multilingualism and translanguaging in the 21st century.Õ In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 128-145.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2009). ÔEducation, multilingualism and translanguaging in the 21st century.Õ In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit & Panda, Minati (eds). Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 140-158.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2009). Bilingual Education in the 21st Century. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2009). En/countering Indigenous Bilingualism. In McCarty, Teresa L. and Wyman, Leisy T. (eds). Special Issue: Indigenous Youth and Bilingualism. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 8:5, 376-380.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2009). Livin«and Teaching« la lengua loca: Glocalizing US Spanish Ideologies and Practices. In Salaberry, M. Rafael (ed.). Language Allegiances and Bilingualism in the USA. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters, 151-171.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2012). Ethnic identity and language policy. In Spolsky, Bernard (ed.). The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,  79-99.

Garc’a, Ofelia (2012). Preface. Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian sociolinguistics. In Garc’a, Ofelia & Schweid Fishman, Gella (eds.). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 213, 3-9.

Garc’a, Ofelia (ed.) (1991). Bilingual education: Festschrift in honor of Joshua A. Fishman on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Baker, Colin (eds) (2007). Bilingual Education. An Introductory Reader. Clevedon, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Otheguy, Ricardo (1988). The bilingual education of Cuban American children in Dade CountyÕs ethnic schools. Language and Education 1, 83‑95.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Otheguy, Ricardo (1994). The value of speaking a LOTE [Language Other Than English] in U.S.Business. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 532 (March), 99-122.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Schweid Fishman, Gella (eds.) (2012). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language

Garc’a, Ofelia & Fishman, Joshua A. (2012) Concluding remarks. Power-sharing and Cultural Autonomy: some sociolinguistic principles. In Garc’a, Ofelia & ( Fishman, Gella (eds.). Cultural Autonomy and Fishmanian Sociolinguistics. Special issue of The International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 213, 143-147.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Flores, Nelson (2012). Multilingual pedagogies. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 232-246.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Otheguy, Ricardo (1985). The Masters of Survival Send Their Children to School: Bilingual Education in the Ethnic Schools of Miami. The Bilingual Review, 12, 3‑20.

Garc’a, Ofelia & Otheguy, Ricardo (1988). The bilingual education of Cuban American children in Dade CountyÕs ethnic schools. Language and Education 1, 83‑95.

Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres Guzm‡n, Mar’a (2006). Weaving Spaces and (De)constructing Ways for Multilingual Schools: The Actual and the Imagined. In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools: Languages in Education and Glocalization. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 3-47. See http://www.multilingual-matters.com/multi/display.asp?isb=1853598941.

Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds) (2006). Imagining Multilingual Schools: Languages in Education and Glocalization. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters. 332 pp. See http://www.multilingual-matters.com/multi/display.asp?isb=1853598941.

Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds) (2009) [2006]. Imagining Multilingual Schools: Languages in Education and Glocalization. New Delhi: Orient Blackswan http://www.orientlongman.com/display.asp?categoryID=26&isbn=978-81-250-3654-8&detail=3.

GŒrding, Eva & Bannert, Robert (1979). Optimering av svenskt uttal (Optimizing Swedish pronunciation). Projektrapporter. Serie praktisk lingvistik. Lund: Universitetet i Lund, Institutionen fšr lingvistik.

Gardner-Chloros, P.H. & Gardner, J.P. (1986). The Legal Protection of Linguistic Rights and of the Mother-Tongue by the European Institutions, Grazer Linguistische Studien 27, Muttersprache(n), Herbst (1986)., 45-56.

Gardner, Carol Brooks. (1980). Passing by: street remarks, address rights, and the urban female. Sociological Inquiry, 50:3‑4, 328‑56.

Gardner, Gary (1998). Recycling Organic Wastes. In State of the World 1998, 96-112.

Gardner, Lyn (2001). How little women learn to be good wives. Review of Keith, Lois. Take Up Thy Bed and Walk: Death, Disability and Cure in Classic Fiction for Girls. Guardian Weekly, May 3-9.2001: 16.

Gardner, Robert C. (1979). Social Psychological Aspects of Second Language Acquisition. In Giles & StClair (Eds), (193‑).220.

Gardner, Sheena (2012). Global English and bilingual education. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 247-264.

Gardt, Andreas & Hoppauf, Bernd (eds) (2004). Globalization and the Future of German. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Garner, James Finn (1994). Politically correct bedtime stories. London: Souvenir Press.

Garner, Mark (2004). Language: An ecological view. Oxford: Peter Lang.

Garrett, P., Giles, Howard & Coupland, Nikolas (1989). The contexts of language learning: extending the intergroup model of second language acquisition. In Ting-Toomey, Stella & Korzenny, Felipe (eds). Language, Communication, and Culture. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Gaskell, Jane & Willinsky, John (eds) (1995). Gender In/forms Curriculum. From Enrichment to Transformation. New York: Teachers College Press.

Gaski, Harald (1986). Den samiske litteraturens rštter. Om samenes episk poetiske diktning (The roots of S‡mi literature. On S‡mi epic poetry). Magistergradsavhandling, Tromsš: Institutt for sprog og litteratur, Universitetet i Tromsš.

Gaski, Harald (1996). Introduction. In Gaski (ed.), 9-42.

Gaski, Harald (1997). Voice in the Margin: A Suitable Place for a Minority Literature? In Gaski, Harald (ed.) Sami Culture in a New Era. The Norwegian Sami Experience. K‡r‡šjohka/Karasjok: Davvi Girji, 199-220.

Gaski, Harald (1997b. Introduction: Sami Culture in a New Era. In Gaski (ed.), 9-28.

Gaski, Harald (2000). The reindeer on the mountain, the reindeer in the mind: On Sami yoik lyrics. In Phillipson (ed.).

Gaski, Harald (ed.) (1996). In the Shadow of the Midnight Sun. Contemporary Sami Prose and Poetry. K‡r‡šjohka, Norway: Davvi Girji. [ISBN 82-7374-309-8; address: Davvi Girji, P.O.Box 13, N-9730 K‡r‡šjohka, Norway; fax: (+47) 78 46 72 51].

Gaski, Harald (ed.) (1996). Introductions to In the Shadow of the Midnight Sun. Contemporary Sami Prose and Poetry. K‡r‡šjohka, Norway: Davvi Girji. (ISBN 82-7374-309-8; address: Davvi Girji, P.O.Box 13, N-9730 K‡r‡šjohka, Norway; fax: (+47) 78 46 72 51).

Gaski, Harald (ed.) (1997). Sami Culture in a New Era. The Norwegian Sami Experience. K‡r‡šjohka/Karasjok: Davvi Girji.

Gass, Susan & Madden, Carolyn (Eds) (1985). Input in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Gaup, Johanne (1991). Guovttegielalasvuohta Sis-Finnmarkku sami suohkaniin (Bilingualism in S‡mi councils in Inner Finnmark), Guovdageaidnu: S‡mi Instituhtta.

Gavin, Michael C., Carlos A. Botero, Claire Bowern, Robert K. Colwell, Michael Dunn, Robert R. Dunn, Russell D. Gray, Kathryn R. Kirby, Joe McCarter, Adam Powell, Thiago F. Rangel, John R. Stepp, Michelle Trautwein, Jennifer L. Verdolin, and Gregor Yanega (2013). Toward a Mechanistic Understanding of Linguistic Diversity. BioScience 63:7, July 2013, 524-535. ISSN 0006-3568: electronic ISSN 1525-3244.

Gebre Yohannes, Mekonnen Alemu (2005). Socio-cultural and educational implications of using mother tongues as languages of instruction in Ethiopia. MA Thesis. Oslo: University of Oslo.

Gee, James Paul (1990). Social Linguistics and Literacies: Ideologies in Discourses. New York: Falmer Press.

Gee, James Paul (2005). Literacies, Schools, and Kinds of People in the New Capitalism. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Language, Literacy, and Power in Schooling. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 223-240.

Geeraerts, Dirk (2002). Cultural models of linguistic standardization. Pre-final version 24.06.2002. To be published in Dirven, R. (ed.). Cognitive Linguistics and Ideology. Downloaded at http://wwwling.arts.kuleuven.ac.be/gling/Cultural models of linguistic standardization.pdf

Geertz, Clifford (1973). The Interpretation of Cultures. Hammersmith, London: Fontana Press.

Geingob, Hage (1981). Foreword. In UNIN (1981).

Geis, Michael. (1982). The Language of Television Advertising. New York: Academic Press.

Geis, Michael. (1987). The Language of Politics. New York: Springer.

Gell-Mann, M. (1994). The Quark and the Jaguar. New York: W. H. Freeman.

Gellert-Novak, A. (1994). Die Rolle der englischen Sprache in Euroregionen. Sociolinguistica 8, 123-135.

Gellner, Ernest (1983). Nations and nationalism, Oxford, UK & Cambridge, USA: Blackwell.

Gendron, Jean‑Denis, Alain Pujiner & Richard Vigneault (Eds) (1982). IdentitŽ culturelle  approches mŽthodologiques, QuŽbec: CIRB‑ICRB.

General Law of Education. No. 28044, July 2003. Lima, Perœ. http://www.minedu.gob.pe/normatividad/leyes/ley_general_de_educacion2003.doc.

Genesee, Fred (1976). The Suitability of Immersion Programs for All Children. Canadian Modern Language Review, 32(5), 494‑515.

Genesee, Fred (1985). Second language learning through immersion: A review of U.S. programs. Review of Educational Research 55:4, 541-561.

Genesee, Fred (1987). Learning Through Two Languages: Studies of Immersion and Bilingual Education, Cambridge, MS: Newbury House.

Genesee, Fred (1996). Second Language Immersion Programs. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 493-501.

Genesee, Fred (2004). What do we know about bilingual eduction for majority language students? In Bhatia, T. K. & Ritchie, W. (eds) (2004). Handbook of Bilingualism and Multiculturalism. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 547-576.

Genesee, Fred (2006). The Suitability of French Immersion for Students Who Are At Risk: Students with Special Needs and Lower Academic Ability. Ottawa: Canadian Parents for French.

Genesee, Fred (ed.) (1992). The teaching of ESL. New York: Newbury House.

Genesee, Fred and Patricia G‡ndara (1999). ÔBilingual Education Programs: A Cross-National PerspectiveÕ. Journal of Social Issues. Vol. 55, 665-685.

Genesee, Fred, Kathryn Lindholm-Leary, William M. Saunders, and Donna Christian (eds) (2006). Educating English Language Learners: A Synthesis of Research Evidence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Genesee, Fred, Lindholm-Leary, Kathryn, Saunders, William & Christian, Donna (2005).  English Language Learners in U.S. Schools: An Overview of Research Findings. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk 10:4, 363-385.

Genesee, Fred, Tucker, G. Richard & Lambert, Wallace E. (1976). An Experiment in Trilingual Education: report 3. The Canadian Modern Language Review, 34, 621‑643.

George, Alexander (ed.) (1991). Western State Terrorism. London: Polity Press.

George, Susan (1992). The Debt Boomerang. How Third World Debt Harms Us All. London: Pluto Press.

George, Susan (2006). Whose Europe? Our Europe! New International, October 2006, 4-6.

George, Susan & Sabelli, Fabrizio (1994). Faith and Credit: The World BankÕs Secular Empire. London: Penguin.

Gerard, W. (1993). Broken English. Toronto Star, June 20, B1, B7.

GŽrin-Lajoie, Diane (1997). French Language Minority Education in Canada. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 167-176.

Gersten, Russell, Woodward, Joan & Schneider, Susan (1992). Bilingual Immersion: A Longintudinal Evaluation of the El Paso Program. Washington, D.C.: READ Institute.

GŽry, Yves (1999). The dark side of Europe: Women for Sale. Le Monde Diplomatique/Guardian Weekly February 1999, 12.

Geva, Esther 2000. Issues in the assessment of reading disabilities in L2 children—beliefs and research evidence. Dyslexia, 6, 13-28.

Ghosh, Amitav (1995). ÒThe Ghosts of Mrs. GandhiÓ, rpt. In The Imam and the Indian, New Delhi: Ravi Dayal, 2002.

Giarracca, Norma (2010). Changing Mirrors: Looking at Ourselves in Latin America. In Meyer, Lois & Maldonado Alvarado, Benjam’n (eds). New World of Indigenous Resistance. Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Central America. San Francisco: City Lights Books (www.citylights.com), 301-314.

Gibbons, John (1994). Depth or breadth: some issues in LOTE teaching. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 17(1), 1-22.

Gibbons, John (1997). Australian Bilingual Education. In Cummins & Corson (ed.), 209-216.

Gibbons, John (2007). Forensic linguistics. In Handbooks of Applied Linguistics, Volume 9. Handbooks of Language and Communication: Diversity and Change, eds Marlis Hellinger & Anne Pauwels, Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 429-458.

Gibbons, John, White, William & Gibbons, Pauline (1994). Combating educational advantage among Lebanese Australian children. In Skutnabb‑Kangas & Phillipson (Eds), 253-262.

Gibbs, David N. (2006). The question of whitewashing in American history and social science. In Jacobs, Don Trent (Wahinke Topa/Four Arrows) (ed.). Unlearning the language of conquest. Austin: University of Texas Press, 207-218.

Gibbs, Walter (2003). Magical Magga. Sami Chief represents 300 million people around the world. Scanorama, November 2003: 46-50.

Gibson, Michael (ed.) (1997). Ethnicity & School Performance: Complicating the Immigrant/Involuntary Minority Typology. Theme issue. Anthropology & Education Quarterly 28(3), 315-462.

Giddens, Anthony (1973). The Class Structure of the Advanced Societies. London: Hutchinson.

Giddens, Anthony (1990). The Consequences of Modernity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Giddens, Anthony (1991). Modernity and Self-Identity. Self and Society in the Late Modern Age. Cambridge UK: Polity Press.

Giese, Suzanne (1978). PŒ andre tanker. K¿benhavn: Tiderne skifter.

Giglioli, Pier Paolo (ed.) (1972). Language and Social Context. Selected Readings. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Giles, Howard (ed.) (1977). Language, Ethnicity and Intergroup Relations. London: Academic Press.

Giles, Howard & Smith, P.M. (1979). Accommodation theory: optimal levels of convergence. In Giles & St.Clair (eds), 45‑65.

Giles, Howard & St.Clair, Robert (eds) (1979). Language and Social Psychology. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Giles, Howard & Wiemann, J.M. (1987). Language, social comparison and power. In Berger, C.R. & Chaffee, S.H. (eds). Handbook of Communication Science. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 350‑384.

Giles, Howard, Bourhis, R.Y. and Taylor, D.M. (1977). Towards a Theory of Language in Ethnic Group Relations. In Giles (ed.), 307‑348.

Giles, Howard, Coupland, Nikolas, Williams, Angie & Leets, Laura (1991). Integrating theory in the study of minority languages. In Cooper & Spolsky (Ed), xx 113-136.

Giles, Howard, Leets, Laura & Coupland, Nikolas (1990). Minority Language Group Status: A Theoretical Conspexus, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 11, 1-2, Special volume, ed. Durk Gorter et al,  Fourth International Conference on Minority Languages, Volume 1, General Papers, 37-56.

Gill, Dawn, Mayor, Barbara & Blair, Maud (eds) (1992). Racism and education: Structures and strategies. London: Sage.

Gill, Sam D. & Sullivan, Irene F. (1994). Dictionary of Native American Mythology. New York: Oxford University Press. [1992].

Gill, Saran Kaur (2004). Medium -of-Instruction Policy in Higher Education in Malaysia: Nationalism Versus Internationalization. In Tollefson, James W. & Tsui, Amy B. M. (eds). Medium of Instruction Policies. Which Agenda? Whose Agenda? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 135-152.

Gillstršm, ke (1986). Yttrande till Kommunstyrelsen, frŒn GŠvle kommun, Skolfšrvaltningen, med anledning av Voitto Visuris motion, (1986).‑03‑21.

Gilmore, Perry (2011). Language Ideologies,  Ethnography and Ethnology. New Directions in Anthropological Approaches to Language Policy. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Ethnography and Language Policy. New York & London: Routledge,121-118.

Gilmore, Perry & Smith, David M.  (2005). Seizing Academic Power: Indigenous Subaltern Voices, Metaliteracy, and Counternarratives in Higher Education. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Language, Literacy, and Power in Schooling. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 67-88.

Gilroy, Paul (1987). ÒThere AinÕt No Black in the Union JackÓ. The cultural politics of race and nation. London: Hutchinson.

Gimbel, J¿rgen (1987). Indvandrerdansk er flere ting. K¿benhavner­studier i tosprogethed 3, K¿benhavn: Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole.

Gimbel, J¿rgen (1991). Magtsproget dansk, i J¿rgensen (red) (1991)., 53‑77.

Gimbel, J¿rgen (1992). ÓModersmŒl og andetsprogÓ. To-sproget undervis­ning for to-sprogede elever, Dokumentation om indvandrere 1, (1992).

Gimbutas, Marija (1991). The language of the Goddess. San Francisco: Harper Collins.

Giordan, Henri (rŽd.) (1992). Les minoritŽs en Europe. Droits linguistiques et droits de lÕhomme. Paris: KimŽ.

Giroux, Henry (1992). Border Crossing. Cultural Workers and the Politics of Education. New York/London: Routledge.

Giroux, Henry A. (1985). Introduction. In Freire, Paulo. The Politics of Education. Culture, Power and Liberation. Introduction by Henry A.Giroux. Translated by Donaldo Macedo. Houndsmills and London: Macmillan, xi-xxv.

Gitlin, Todd (2003). Letters to a Young Activist. New York: Basic Books.

Giv—n, Talmy (1985). Function, structure and language acquisition, in Slobin (Ed) (1985)., 1005-1028.

Glahn, Esther & Jensen, Knud Anker & Jensen, Lise Randrup (1988). Modeller i fremmedsprogstilegnelsen, SAML 13, 129-164.

Glanz, Christine (2012). Why and how to invest in African languages, multilingual and multicultural education in Africa. In McIlwraith, Hamish (ed.). Multilingual Education in Africa: Lessons from the Juba Language-in-Education Conference. London: British Council, 57-68.

Glaser, Konstanze (2007). Minority Languages and Cultural Diversity in Europe: Gaelic and Sorbian Perspectives. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Glasrud, Bruce A. & Smith, Alan M. (eds). (1982). Race Relations in British North America 1607-1783. A study of the historical impact of red/white and black/white relations among the peoples of early American colonies. Chicago: Nelson Hall.

Glazer, Nathan (1998). We Are All Multiculturalists Now. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Glenny, Misha (2009). The problem with ÔkumbayaÕ politics. Review of Collier, Paul (2009). Wars, Guns & Votes: Democracy in Dangerous Places. New York: HarperCollins. The Guardian Weekly 030409, p. 39.

Global Education Digest 2009. Comparing Education Statistics Across the World. Montreal: UNESCO Institute of Statistics.

Glossop, Ronald (1988). Language policy and a just world order. Alternatives, 13, 395‑409.

Gobbo, James (1995). Criticisms of multiculturalism. Paper given at the 1995 Global Cultural Diversity Conference, 26-28 April 1995, Celebration of the 50th Anniversary of the United Nations, Sydney, Australia.

Goddard, Ives 1996. ÔIntroductionÕ. In Goddard, Ives (volume ed.) and William C. Sturtevant (general ed.). Handbook of North American Indians Vol. 17: Languages. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution, 1-16.

Godenzzi, Juan Carlos (2008). Language Policy and Education in the Andes. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 315-330.

Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter Hans, Starý, Zdenĕk and Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds) (1996). Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Berlin/New York:  Walter de Gruyter.

Goffman, Ervin (1955). On face-work: an analysis of ritual elements in social interaction, Psychiatry 18, 213-231.

Goffman, Erving (1959).The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Goffman, Erving (1963). Stigma: Notes on the Management of Spoiled Identity. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice‑Hall.

Goffman, Erving. (1977). The arrangement between the sexes. Theory and Society, 4, 301‑332.

Gogolin, Ingrid (1994). Der monolingual Habitus der multilingualen Schule. MŸnster: Waxmann.

Gogolin, Ingrid (2002). Linguistic diversity and new mnorities in Europe / DiversitŽ linguistique et nouvelles minoritŽs en Europe. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

Gogolin, Ingrid (2008). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Internationale Hochschulschriften, Band 101. MŸnster/New York: Waxmann Verlag.

Gogolin, Ingrid and Oeter, Stefan (2012). Language Rights and Linguistic Minorities. In Richter, Dagmar, Richter, Ingo, Toivanen, Reetta and Ulasiuk, Iryna (eds). Language Rights Revisted – The Challenge of Global Migration and Communication. Berlin: Wolf Legal Publishers, 171-190.

Goldenberg, Suzanne (2011). ThereÕs an awful lot of life on earth. The Guardian Weekly 02.09.2011, 32-33.

Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (1997). Introduction. In Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (eds) (1997). Beyond Cultural Imperialism. Globalization, communication & the new international order. London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi: Sage, 1-9.

Goldsmith, Edward (1996). Global trade and the environment. In Mander, Jerry & Goldsmith, Edward (eds). The case against the global economy and for a turn toward the local. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 78-91.

Golub, Philip S. (2005). Sequel to Globalisation. My country, Ôtis of thee. Le Monde Diplomatique, the English edition, July 2005, 3.

Golub, Philip S. (2005). Sequel to Globalisation. United States: the slide to disorder. Le Monde Diplomatique, the English edition, July 2005, 1-2.

Gomes de Matos, Francisco (1984). A plea for a language rights declaration, ALSED‑FIPLV Newsletter, 34, 3.

Gonagaslaš girko-, oahpahus- ja dutkandepartementa [Ministry of Church Affairs, Education and Research] (1997). O97S, 10-jagi vuođđoskuvlla s‡mi oahppopl‡nat [The S‡mi Curriculum for ten-years comprehensive schooling, Norway].

Gšncz, Lajos & Kodopelji_, Jasmina (1991). Exposure to two languages in the preschool period: metalinguistic development and the acquisition of reading. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. 12(3), 137-163 accents!

Gšncz, Lajos, forthcoming. Psychological Studies of Bilingualism in Vojvodina, forthcoming in Yugoslavian General Linguistics.

Gonz‡les-Carriedo, Ricardo (2014). Ideologies of the press in regard to English language learners: a case study of two newspapers in Arizona. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies 11:2, 121-149

Gonzalez, Andrew (1998). ÔThe language planning situation in the PhilippinesÕ. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, Vol. 19, 487-525.

Gonzales, Andrew (Ed). Panagani, Manila: Linguistic society of the Philippines.

Gonz‡les, J.M. (1975).  Coming Of Age in Bilingual/Bicultural Education: A Historical Perspective. Inequality in Education 19, 5-17.

Gonz‡lez, Gustavo & Lento F. Maez (1980). ÔTo switch or not to switch: The role of code-switching in the elementary bilingual classroomÕ. In Padilla, Raymond V. (ed.). Theory in Bilingual Education: Ethnoperspectives in bilingual education research (Vol. II). Ypsilanti, MI: US Department of Foreign Languages and Bilingual Studies, Bilingual Programs, 125-135.

Goodland, Robert (1996). Growth has reached its limit. In Mander, Jerry & Goldsmith, Edward (eds). The case against the global economy and for a turn toward the local. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 207-217.

Goodman, Kenneth, E., Smith, Brooks, Meredith, Robert & Goodman, Yetta (1987). Language and Thinking in School. A Whole Language Curriculum. New York: Richard C. Owen.

Goodman, Kenneth, Goodman, Yetta & Flores, Barbara (1979). Reading in the Bilingual Classroom: Literacy and Biliteracy. Rosslyn, Virginia: National Clearinghouse of Bilingual Education.

Goodman, Sharon & Graddol, David (1996). Redesigning English: new texts, new identities. London & New York: The Open University & Routledge.

Goodwin, M. H. (1988). Cooperation and competition across girlsÕ play activities. In S. Fisher and A. Todd (Eds), Gender and Discourse: The Power of Talk. (pp. 55‑94). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Company.

Gopal, Sarvepalli (ed.) (1980). Jawaharlal Nehru. An anthology. Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Gordon, Milton M. (1964). Assimilation in American Life: the role of race, Religion and national origin. New York & Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gordon, Milton M. (1970). Assimilation in America: Theory and Reality, in Hawkins and Lorinskas (Eds).

Gordon, Milton M. (1981). Models of pluralism, Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Sciences, 454: 178-188.

Gore, Al (2006). An Inconvenient Truth. The planetary emergency of global warming and what we can do about it. Emmaus, PA: Rodale.

Gorelick, Sherry (1989). Ethnic Feminism: Beyond the Pseudo‑Pluralists, Feminist Review 32, 111‑118.

Gorenflo, L.J., Suzanne Romaine, Sara Musinsky, Mark Denil, and Russell A. Mittermeier (2014). Linguistic Diversity in High Biodiversity Regions. Arlington, VA: Conservation International.

Gorman, Thomas (1974). ÔThe development of language policy in Kenya with particular reference to the educational systemÕ. In Whiteley, Wilfred (ed.). Language in Kenya. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.

Gorter, Durk (2011). Questions for É Michael Clyne. Language Policy 10:1, 59-68.

Gorter Durk, Hoekstra, Jarich F., Jansma, Lammert G. & Ytsma, Jehannes (eds) (1990). Fourth International Conference on Minority Languages, Vol. 1: General Papers. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 11:1&2, Special volume.

Gorter, Durk & Cenoz, Jasone (2012). Legal Rights of Linguistic minorities in the European Union. In Tiersma, Peter M. and Solan, Lawrence M. (eds). Oxford Handbook of Language and Law. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 261-271.

Gorter, Durk & Cenoz, Jasone (2012). Regional minorities, education and language revitalization. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 184-198.

Gorter, Durk and van der Meer, Cor (2008). Developments in bilingual Frisina-Dutch education in Friesland. In Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (eds). Multilingualsm and minority languages: Achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review, volume 21, 87-103.

Gottschau, Jacob (1990). StŸrk kritik af indvandrerpolitikken, Magasinet B¿rn 5/6 (1990), 4‑8.

Gouboglo, M.N., Andree Tabouret-Keller & Ralph Kinnear, eds Language & Ethnicity: East-West Experiences & Perspectives. Wien: European Coordination Centre for Research & Documentation in the Social Sciences.

Goudge, Elisabeth (1959). VihreŠn delfiinin maa. 6. painos [Green Dolphin Country]. Porvoo: Werner Sšderstršm.

Goulbourne, Harry (1991). Varities of pluralism: the notion of a  pluralist post-imperial Britain, New Community 17:2, 211-227.

Grabe, W. (1994). Foreword. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, vol. 14, 1993/94, vii-xii.

Graddol, David (1996). Global English, global culture? In Goodman, Sharon & Graddol, David (eds). Redesigning English, new texts, new identities. London & New York: The Open University & Routledge.

Graddol, David (1997). The Future of English? A guide to forecasting the popularity of the English language in the 21st century. London: British Council.

Graddol, David (2003). The Decline of the Native Speaker. In Anderman, Gunilla & Rogers, Margareta (eds). Translation Today. Trends and Perspectives. Clevedon, Buffalo, Toronto & Sydney: Multilingual Matters, 152-167.

Graddol, David (2006). English Next. Why global English may mean the end of ÔEnglish as a Foreign LanguageÕ.  London: British Council.

Graddol, David (2010) English Next India, London: The British Council. Download from http://www.britishcouncil.org/learning-english-next-india-2010-book.htm.

Graddol, David & Stephen Thomas (eds) 1995. Language in a changing Europe, Papers from the Annual Meeting of the British Association for Applied Linguistics held at the University of Salford, September 1993, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Graddol, David & Swann, Joan. (1989). Gender Voices. Oxford: Blackwell.

Graddol, David, Leith Dick & Swann, Joan (eds) (1996). English history, diversity and change. London & New York: The Open University & Routledge.

Gramsci, Antonio (1971). Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci, edited and translated by Hoare, Quitin & Geoffrey N. Nowell-Smith. London: Lawrence & Wishart.

Grandguillaume, Gilbert (1990). Language and legitimacy in the Maghreb, in Weinsten (Ed), 150-166.

Granholm, Olof (1979). Den vita natten. Stockholm: P.A. Norstedt & Sšners Fšrlag.

Granholm, Petra (2010). Integrating new minorities into a well-protected old one. New challenges for the land Islands. Multiethnica 32: 10-13.

Granqvist, Kimmo (2015). Det romska sprŒkets historia I Finland. I Pulma, Panu (red.). De finska romernas historia frŒn svenska tiden till 2000-talet. Helsingfors: Svenska LitteratursŠllskapet i Finland, & Stockholm: Bokfšrlaget Atlantis, 288-305.

Granqvist, Kimmo & Viljanen, Anna Maria (2002). Kielelliset tabut romani-identiteetin kuvaajana [Linguistic tabus as descriptors of Roma identity]. In Laihiala-Kankainen, Sirkka, PietikŠinen, Sari & Dufva, Hannele (toim.) (2002). MoniŠŠninen Suomi. Kieli, kulttuuri ja identiteetti. [Multivoiced Finland. Language, culture and identity]. JyvŠskylŠ: JyvŠskylŠn yliopisto, Soveltavan kielentutkimuksen keskus, 109-125.

Grant, Rachel A. & Wong, Shelley D. (2003). Barriers to literacy for language-minority learners: An argument for change in the literacy education profession. Journal of Adolescent and Adult Literacy 48:5, 386-394.

Granville, S., Janks, Hilary, Mphahlele, M., Ramani, Esther., Reed, Y. & Watson, P. (1997). English with or without g(u)ilt: a position paper on language-in-education policy for South Africa. Paper presented at the English TeachersÕ Connect International Conference, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa.

Gray R.D., A.J. Drummond, and S.J. Greenhill (2009). Language phylogenies reveal expansion pulses and pauses in Pacific settlement. Science 323: 479–483.

Gray, Andrew (1987). The Amerindians of South America, Report No 15, London: The Minority Rights Group.

Gray, John (2012). English the industry. In Tagg, C. and Hewings, A. (eds). The Politics of English: Conflict, Competition, and Co-existence. Milton Keynes: The Open University/Routledge.

Greenberg, J., S. L. Kirkland & T. Pyszczynski (1988). Some theoretical notions and preliminary research concerning derogatory ethnic labels. In Smitherman‑Donaldson, Geneva & van Dijk, Teun A. (eds). Discource and Discrimination. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 74-92.

Greenberg, Joseph H. (1956). The Measurement of Linguistic Diversity. Language 32:1 (Jan. - Mar., 1956), 109-115.

Greenwood, Keith M. (2003). Robert College: The American Founders. Istanbul: Boğazii University Press.

Greer, John Michael (2008). The Long Descent. A UserÕs Guide to the End of the Industrial Age. Gabriola Island, BC, Canada: New Society Publishers.

Greer, John Michael (2009). The Ecotechnic Future. Envisioning a Post-peak World. Gabriola Island, BC, Canada: New Society Publishers.

Greis, Aili (1998). Kotonako kaikkialla vai vieraana Saksassa ja vierailijana Suomesssa? (At home everywhere, or a foreigner in Germany and a visitor in Finland?). Rengas 6-7, 1998, 11-12.

Grenoble, Lenore A. & Whaley, Lindsay J. (1996). Endangered Languages: Current Issues and Future Prospects. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 118, 209-223.

Grenoble, Lenore A. & Lindsay J. Whaley (2006). Saving Languages: An Introduction to Language Revitalisation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 86-94.

Grenoble, Lenore A. & Whaley, Lindsay J. (eds) (1998). Endangered Languages: Current Issues and Future Prospects. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Grenville, Kate (2009). The Lieutenant. Edinburgh: Canongate.

Gress, Elsa (1971). Fuglefri og fremmer. Erindringer. K¿benhavn: Gyldendal.

Grierson, G.A. (1927). Linguistic Survey of India. Vol. 1, Part I. Delhi: Motilal Banarasidas.

Grierson, Sir George A. (1919). Linguistic Survey of India. Vol. 8, Part 2. Calcutte: Royal Asiatic Society.

Grieves, Vicki (2007). Indigenous well-being in Australian Government policy contexts. Alternative. An International Journal of Indigenous Scholarship  3, 4-27.

Grigulevich, I.R. and Kozlov, S.Ya.  (Eds) (1981). Ethnocultural Processes and National Problems in the Modern World. Moscow: Progress Publishers.

Grillo, R. D. (1989). Dominant Languages: Language and Hierarchy in Britain and France. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Grillo, Ralph D. (1985). Ideologies and Institutions in Urban France. The Representation of Immigrants, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Grimble, Arthur (1953). EtelŠmeren lumous [A Pattern of Islands]. Porvoo: Werner Sšderstršm.

Grimes, Barbara F. (2000). Ethnologue—Languages of the World (14th edition, 2 volumes). Dallas, TX: SIL International. http://www.ethnologue.com/

Grimes, Barbara F. (ed.) (1984). Index to the Tenth Edition of Ethnologue: Languages of the World. Dallas, Tex.: SIL (Summer Institute of Linguistics).

Grimes, Barbara F. (ed.) (1992). Ethnologue: languages of the world. 12th ed. Dallas, Tex.: SIL (Summer Institute of Linguistics).

Grimshaw, Allen D. (1990). Conflict Talk: Sociolinguistic Investigations of Arguments in Conversations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Grin, Franois (1990). The economic approach to minority languages. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 11, 153-173.

Grin, Franois (1991a). The Estonian Language Law Presentation with Comments. Language Problems & Language Planning 15, 191-201.

Grin, Franois (1991b). Territorial Multilingualism. Linguistic Decisions, 15, Washington: Center for the Humanities, University of Washington.

Grin, Franois (1992). Towards a Threshold Theory of Minority Language Survival. Kyklos 45, 69-97. Reprinted in Lamberton, D. (ed.) (2002). The Economics of Language. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, 49-76).

Grin, Franois (1993). European Economic Integration and the Fate of Lesser-Used Languages. Language Problems & Language Planning 17:2, Summer (1993), 101-116.

Grin, Franois (1994). Combining immigrant and autochtonous language rights: a territorial approach to multilingualism. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Phillipson, Robert (eds), in collaboration with Mart Rannut. Linguistic Human Rights. Overcoming Linguistic Discrimination. Contributions to the Sociology of Language 67. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 31-48.

Grin, Franois (1994). The economics of language: match or mismatch?. International Political Science Review 15: 25-42.

Grin, Franois (1995a). The economics of foreign language competence: a research project of the Swiss National Science Foundation. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 16:3, 227-231.

Grin, Franois (1995b). La valeur des compŽtences linguistiques: vers une perspective Žconomique. Babylonia 2, 59-65.

Grin, Franois (1996a). Valeur privŽe de la pluralitŽ linguistique. Cahier No 96.04, DŽpartement dՎconomie politique. Genve: UniversitŽ de Genve.

Grin, Franois (1996b). Economic approaches to language and language planning: an introduction. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 121, 1-16.

Grin, Franois (1996c). The economics of language: Survey, assessment and prospects. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 121, 17-44.

Grin, Franois (1997). AmŽmagement linguistique: du bon usage des concepts dÕoffre et de demande (Language planning: on the proper use of the concepts of supply and demand). In Labrie, Norman (ed.). Etides rŽcentes en linguistique de contact (Recent studies in contact linguistics). Bonn: DŸmmler, 117-134.

Grin, Franois (1999a). Market forces, language spread and linguistic diversity. In Kontra, Mikl—s, Phillipson, Robert, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & V‡rady, Tibor (eds). Language: A Right and a Resource. Approaches to Linguistic Human Rights. Budapest: Central European University Press, 169-186.

Grin, Franois (1999b). CompŽtences et rŽcompenses: la valeur des langues en Suisse. Fribourg: Editions Universitaires.

Grin, Franois (1999c). Economics. In Fishman, Joshua (ed.). Handbook of Language and Ethnic Identity. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 9-24.

Grin, Franois (2000). Evaluating policy measures for minority languages in Europe: Towards effective, cost-effective and democratic implementation. ECMI Report 6, October 2000. Flensburg: ECMI.

Grin, Franois (2001). English as economic value: Facts and fallacies. World Englishes 20, 65-78.

Grin, Franois (2003). Diversity as a Paradigm, Analytical Device, and Policy Goal. In Kymlicka, Will & Patten, Alan (eds). Language Rights and Political Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 169-188.

Grin, Franois (2003). Economic Dimensions of Language Learning and Teaching. Paper at Brigittenauer Sprachensymposium, Vienna, 24-25.1.2004. PowerPoint presentation.

Grin, Franois (2003). Language Planning and Economics. Current Issues in Language Planning 4(11), 1-66.

Grin, Franois (2004). Book review of Robert Phillipson. English-only Europe? Challenging language policy. Language Policy 3:1, 67-71.

Grin, Franois (2004). On the costs of cultural diversity. In van Parijs, Phillippe (ed.), Linguistic Diversity and Economic Solidarity. Bruxelles: de Boeck-UniversitŽ, 189-202. Can be downloaded from http://www.unige.ch/eti/elf/.

Grin, Franois (2005). Linguistic human rights as a source of policy guidelines: A critical assessment. Journal of Sociolinguistics 9/3, 448-460.

Grin, Franois (2006). Economic Considerations in Language Policy. In Ricento, Thomas (ed.). An Introduction to Language Policy. Theory and Method. Oxford: Blackwells, 77-94.

Grin, Franois (2007). Economics in Language Policy. In Handbooks of Applied Linguistics, Volume 9. Handbooks of Language and Communication: Diversity and Change, eds Marlis Hellinger & Anne Pauwels, Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 271-297.

Grin, Franois (2008). The Economics of Language Education. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 83-94.

Grin, Franois (2013). Language Policy, Ideology, and Attitude Key Issues in Western EuropŽ. In Bayley, Robert, Cameron, Richard, and Lucas, Ceil (eds). The Oxford Handbook of Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, xx-xx-. DOI: 10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199744084.013.0031.

Grin, Franois & Sfreddo, Claudio (1997). DŽpenses publiques pour lÕenseignement des langues secondes en Suisse. CSRE-SKBF.

Grin, Franois & Vaillancourt, Franois (2000). On the financing of language policies and distributive justice. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.). Rights to Language. Equity, Power, and Education. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 102-110.

Grin, Franois with contributions by Regina Jensd—ttir and D—nall î Riag‡in, (2003). Language Policy Evaluation and the European Charter for Regional and Minority Languages. London & New York: Palgrave, Macmillan.

Grin, Franois, Moring, Tom, Gorter, Durk, HŠggman, Johan, î Riag‡in, D—nall & Strubell, Miquel (2002). Final Report. Support for Minority Languages in Europe. No place. European Bureau for Lesser Used Languages & European Centre for Minority Issues. http://europa.eu.int/comm/education/langmin.html

Grin, Franois, Sfreddo, Claudio and Vaillancourt, Franois (2010). The economics of the multilingual workplace. New York and London: Routledge.

Grin, Franois & Vaillancourt, Franois (2015). The economics of language policy: An introduction to evaluation work. In Hult, Francis M. & Johnson, David Cassels (eds). Research Methods in Language Policy and Plannng. A Practical Guide. Malden, MA: Wiley Blackwell, 118-129.

Groce, Nora Ellen (1985). Everyone here spoke sign language: Hereditary deafness on MarthaÕs Vineyard. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Groff, Cynthia (2005). Evaluations of Bilingual and Mother Tongue Programs: Measures of Success and Means of Measurement. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics 20:2, 19-39.

Gromacki, Joseph P. (1992) The Protection of Language Rights in International Human Rights Law: A Proposed Draft Declaration of Linguistic Rights. Virginia Journal of International Law 32:471, 515-579.

Gršndahl, Satu & Huss, Leena (red.) (2003). Kvinnligt, kulturellt, mŠnskligt [Female, cultural, human]. Uppsala: Uppsala Universitet, Centrum fšr multietnisk forskning.

Gronemeyer, Marianne (1992). Helping. In Sachs, Wolfgang (ed.). Development Dictionary. A Guide to Knowledge as Power. London & New Jersey: Zed Books, 53-69.

Gršnfors, Martti (1995). Finnish Rom: a forgotten cultural group. In PentikŠinen & Hiltunen (eds), 147-162.

Groombridge, B. (ed.) (1992). Global Biodiversity: Status of the EarthÕs Living Resources. World Conservation Monitoring Centre. London: Chapman & Hall.

Grosjean, Franois (1982). Life with Two Languages. An Introduction to Bilingualism. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press.

Grosjean, Franois (2001). The Right of the Deaf Child to Grow Up Bilingual. Sign Language Studies 1:2, Winter 2001, 110-114.f

Gross, Barbara & Dewaele, Jean-Marc (2017). The relation between multilingualism and basic human values among primary school children in South Tyrol. International Journal of Multilingualism 2017, ISSN: 1479-0718 (Print): 1749-7530 (on-line). This pre-print version: http://www.dx.doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2017.1318885.

Grossberg, L., and P. A. Treichler. (1987). Intersections of power—criticism, television, gender. Communication, 9, 273‑287.

GrŸnbaum, Catharina (2001). Nordisk sprŒkfšrstŒelse - att ha och mista. En rapport baserad pŒ fyra konferenser om nordisk sprŒkfšrstŒelse - ÓDet omistligaÓ. Fondet for dansk-norsk samarbejde (Lysebu og SchŸffergŒrden), Hanaholmen - kulturcentrum fšr Sverige och Finland, HŠsselby slott - de nordiska huvudstŠdernas kulturcentrum, Nordisk SprogrŒd, VoksenŒsen. [no date, no place].

Grundy, Peter, Benson, Phil and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1998). Introduction. In Phil Benson, Phil, Grundy, Peter & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Language rights. Special issue, Language Sciences, 20:1, 1-4.

GrŸnthal, Riho (2011). Population decline and the erosion of the Veps language community. In GrŸnthal, Riho & Kov‡cs, Magdolna (eds) (2011). Ethnic and Linguistic Context of Identity: Finno-Ugric Minorities. Uralica Helsingiensia 5. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of Finnish, Finno-Ugrian and Scandinavian Studies, and Finno-Ugrian Society, 267-294.

GrŸnthal, Riho & Kov‡cs, Magdolna  (2011). Introduction. In GrŸnthal, Riho & Kov‡cs, Magdolna (eds) (2011). Ethnic and Linguistic Context of Identity: Finno-Ugric Minorities. Uralica Helsingiensia 5. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of Finnish, Finno-Ugrian and Scandinavian Studies, and Finno-Ugrian Society, 7-12.

GrŸnthal, Riho & Kov‡cs, Magdolna (eds) (2011). Ethnic and Linguistic Context of Identity: Finno-Ugric Minorities. Uralica Helsingiensia 5. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of Finnish, Finno-Ugrian and Scandinavian Studies, and Finno-Ugrian Society.

Gršnfors, Janette (2015). Zigenarmissionens barnhemsverksamhet. I Pulma, Panu (red.). De finska romernas historia frŒn svenska tiden till 2000-talet. Helsingfors: Svenska LitteratursŠllskapet i Finland, & Stockholm: Bokfšrlaget Atlantis, 258-266.

Guasch, Oriol et al. (1990). LÕaprenentatge de lÕescriptura i els programes dÕimmersi—: anˆlisi de textos de nens de 4t dÕEGB. In Ponencies, comunicacions i conclusions del Segons simposi sobre lÕensenyament del catalˆ a no-catalanoparlants. Vic: EUMO, 183-192.

Gubbins, Paul (2002). Lost in Translation: EU Language Policy in an Expanded Europe. In Gubbins, Paul & Holt, Mike (eds). Beyond Boundaries. Language and Identity in Contemporary Europe. Clevedon, Buffalo, Toronto & Sydney: Multilingual Matters, 46-58..

Gubbins, Paul & Holt, Mike (eds) (2002). Beyond Boundaries. Language and Identity in Contemporary Europe. Clevedon, Buffalo, Toronto & Sydney: Multilingual Matters.

Guboglo, Mikhail (1986). Language and Communication in Soviet Society, Paper presented the symposium Multilingualism: Aspects of Interpersonal and Intergroup Communication in Plurilingual Societies, Brussels, 13‑15 March (1986). (also in Arutiunian (Ed) (1986)., 3‑18) and in 37-52.

Guboglo, Mikhail (1987). Present National and Language Policy in Soviet Society. In Nivette, Jos & Van de Craen, Pete (eds). Multilingualism: Aspects of Interpersonal and intergroup Communication in Pluricultural Societies. ABLA papers no 11 – 1987, 53-60.

Gudykunst, William B. (ed.) (1986). Intergroup Communication. London: Edward Arnold.

Gudykunst, William B. & Ting-Toomey, Stella (1990). Ethnic identity, language and communication breakdowns. In Giles, Howard & Robinson, W. Peter (eds). Handbook of Language and Social Psychology. Chichester: Wiley.

Guerra, Sandra (1988). Voting rights and the Constitution: The disenfranchisement of non-English speaking citizens. Yale Law Journal, 1419-1437.

Guest, Francis F. (1987). Excerpts from A Special Article by Rev. Francis F.Guest, O.F.M.. In Costo & Costo (eds), 223-233.

Guillorel, HervŽ & Genevive Koubi (eds).(1999). Langues et droits. Langues du droit, droit des langues. Bruxelles: Bruylant.

Guliyeva, Gulara (2013). Education, Languages and Linguistic Minorities in the EU: Challenges and Perspectives. European Law Journal 19:2, 219-236. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1468-0386.2012.00614.x/abstract;jsessionid=D5D3098D10802F99C3009694AC3DE641.d01t03?deniedAccessCustomisedMessage=&userIsAuthenticated=true

Gumperz, J. J. (1982a). Discourse Strategies. Cambridge University Press.

Gumperz, J. J. (ed.) (1982b). Language and Social Identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Gumperz, John J., Jupp, T.C. & Roberts, Celia (1979). Crosstalk. A Study of Cross-Cultural Communication. Southall, Middx.: The National Centre for Industrial Language Training.

Gunderson, Lee (2010). A Review of ÒSocial justice through multilingual educationÓ, Language and Education 24:6, 545-548, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09500780903509928

Gunn Allen, Paula (1991). Grandmothers of the Light. A Medicine WomanÕs Sourcebook. Boston: Beacon Press.

Gunnemark, Erik V. (1991). Countries, Peoples and their Languages. The Geolinguistic Handbook. Gothenburg: Geolingua.

Gunter, Michael (1997). Kurds and the Future of Turkey. New York: St. MartinÕs Press.

Gurevitch, M., T. Bennett, J. Curran and J. Woolacott. (eds) (1982). Culture, Society and the Media. London: Methuen.

Gustavsen, John (1980). Samer tier ikke lenger: om ytringsforbud i Sameland (The S‡mi are no longer silent: on prohibition of speech in S‡pmi). Bod¿: Egil Trohaug.

Gustavsen, John & Sandvik, Kjell (eds) (1981). VŒr jord er vŒrt liv. En antologi laget i samarbeid mellom Samebevegelsen, Kunstnernes Aksjonskommite og Folkeaksjonen (Our land is our life, an anthology prepared in cooperation with the S‡mi Movement, ArtistsÕ Action Committee and PeoplesÕ Action). Oslo: Forfatterforlaget.

Gustavsson, Sven & Runblom, Harald (1995). Language, Minority, Migration. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research.

Guthrie, Grace (1985). A School Divided: An Ethnography of Bilingual Education in a Chinese Community. Hillsdale: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Guthrie, John T. (2004). ÕTeaching for literacy engagementÕ. Journal of Literacy Research 36, 1-30.

GutiŽrrez EstŽvez, Manuel (1993). Mayas, espanoles, moros y judios en baile de m‡scaras. Morfolog’a y ret—rica de la alteridad. In Gosse, Gary H., Klor de Alva, J.J., GutiŽrrez EstŽvez, M. and Le—n-Portilla, M. (eds) De Palabra y Obra en el Nuevo Mundo, vol. 3, La Formaci—n del Otro. Madrid: Siglo XXI de Espana, 323-376.

Gutierrez-Vazquez, J.M. (1989). Science Education in Context: A Point of View from the Third World. In Dias, Patrick (ed.), with the collaboration of Ruediger Blumoer. Basic Science Knowledge and Universalization of Elementary Education. Volume II. Basic Science at Elementary Education Level. Frankfurt: Johann Wolfgang Goethe-University. PŠdagogik Dritte Welt, 70-85.

GutiŽrrez, Kris, Patricia Baquedano–L—pez and Hector H. Alvarez. (2001). ÔLiteracy as hybridity: Moving beyond bilingualism in urban classroomsÕ. In Reyes, Maria de la Luz. and John Halc—n (eds). The Best for our Children: Critical Perspectives on Literacy for Latino Students. New York: Teachers College Press, 122-141.

Guy, G. (1989). International Perspectives on Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, Language Problems and Language Planning 13:1, 45–53.

Gynther, PŠivi (2003). On the Doctrine of Systemic Discrimination and its Usability in the Field of Education. International Journal of Minority and Group Rights 10: 45-54. [the last name is misspelled as Gynter in the article].

Gynther, PŠivi (2007). Beyond Systemic Discrimination: Educational Rights, Skills Acquisition and the Case of Roma. Erik CastrŽn Institute Monographs on International Law and Human Rights series. Helsinki: University of Helsinki.

Haacke, Wilfrid 1994 Language policy and planning in Namibia, Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 14, 1993/94, 240-253.

Haarmann, Harald (1979-1984). Elemente einer Soziologie der kleinen Sprachen Europas. Bd.1, (1983).; Bd. 2, (1979).; Bd. 3, (1984). Hamburg: H.Buske.

Haarmann, Harald (1991). Language politics and the new European identity. In Coulmas, Florian (ed.). A Language Policy for the European Community. Prospects and Quandaries. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 103-119.

Haarmann, Harald (1991). Language politics and the new European identity. In Coulmas (ed.), 103-119.

Haarmann, Harald (1991). Monolingualism vs. selective multilingualism; On the future alternatives for Europe as it integrates in the (1990). Sociolinguistica 5, 7-23.

Haarmann, Harald (1992). Measures to increase the importance of Russian within and outside the Soviet Union - a case of covert language spread policy (a historical outline). International Journal of the Sociology of Language 95, 109-129.

Haarmann, Harald (1995). Multilingualism and ideology: The historical experiment of Soviet language politics. The European Journal of Intercultural Studies 5:3, 6-17.

Haarmann, Harald (1996). IdentitŠt. In Kontaktlinguistik. Contact Linguistics. Linguistique de contact. Ein Internationales Handbuch zeitgenšssiger Forschung. An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Manuel international des recherches contemporaines. Volume 1. Goebl, Hans, Nelde, Peter H., Starý, Zden_k & Wšlck, Wolfgang (eds), Berlin & New York: Walter de Gruyter, 218-233.

Haarmann, Harald (2002). Identity in Transition: Cultural Memory, Language and Symbolic Russianness. In Gubbins, Paul & Holt, Mike (eds). Beyond Boundaries. Language and Identity in Contemporary Europe. Clevedon, Buffalo, Toronto & Sydney: Multilingual Matters, 59-72.

Haarmann, Harald (2002). Parameter europŠischer Sprachenpolitik in der €ra der Network Society. In Kelz, Heinrich P. (Hrsg.). Die sprachliche Zukunft Europas. Mehrsprachigket und Sprachenpolitik. Bade-Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft, 77-93.

Haarni, Ilka (2009). Xx [see also Kangas, Ilka].

Ilka Haarni (2010). Kolmas elŠmŠ. Aktiiviset elŠkeikŠiset kaupungissa. Gaudeamus, Helsinki.

Haarni Ilka (toim.) 2013. ElŠmŠn konkari. Helsinki: Suomen Mielenterveysseura.

Haarni, Ilka (toim.) (2016). IkŠŠntyvŠ mieli. Mielen hyvinvointia vanhetessa. Helsinki: Mielenterveysseura.

Haarni, Ilka & HautamŠki, Lotta (2008). IkŠŠntyvŠt juomatavat. ElŠmŠnkokemus ja muuttuva suhde alkoholiin. [The aging drinking habits. Life experience and the changing relation to alcohol]. Helsinki: Gaudeamus. [see also Kangas, Ilka].

Haberland, Hartmut (1988). Research policy, in Ammon et al (eds), 1814-1826.

Haberland, Hartmut (1993). Probleme der kleinen Sprachen in der EG: Beispiel DŠnisch. Heteroglossia 5, 83-131.

Haberland, Hartmut & Henriksen, Carol (1991). DŠnisch - eine kleine Sprache in der EG. Sociolinguistica 5, 85-98.

Haberland, Hartmut & Mortensen, Janus (eds) (2012). Language and the international university. Special Issue. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 216.

Haberland, Hartmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1979). Political determinants of pragmatic and sociolinguistic choices. ROLIG‑papir 17, Roskilde Universitetscenter: Roskilde, 32 pp..

Haberland, Hartmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1981). Political determinants of pragmatic and sociolinguistic choices. In Possibilities and limitations of pragmatics, ed. Herman Parret, Marina Sbisa & Jef Verschueren, Studies in Language Companion Series. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 285‑312 (revised version of Haberland, Hartmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1979). Political determinants of pragmatic and sociolinguistic choices. ROLIG‑papir 17, Roskilde Universitetscenter: Roskilde).

Haberland, Hartmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1998). Political Determinants of Pragmatic and Sociolinguistic Choices. Revised, with a Postscript. In Kasher, Asa (ed.). Pragmatics. Critical Concepts. Volume VI: Pragmatics: grammar, psychology and sociology. London & New York: Routledge, 449-461 (revised version of Haberland, Hartmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1979). Political determinants of pragmatic and sociolinguistic choices. ROLIG‑papir 17, Roskilde Universitetscenter: Roskilde) and of  Haberland, Hartmut & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1981). Political determinants of pragmatic and sociolinguistic choices. In Possibilities and limitations of pragmatics, ed. Herman Parret, Marina Sbisa & Jef Verschueren, Studies in Language Companion Series. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 285‑312).

Haberland, Hartmut, Henriksen, Carol, Phillipson, Robert &  Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1991). Tak for mad! Om sprogŸderi med dansk som livret (Thanks for the meal! On the gobbling up of languages, with Danish as the favourite dish). In J.N. J¿rgensen (ed.). Det danske sprogs status Œr 2001 - er dansk et truet sprog? Copenhagen, Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole, 111-138).

Habermann, Ulla (1990). Det tredie netvŸrk ‑ grundbog om frivilligt socialt arbejde. K¿benhavn: Akademisk Forlag.

Habermas, JŸrgen (1971). Knowledge and Human Interests. Translated by Jeremy J. Shapiro. Boston: Beacon Press. [Erkenntnis und Interesse, Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 1968].

Habermas, JŸrgen (1984). The Critical Theory of JŸrgen Habermas. Edited by Thomas McCarthy. Cambridge: Polity Press, in association with Basil Blackwell.

Habermas, JŸrgen (1987). The philosophical discourse of modernity: twelve lectures. Cambridge: Polity Press, in association with Basil Blackwell.

Hacker, Andrew (1995). Two nations. Black and white, separate, hostile, unequal. New York: Ballantine Books.

Haddad, W. D., Carnoy, M, Rinaldi, R. & Regel, O. (1990). Education and development: evidence for new priorities. Discussion paper 95. Washington, D.C.: World Bank. (Discussion paper 95).

Haddon, Mark (2010). The curious incident of the dog in the night-time. Oxford: David Fickling Books.

Haenni Hoti, Andrea U., Heinzmann, Sybille, MŸller, Marianne, Oliveira, Marta, Wicki, Werner and Werlen, Erika (2011). Introducing a second foreign language in Swiss primary schools: the effect of L2 listening and reading skills on L3 acquisition. International Journal of Multilingualism 8(2), 98-116.

HŸtta Kalstad, Johan Klemet (1996). The Modern Challenge Facing Knowledge in Sami Subsistence. In Helander, Elina (ed.) (1996). Awakened Voice. The Return of Sami Knowledge. Guodvageaidnu: Nordic Sami Institute, 21-30.

HŸtta Kalstad, Johan Klemet &Viken, Arvid (1996). Sami Tourism – Traditional Knowledge Challenged by Modernity. In Helander, Elina (ed.) (1996). Awakened Voice. The Return of Sami Knowledge. Guodvageaidnu: Nordic Sami Institute, 21-30.

HŸtta, Odd Mathis (1996). Archaelogy – A link between past and present? In Helander, Elina (ed.) (1996). Awakened Voice. The Return of Sami Knowledge. Guodvageaidnu: Nordic Sami Institute, 13-20.

Haetta, Odd Mathis (1996). The S‡mi, an Indigenous People of the Arctic. Guovdageaidnu: Davvi Girji.

HŸtta, Risten R., Olsen, Torgeir, Jensen, Ernst M., & Gavppi, Johan M. (1992). Giella Glasnost (Language glasnost). Alta: FDH - Sosialarbeiderutdanningen, Prosjektgruppe samisk sprŒklov.

Hagge, Claude (1995). LÕexigence du plurilinguisme, Le Monde, 11 February 1995.

Hagen, Stephen (1994). ÒLanguage policy and planning for business in Great BritainÓ, in: Richard D. Lambert (ed.) Language planning around the world. Washington, DC: National Foreign Language Center, pp. 111-130.

Hagman, Tom & LahdenperŠ, Jouko (1988). 9 years of Finnish medium education in Sweden ‑ what happens afterwards? The education of immigrant and minority children in Botkyrka. In Skutnabb‑Kangas & Cummins (eds), 328‑335.

Haikkola, Lotta (2010). Etnisyys, suomalaisuus ja ulkomaalaisuus toisen sukupolven luokitteluissa (Ethnicity, Finnishness and foreignness in categorisations of/by the second generation). In Martikainen, Tuomas & Haikkola, Lotta (toim.). Maahanmuutto ja sukupolvet [Immigration and the generations]. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura, 219-238.

Hailemariam, Chefena, Ogbay, Sarah & White, Goodith (2011). English and development in Eritrea. In Coleman, Hywel (ed.). Dreams and Realities: Developing Countries and the English Language. London: British Council, 229-245.  [http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/dreams-realities-developing-countries-english-language].

Haji-Othman, Noor Azam (2012). ItÕs Not Always English: ÔDuelling AuntiesÕ in Brunei Darussalam. In Rapatahana, Vaughan and Bunce, Pauline (eds). English language as Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 175-190.

Hakuta, Kenji (1986). Mirror of language: The debate on bilingualism. New York: Basic Books.

Hakuta, Kenji (1991). What Bilingual Education has Taught the Experimental Psychologist: A Capsule Account in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman, in Garcia (Ed) (1991)., 203-212.

Hakuta, Kenji & Garcia, E.E. (1989). Bilingualism and Education, American Psychologist 44, 374-379.

Hakuta, Kenji, Yuko Goto Butler and Daria Witt (2000). How Long Does it Take English Learners to Attain Proficiency? Santa Barbara: University of California Linguistic Minority Research Institute.

Hale, Ken (1992). On endangered languages and the safeguarding of diversity. Language 68:1, 1-3.

Halimi, Serge (2013). Give us your money. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, January 2013.

Halimi, Serge (2013). We canÕt go on like this. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, September 2013, 1, 10.

Halimi, Serge (2014). A world ru for shareholders. TTIP Special Report. Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, June 2014, 1, 10.

Halimi, Serge (2015). Which way out of this mess? Le Monde Diplomatique, English edition, May 2015, 1, 7.

Hall, Stuart & Du Gay, Paul (eds) (1996). Questions of cultural identity. London: Sage.

Hallamaa, Panu (1998). Scales for evaluating language proficiency and language viability. In Shoji, Hiroshi & Janhunen, Juha (eds). Northern Minority Languages: Problems of Survival. Senri Ethnological Studies 44. Osaka: National Museum of Ethnology.

Hallett, D., Chandler, M. J., & Lalonde, C.E. (2007) Aboriginal language knowledge and youth suicide. Cognitive Development, 22, 392-399.

Halliday, M. A. K. (1973). Explorations in the functions of language. London: Edward Arnold.

Halliday, M. A. K. (1975). Learning how to mean - Explorations in the development of language. London: Edward Arnold.

Halliday, M. A. K. (1990). New ways of meaning: The challenge to applied linguistics. Journal of Applied Linguistics 6, 7-36. Also in PŸtz, M. (ed.). Thirty years of linguistic evoluton: studies in honour of RenŽ Dirven.  Xx.

Halliday, M. A. K., McIntosh, Angus & Strevens, Peter (1964). The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. London: Longman.

Halmetoja, Raila & Pulma, Panu (2015). Finlands Zigenarfšrening grundas. I Pulma, Panu (red.). De finska romernas historia frŒn svenska tiden till 2000-talet. Helsingfors: Svenska LitteratursŠllskapet i Finland, & Stockholm: Bokfšrlaget Atlantis, 252-257.

Halvarsson, Isabelle & Lehman, Anita (1984). TvŒsprŒkighet och invandrare – en kommenterad urvalsbibliografi [Bilingualism and immigrants – a selected annotated bibliography]. BorŒs: Invandrarfšrlaget.

Hamberg, Eva.M. och Tomas Hammar (eds) (1981). Invandringen och framtiden (Immigration and future), Stockholm: Liber Fšrlag, Publica.

Hamburger, Charlotte (1989). Assimilation eller integration? Dansk  indvand­rerpolitik og tyrkiske kvinder, rhus: Politica.

Hamburger, Charlotte (1990). Assimilation som et grundtrŸk i dansk indvandrerpolitik, Politica 3, 306-319.

Hamburger, Charlotte (1992a). The development of policy on denizens in Denmark, New Community, 18:2, 293-310.

Hamburger, Charlotte (1992b). Anmeldelse af Tomas Hammar, Democracy and the Nation State. Aliens, Denizens and Citizens in a World of International Migration,  Politica, 1, (1992)., 98-100.

Hamburger, Charlotte (1993). Integration og lighed. I Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Holmen, Anne & Phillipson, Robert (red.). Uddannelse af minoriteter, K¿benhavnerstudier i tosprogethed 18. K¿benhavn: Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole, Center for multikulturelle studier: xx-xx.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1984). Sociocultural conflict and bilingual education ‑ the case of the Otomi Indians in Mexico, International Social Science Journal, 99 113‑128.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1988). Sprachenkonflikt und Sprach‑verdrŠngung. Die zweisprachige Kommunikationspraxis der Otomi‑Indianer in Mexico, Bern, Frankfurt, Paris, New York:  Verlag Peter Lang.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1989). Politiques et droits linguistiques des minoritŽs indiennes au Mexique  quelques aspects sociolinguistiques, in  Pupier & Woehrling (Eds), 445‑456.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1990). Language development, literacy, and sociolinguistic acceptance in bilingual Indian education in Mexico, paper presented to the IX World Congress of Applied Linguistics (AILA), Thessaloniki, 21.4.1990.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1994a). Indigenous education in Latin America: policies and legal frameworks. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Phillipson, Robert (eds). Linguistic Human Rights. Overcoming linguistic discrimination. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 271-287.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1994b). Linguistic rights for Amerindian peoples in Latin America. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Phillipson, Robert (eds). Linguistic Human Rights. Overcoming linguistic discrimination. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 289-303.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (1995). Indigenous language loss in Mexico: the process of language displacement in verbal interaction. In Fase et al. (eds), 153-172.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (2003). Regional blocs as a barrier against English hegemony? The language policy of Mercosur in South America. In Maurais, Jacques & Morris, Michael. A. (eds). Languages in a Globalising World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 111-142.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (2008). Bilingual education for Indigenous communities in Mexico. In Volume 5. Bilingual Education, eds. Jim Cummins and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 295-309.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (2008). Language Policy and Education in Mexico. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 301-314.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique (ed.) (1997). Linguistic human rights from a sociolinguistic perspective. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 127.

Hamel, Rainer Enrique & Mu–oz Cruz, HŽctor (1982). Conflit de diglossie et conscience linguistique dans des communautŽs indiennes bilingues au Mexique, in Dittmar & Schlieben‑Lange (Eds) 249‑270.

Hamelink, Cees (1997). MacBride with Hindsight. In Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (eds) (1997). Beyond Cultural Imperialism. Globalization, communication & the new international order. London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi: Sage, 69-93.

Hamelink, Cees J. (1994). Trends in world communication: on disempowerment and self-empowerment. Penang: Southbound, and Third World Network.

Hamelink, Cees J. (1995). The Politics of World Communication. A Human Rights Perspective. London/Thousand Oaks/New Delhi: Sage.

Hamelink, Cees J. (ed.) (1997). Ethics and Development. On making moral choices in development co-operation. Kampen, The Netherlands: Kok

Hamelink, Cees J. (ed.) (1998). Gazette. The International Journal for Communication Studies. Special volume, Human Rights 60:1.

Hamid, M. Obaidul (2009). Review of Tsui, Amy B. M. & Tollefson, James W. (eds)  (2007). Language Policy, Culture, and Identity in Asian Contexts. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 8, 57-60.

Hamid, Mohsin (2007). The Reluctant Fundamentalist. London: Penguin.

Hamilton, Mary, David Barton & Roz Ivanic (eds) 1994. Worlds of literacy. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hammar, Tomas (1964). Sverige Œt svenskarna. Invandringspolitik, utlŠnningskontroll och asylrŠtt 1900-1932, Stockholm: xx

Hammer, Ole (1989). Den kulturelle udfordring ‑ at arbejde med indvandrere og flygtninge. K¿benhavn: Socialpolitisk Forlag.

Hammer, Ole (1991). Nye metoder i flygtningearbejdet. To Œrs arbejde med at modtage flygtninge i Herlev. Dokumentation om Indvandrere 2, K¿benhavn: Mellemfolkeligt Samvirke.

Hammer, Ole og Bruun, Inger (1992). Indvandrerne har faktisk noget at byde pŒ! Dokumenta­tion om Indvandrere 2, K¿benhavn: Mellemfolkeligt Samvirke.

Hamnett, Michael P., Porter, Douglas J., Singh, Amarjit & Kumar, Krishna (1984). Ethics, Politics and International Social Science Research: From Critique to Praxis. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

Han, ZhaoHong & Peverly, Stephen T. (2007). Input Processing: A Study of Ab Initio Learners with Multilingual Backgrounds. International Journal of Multilingualism 4:1, 17-37.

Hancock, Andy (2006). Attitudes and Approaches to Literacy in Scottish Chinese Families. Language and Education. An International Journal 20:5, 355-373.

Hancock, Andy (2014). Language education policy in multilingual Scotland: opportunities, imbalances and debates. Language Problems and Language Planning, vol 38, no. 2, 167-191.. 10.1075/lplp.38.2.04han.

Hancock, Graham (1989). Lords of poverty. The free‑wheeling lifestyles, power, prestige and corruption of the multi‑billion dollar aid business. London: Macmillan.

Hanf, Theodor, Amman, Karl, Dias, Patrick V., Fremerey, Michael and Weiland, Heribert (1975). Education: an obstacle to development? Some remarks about the political functions of education in Asia and Africa. Comparative Education Review. 19, 68-87.

Hannerz, Ulf (1974). Ethnicity and Opportunity in Urban America. In: Cohen, A. (Ed). Urban Ethnicity. A.S.A. Monographs Nr 12. London: Tavistock.

Hannerz, Ulf (1983). …ver grŠnser. Lund: Liber.

Hannerz, Ulf (1987). The World in Creolization. Africa 57, (1987)., 546-559.

Hannikainen, Lauri (1996). Legal status of minorities, indigenous peoples and immigrant and refugee groups in the nordic countries. In Minorities and Conflicts. Report from the minority Days on the land Islands, 18th-23rd October 1995. Meddelanden frŒn lands Hšgskola nr 9. Mariehamn: lands Hšgskola, 57-74.

Hannum, Hurst (1988). New Developments in Indigenous Rights. Virginia Journal of International Law 28, 649-678.

Hannum, Hurst (1989). The Limits of Sovereignty and Majority Rule: Minorities, Indigenous Peoples, and the Right to Autonomy. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Hannum, Hurst (1990). Autonomy, Sovereignty and Self-determination: the Accomodation of Conflicting Rights. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1962). TvŒsprŒkighet eller halvsprŒkighet? (Bilingualism or semilingualism?). Fšredrag (Lecture). Ršster i radio/TV.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1967). Recent Finnish loanwords in JukkasjŠrvi Lappish. Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis, Studia Uralica et Altaica Upsaliensia 3. Uppsala.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1972) [1968]. TvŒsprŒkighet eller halvsprŒkighet? (Bilingualism or semilingualism?). Stockholm: Aldusserien 253. 3. upplagan. (Also in Finnish, 1979. KaksikielisiŠ vai puolikielisiŠ? Tietolipas 81. Vaasa: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura).

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1975). TvŒsprŒkighet eller halvsprŒkighet? (Bilingualism or semilingualism?). Invandrare och Minoriteter 3, 7-13.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1977). Loman och halvsprŒkigheten (Loman and semilingualism). Invandrare och Minoriteter 2, 336-51.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1977). Paneldiskussion om dubbel halvsprŒkighet (Panel discussion on double semilingualism). In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (ed.). Papers from the First Scandinavian Conference on Bilingualism. Serie B Nr 2. Helsinfors Universitete: Institutionen fšr nordisk filologi, 212-227.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1978). The Transition of JukkasjŠrvi Lapps from Nomadism to Settled Life and Farming. Uppsala: Studia Ethnographica Upsaliensia XXXIX.

HansegŒrd, Nils-Erik (1990). Den Norrbottensfinska sprŒkfrŒgan. En Œterblick pŒ halvsprŒkighetsdebatten. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University.

Hansen, Elisabeth (red) (1988). Sproglig bevidsthed. K¿benhavnerstudier i tosprogethed 6. K¿benhavn: Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole.

Hansen, Erik et al. (red) (1991). Auditorium X, Dansk f¿r, nu - og i fremtiden? K¿benhavn: Amanda.

Hansen, Jens Morten (1996). Tal dansk din sorte hund (interview with Thomas With). Magisterbladet 1, 5-8.

Hansen, Lene (2002). Conclusion. In Hansen, Lene & WŸver, Ole (eds). 2002). European Integration and National Identity. The challenge of the Nordic states. London & New York: Routledge, 214-225.

Hansen, Lene (2002). Sustaining sovereignty: the Danish approach to Europe. In Hansen, Lene & WŸver, Ole (eds). 2002). European Integration and National Identity. The challenge of the Nordic states. London & New York: Routledge, 50-87.

Hansen, Lene & WŸver, Ole (eds). 2002). European Integration and National Identity. The challenge of the Nordic states. London & New York: Routledge.

Harare Declaration. 1997. Language Policies in Africa. Declaration of the Intergovernmental Conference of Ministers, Harare, March 1997. New Language Planning Newsletter 11/4, 2-5.

Haraway, Donna J. (1991). Simians, Cyborgs, and Women. The reinvention of Nature. London: Free Association Books.

Haraway, Donna J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble. Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Chthulucene. In Moore, Jason M. (ed.) (2016). Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism. Oakland, CA: PM Press, 34-76.

Harder, Peter (ed.) (2009) English in Denmark: Language Policy, Internationalization and University Teaching, Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press.

Harding, Sandra (1986). The Science Question in Feminism. Ithaca and London: Cornell University Press.

Harding, Sandra (1998). Is Science Multicultural? Postcolonialisms, feminisms, and epistemologies. Bloomington/Indiaapolis: Indiana University Press.

Harding, Sandra & McGregor, Elisabeth (1996). Science by whom? In World Science Report 1996 (ed. Howard Moore). Paris: Unesco, 305-319.

Hare, David (2004). Stuff Happens. London: Faber and Faber.

Hare, David (2005). Obedience, struggle and revolt. Lectures on theatre. London: faber and faber.

Harinen, PŠivi & Ronkainen, Jussi (2010). ãUusi tuuli puhaltaa, painaa pilviin juuretÒ. Monikulttuuriset nuoret ja kulttuurisen erilaisuuden puolustus (ãA new wind is blowing,pressing down roots for cloudsÒ. Multicultural youth and a defense of cultural otherness). In Martikainen, Tuomas & Haikkola, Lotta (toim.). Maahanmuutto ja sukupolvet [Immigration and the generations]. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura, 273-290.

Harklau, Linda (2009). Heritage speakersÕ experiences in new Latino diaspora Spanish classrooms. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies 6(4), 211-242.

Harlech-Jones, Brian, in press. Looking at means and ends in language policy in Namibia. In PŸtz, Martin (Ed.) in press. Language choices? Conditions, constraints and consequences. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Harley, Birgit, Allen, Patrick, Cummins, Jim & Swain, Merrill (1991). The development of second language proficiency. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Harmon, David (1985). Interest Groups and Resource Distribution in the National Park Service: A Study of Theodore Roosevelt National Park, North Dakota.  MasterÕs thesis, University of Michigan-School of Natural Resources.

Harmon, David (1986). At the Open Margin: The NPSÕs Administration of Theodore Roosevelt National Park. Medora, North Dakota: Theodore Roosevelt Nature and History Association. 277 pp.

Harmon, David (1986). Sullys Hill and the Question of National Park Standards. North Dakota History 53:2, 2-8.

Harmon, David (1987). Cultural Diversity, Human Subsistence, and the National Park Ideal. Environmental Ethics 9:2, 147-158.

Harmon, David (1988). Big Bends and Little Missouris: Place-Name Confusion on the Upper Missouri. North Dakota History 55:3, 14-21.

Harmon, David (1988). Rehabilitating and Restoring Degraded Lands. World Resources 1988-89. World Resources Institute, International Institute for Environment and Development, and United Nations Environment Programme. New York: Basic Books, 215-233.

Harmon, David (1988). Wildlife and Habitat. World Resources 1988-89. World Resources Institute, International Institute for Environment and Development, and United Nations Environment Programme (1988). New York: Basic Books, 89-107 .

Harmon, David (1990). The George Wright Society: The First Ten Years. The George Wright Forum 7:2, 21-24.  Steven R. Brechin, Patrick C. West, David Harmon & Kurt Kutay (1991). Resident Populations and Protected Areas: A Framework for Inquiry. In West, Patrick C. & Brechin, Steven R. (eds). Resident Peoples and National Parks: Social Dilemmas and Strategies in International Conservation. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 5-28.

Harmon, David (1991). National Park Residency in Developed Countries: The Example of Great Britain. In West, Patrick C. & Brechin, Steven R. (eds). Resident Peoples and National Parks: Social Dilemmas and Strategies in International Conservation. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 33-39.

Harmon, David (1992). Indicators of the WorldÕs Cultural Diversity. Paper presented at the IV World Congress on National Parks and Protected Areas, Caracas, Venezuela, February.

Harmon, David (1992). World Resources Institute, United Nations Environment Programme, and United Nations Development Programme.  1992.  ÒForests and Rangelands.Ó  Pp. 101-120 in World Resources 1990-91.  New York: Oxford University Press. (Major consulting author for this chapter.)

Harmon, David (1992). World Resources Institute, United Nations Environment Programme, and United Nations Development Programme.  1992.  ÒWildlife and Habitat.Ó  Pp. 121-140 in World Resources 1990-91.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Harmon, David (1995). Population Growth in Areas Adjacent to USNPS Units, 1950-1990. In Linn, Robert M. (ed.). Sustainable Society and Protected Areas: Contributed Papers of the Eighth Conference on Research and Resource Management in Parks and on Public Lands. Hancock, Michigan: The George Wright Society, 75-80.

Harmon, David (1995a). Losing Species, Losing Languages: Connections Between Biological and Linguistic Diversity. Paper presented at the Symposium on Language Loss and Public Policy, Albuquerque, New Mexico, June 30-July 2 1995. Southwest Journal of Linguistics 15, 89-108.

Harmon, David (1995b). The status of the worldÕs languages as reported in the Ethnologue. Southwest Journal of Linguistics 14:1-33.

Harmon, David (1996). The Converging Extinction Crisis: Defining Terms and Understanding Trends in the Loss of Biological and Cultural Diversity. Keynote presentation to the symposium ÒLosing Species, Languages, and Stories: Linking Cultural and Environmental Change in the Binational Southwest,Ó Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Tucson, April.

Harmon, David (1997). Between Jihad and McWorld: Parks and the Question of National Identity. The George Wright Forum 14:1, 11-14.

Harmon, David (1998). The Other Extinction Crisis: Declining Cultural Diversity and its Implications for Protected Area Management. Forthcoming in Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Science and the Management of Protected Areas (SAMPA III), Calgary, Alberta, Canada, May 1997.

Harmon, David (2001). On the meaning and moral imperative of diversity. In Maffi, Luisa (ed.). On Biocultural Diversity. Linking Language, Knowledge and the Environment. Washington, D.C.: The Smithsonian Institute Press, 53-70.

Harmon, David (2002). In Light of Our Differences: How Diversity in Nature and Culture Makes Us Human. Washington, D.C.: The Smithsonian Institute Press.

Harmon, David (2003). Biodiversity and the Sacred: Some Insights for Preserving Cultural Diversity and Heritage. The Sacred in an Interconnected World. Museum International 218, September 2003. UNESCO, 63-69.

Harmon, David (ed.) (1989). Mirror of America: Literary Encounters with the National Parks. Boulder, Colorado: Roberts Rinehart Publishers. 187 pp.

Harmon, David (ed.) (1994). Coordinating Research and Management to Enhance Protected Areas. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN.  116 pp.

Harmon, David (ed.) (1997). Making Protection Work: Proceedings of the Ninth Conference on Research and Resource Management in Parks and on Public Lands.  Hancock, Michigan: The George Wright Society. 504 pp.

Harmon, David & Brechin, Steven R. (1994). The Future of Protected Areas in a Crowded World. The George Wright Forum 11:3, 97-116.

Harmon, David & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (2002). Review of Nettle, Daniel: Linguistic Diversity. Language Policy 1:2, 175-182.

Harmon, David and Loh, Jonathan (2004). The IBCD: A measure of the worldÕs biocultural diversity. Policy Matters 13, 271-280.

Harmon, David and Loh, Jonathan (2010). The Index of Linguistic Diversity: A New Quantitative Measure of Trends in the Status of the World's Languages. Language Documentation & Conservation 4, 97-151. Can be downloaded from http://nflrc.hawaii.edu/ldc/2010/default.html#harmonloh.

Harmstorf, Ian (1983). Homburg, Robert, (1848‑1912) and Hermann Robert (1874‑1964), Australian Dictionary of Biography, 1891‑1939, 9, 354‑357.

Harnum, Betty (1993). Eight Official Languages: Meeting the Challenge. First Annual Report of the Languages Commissioner of the Northwest Territories for the year 1992-1993. Yellowknife, NWT (no place mentioned): Northwest Territories Legislative Assembly. Second edition.

Harnum, Betty (1998). Language in the Northwest Territories and the Yukon Territory. In J.Edwards (ed.), 470-482.

Harrell, Stevan (1993). Linguistics and hegemony in China. International Journal of the Sociology of Language. 103, 97-114.

Harries, Patrick (1995). Discovering languages: the historical origins of standard Tsonga in southern Africa. In Mesthrie (ed.), 154-175.

Harris, John (2008). The declining role of primary schools in the revitalization of Irish. In Cenoz, Jasone and Gorter, Durk (eds). Multilingualsm and minority languages: Achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review, volume 21, 49-68.

Harris, Phil (1997). Communication and Global Security: The Challenge for the Next Millennium. In Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (eds) (1997). Beyond Cultural Imperialism. Globalization, communication & the new international order. London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi: Sage, 147-162.

Harris, Phil (1997). Glossary. In Golding, Peter & Harris, Phil (eds). Beyond Cultural Imperialism. Globalization, communication & the new international order. London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi: Sage, 208-256.

Harris, Roxy, Leugn, Constant & Rampton, Ben (2002). Globalization, diaspora and language education in England. In Block, David & Cameron, Deborah (eds). Globalization and Language Teaching. London & New York: Routledge, 29-46.

Harris, S. (1984). Questions as a mode of control in magistratesÕ court. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 49, 5‑27.

Harris, Stephen (1990). Two-way Aboriginal Schooling. Education and Cultural Survival. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press.

Harris, Stephen & Devlin, Brian (1997). Bilingual Programs Involving Aboriginal Languages in Australia. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 2-14.

Harrison, Barbara & Papa, Rahui (2005). The Development of an Indigenous Knowledge Program in a New Zealand Maori Language Immersion School. Anthropology and Education Quarterly 36(1), 57-72.

Harrison, K. David (2007). When Languages Die. The Extinction of the WorldÕs Languages and the Erosion of Human Knowledge. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hartford, Beverly, Valdman, Albert & Foster, Charles R. (eds) (1982). Issues in International Bilingual Education. The Role of the Vernacular. New York: Plenum Press.

Hartig, Hanno (1995). Protection of the rights of persons belonging to national minorities. Statement in Subsidiary Working Party I, 10.10.1995, by Dr Hanno Hartig, Head of Minorities Section, Directorate of Human Rights, Council of Europe. Ms.

Hartley, Daniel (2016). Anthropocene, Capitalocene, and the Problem of Culture. In Moore, Jason M. (ed.) (2016). Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism. Oakland, CA: PM Press, 154-165.

Hartley, J., Joffe, P., & Preston, J. (2010). Hopes and challenges on the road ahead. In J. Hartley, P. Joffe, & J. Preston (Eds.). Realizing the UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. Saskatoon: Purich Publishing Ltd.

Hartshorne, Ken (1995). Language policy in African education: a background to the future. In Mesthrie, Rajend (ed.). Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics. Cape Town: David Philip, 306-318.

Hartung, William (1995). Arms Trade Resource Center Reports - Weapons at War.  A World Policy Institute Issue Brief www.worldpolicy.org/projects/arms/reports/wawrep.html#weapons).

Harvey, David (2005). A Brief History of Neoliberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Harvey, David (2005). The New Imperialism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Harvey, David (2011). The Enigma of Capital and the Crises of Capitalism. London: Profile Books.

Haselhuber, Jakob (1991). Erste Ergebnisse einer empirischen Untersuchung zur Sprachsituation in der EG-Kommission (Februar 1990). Sociolinguistica 5, 37-50.

Hasenau, M. (1990). Setting norms in the United Nations system: the draft Convention on the Protection of the Rights of All Migrant Workers and their Families in relation to ILO in Standards on Migrant Workers. International Migration XXVIII:2, 133-157.

Hashim, Azirah (2009). Not plain sailing : MalaysiaÕs language choice in policy and education.  AILA Review 22, 36-51.

Hassanpour, Amir (1992). Nationalism and Language in Kurdistan (1918-1985). New York: The Edwin Mellen Press.

Hassanpour, Amir (1993). To the Editor, Middle East Journal 47:3, Summer (1993)., 572-576.

Hassanpour, Amir (1999). Language rights in the emerging world linguistic order: The state, the market and communication technologies. In Kontra, Mikl—s, Phillipson, Robert, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & V‡rady, Tibor (eds). Language: A Right and a Resource. Approaches to Linguistic Human Rights. Budapest: Central European University Press, 223-244.

Hassanpour, Amir (2000). The Politics of A-political Linguistics: Linguists and linguicide. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.). Rights to Language: Equity, Power and Education. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 33-39.

Hassanpour, Amir (2008). Harold Pinter – Friend of the Kurds, Citizen of the World. Monthly Review 29.12.2008. http://mrzine.monthlyreview.org/hassanpour291208.html

Hassanpour, Amir (2012). Book review: Politics and language ideology in Kurdish lexicography. In Sheyholislami, Jaffer, Hassanpour, Amir and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). The Kurdish Linguistic Landscape: Vitality, Linguicide and Resistance. Special volume nr 217, International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 189-194. http://www.degruyter.com/view/j/ijsl.2012.2012.issue-217/issue-files/ijsl.2012.2012.issue-217.xml;jsessionid=FD256439008997088BEDC41333420B29

Hassanpour, Amir (2012). The indivisibility of the nation and its linguistic divisions. In Sheyholislami, Jaffer, Hassanpour, Amir and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). The Kurdish Linguistic Landscape: Vitality, Linguicide and Resistance. Special volume nr 217, International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 49-73. http://www.degruyter.com/view/j/ijsl.2012.2012.issue-217/issue-files/ijsl.2012.2012.issue-217.xml;jsessionid=FD256439008997088BEDC41333420B29

Hassanpour, Amir & Mojab, Shahrzad (2005).  Kurdish diaspora.  In Ember, M., Ember, C.R. & Skoggard, I. (eds). Encyclopedia of Diasporas: Immigrant and Refugee Cultures Around the World. New York: Kluwer Academic, 214-224.

Hassanpour, Amir, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Chyet, Michael (1996). The non-education of Kurds: A Kurdish perspective. International Review of Education, Special issue, ÔThe Education of MinoritiesÕ, eds. Normand Labrie and Stacy Churchill, 367-379.

Hasselmo, Nils (1969). On Diversity in American Swedish. Svenska landsmŒl och svenskt folkliv 92: 53-72.

Hasselmo, Nils (1970). Code-Switching and Modes of Speaking. In Gilbert, Glenn (ed.). Texas studies in bilingualism. Studia Linguistica Germanica. Walter de Gruyter, 179-210.

Hasselmo, Nils (1972). SprŒkvŠxling. I Loman, Bengt (red.). SprŒk och samhŠlle. SprŒksociologiska problem. Lund: Geerups, 152-182.

Hasselmo, Nils(1974). Amerikasvenska. En bok om sprŒkutvecklingen i Svensk-Amerika [American Swedish. A book on language development in Swedish-America]. Lund: Esselte Studium.

Hasselmo, Nils(1974). Amerikasvenska. En bok om sprŒkutvecklingen i Svensk-Amerika. Lund: Esselte Studium.

Hatch, Evelyn Marcussen (ed.) (1978). Second Language Acquisition. A Book of Readings. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Haugen, Einar (1964). Bilingualism in the Americas: A Bibliography and Research Guide. 2nd printing. Drawer: University of Alabama Press. [1956].

Haugen, Einar (1964). Bilingualism in the Americas: A Bibliography and Research Guide. 2nd printing. Drawer: University of Alabama Press. [1956].

Haugen, Einar (1966). Dialect, language, nation. American Anthropologist 68, 922-935.

Haugen, Einar (1971). The ecology of language. The Linguistic Reporter, Vol. 13, Supplement 25, Winter 1971, Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics. [Reprinted as Haugen 1972]

Haugen, Einar (1972). The ecology of language. Essays by Einar Haugen. Edited by A.S. Dil. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Haugen, Einar (1987). Blessings of Babel: Bilingualism and language planning.Problems and Pleasures. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Haugen, Einar (1991). The Òmother tongueÓ, in Cooper & Spolsky (Eds) (1991)., 75-84.

Haugen, Einar (ed.; assistant editors Tove Kangas, David Margolin, Inger Mette Markey) (1974). A Bibliography of Scandinavian Languages and Linguistics 1900‑1970. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget, 527 p.

Hauk Gjengset, Gunnar (2011). De retferdiges strid. Forfatteren Matti Aikio om Kautokeino-oppr¿ret i 1852. Multiethnica 33, 27-31.

Haupenthal, Reinhard (Hrsg.) (1976). Plansprachen. BeitrŠge zur Interlinguistik. Darmstadt: Wiss.Buchgesellschaft. Collection of important articles.

Haut conseil de la francophonie (1993). Rapport sur lՎtat de la francophonie dans le monde, Paris: La documentation franaise.

Haut Conseil de la Francophonie (1995). Rapport sur lՎtat de la francophonie dans le monde 1994. Paris: Haut Conseil de la Francophonie.

Havel, V‡clav (1992). A freedom of a prisoner, in Plichtov‡, Jana (ed). Minorities in Politics - Cultural and Languages Rights, The Bratislava Symposium II/1991, Bratislava: Czechoslovak Committee of the European Cultural Foundation, 15-17.

Havemann, Paul (2001). Review of Battiste, Marie (ed.) (2000). Reclaiming Indigenous Voice and Vision. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development 22:5, 436-437.

Havemann, Paul (ed.) 1999. Indigenous PeoplesÕ Rights in Australia, Canada and New Zealand. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hawes, Hugh & Coombe, Trevor (eds) (1986). Education priorities and aid responses in Sub-Saharan Africa. London: HMSO.

Hawes, Hugh and COOMBE, Trevor, with Carol COOMBE and Kevin LILLIS (Eds) (1986). Education Priorities and Aid Responses in Sub-Saharan Africa, Report of a Conference at Cumberland Lodge, Windsor, 4-7 December (1984)., London: Overseas Development Administration & University of London Institute of Education.

Hawkesworth, Dorrit (1988). Incongruity of Sexual Norms and Behaviour in the Danish State Schools: Notes for Discussion. In J¿rgensen, Hansen, Holmen & Gimbel (eds), 221‑226.

Hawkins, Brett W. & Lorinskas, Robert A. (Eds) The Ethnic Factor in American Politics. Columbus, Ohio: Merrill Publishing Co.

Hawkins, E. (1984). Awareness of Language: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hawthorne, Harry Bertram (ed.) (1966). A Survey of the Contemporary Indians of Canada.  2 vols.. Ottawa: Department of Indian and Northern Affairs.

Hayati, A. Majid & Mashhadi, Amir (2010). Language planning and language-in-education policy in Iran. Language Problems & Language Planning 34:1, 24-42.

Hayek, Friedrich A. von (1994). The Road to Serfdom. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. [with introduction by Milton Friedman] [1944].

HCHR News. Geneva: Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights.

Heath, Shirley Brice (1972). Telling Tongues. Language Policy in Mexico. Colony to Nation. New York and London: Teachers College Press.

Heath, Shirley Brice (1981). English in our language heritage. In Ferguson, Charles & Heath, Shirley Brice (eds). Language in the USA. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 6-20.

Heath, Shirley Brice (1986). Sociocultural Contexts of Language Development. In CDE (1986), 143-186.

Hedman, Henry (2015). FrŒn Zigenarmissionen till Romano Missio. I Pulma, Panu (red.). De finska romernas historia frŒn svenska tiden till 2000-talet. Helsingfors: Svenska LitteratursŠllskapet i Finland, & Stockholm: Bokfšrlaget Atlantis, 267-275.

Hegelund, Lone (2002). A comparative language policy analysis of minority mother tongue education in Denmark and Sweden. Copenhagen: Copenhagen Studies in Bilingualism 3.

Heimbecker, Connie (1997). Bilingual Education for Indigenous Groups in Canada. In Cummins & Corson (eds), 56-66.

HeinŠmŠki, Liisa (2004). Erityisesti pŠivŠhoidossa. Kunnallisten toimijoiden ja pŠŠttŠjien nŠkemykset erityispŠivŠhoidon funktiosta palvelujŠjestelmŠssŠ. [Especially in day-care. Municipal agentsÕ and decision makersÕ views on the functions of special day-care in the system of services]. Stakes Tutkimuksia 136. Helsinki: Stakes [Sosiaali- ja terveysalan tutkimus- ja kehittŠmiskeskus].

HeinŠmŠki, Orvokki & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1979). When this very prestigious researcher met Mrs Average Housewife, or: where have all the women gone ... Journal of Pragmatics 3, 507-519.

HeinŠmŠki, Orvokki & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1979). When this very prestigious researcher met Mrs Average Housewife, or: where have all the women gone ... Nordic Linguistic Bulletin 3:3 (reprint of HeinŠmŠki, Orvokki & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (1979). When this very prestigious researcher met Mrs Average Housewife, or: where have all the women gone ... Journal of Pragmatics 3, 507‑519).

Heine, Bernd (1990). Language policy in Africa, in Weinstein (Ed.), 167‑184.

Heine, Bernd (1992). Language Policies in Africa. In Berbert, R. (ed.). Language and Society in Africa. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.

Helander, Elina (1984). Om tresprŒkighet - en undersškning av sprŒkvalet hos samerna i …vre Soppero (Trilingualism. A Study of Language Choice among Saamis in …vre Soppero). UmeŒ: Acta Universitatis Umensis. UmeŒ Studies in the Humanities 67.

Helander, Elina (2996). Sustainability in the Sami area: The X-file factor. In Helander, Elina (ed.) (1996). Awakened Voice. The Return of Sami Knowledge. Guodvageaidnu: Nordic Sami Institute, 1-6.

Helander, Elina (ed.) (1996). Awakened Voice. The Return of Sami Knowledge. Guodvageaidnu: Nordic Sami Institute.

Helle, Tuija (1994). Directions in bilingual education: Finnish comprehensive schools in perspective. International Journal of Applied Linguistics 4:2, 197-219.

Heller, Agnes 1992. Europe: An Epilogue? In Nelson et al (eds), 12-25.

Heller, Monica (1994). Crosswords. Language Education and Ethnicity in French Ontario. Contributions to the Sociology of Language, 66. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Heller, Monica (1995). Bilingualism and multilingualism. In Verschueren, Jef, …stman, Jan-Ola & Blommaert, Jan (eds). Handbook of Pragmatics. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1-15.

Heller, Monica (1997). Normand Labrie: La Construction linguistique de la CommunautŽ EuropŽenne. Multilingua 16:2&3, 270-272.

Heller, Monica (2002). Globalization and the commodification of bilingualism in Canada. In Block, David & Cameron, Deborah (eds). Globalization and Language Teaching. London & New York: Routledge, 47-63.

Heller, Monica (2007). Bilingualism as ideology and practice. In Heller, Monica (ed.). Bilingualism: A social approach. Houndmills & New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 1-22.

Heller, Monica (ed.) (2007). Bilingualism: A social approach. Houndmills & New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Hellinger, Marlis (1989). Revising the patriarchal paradigm - language change and feminist language politics. In Wodak, Ruth (ed.). Language, Power and Ideology. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 274‑288.

Hellinger, Marlis & Ammon, Ulric (Eds) (1996). Contrastive Sociolinguistics, Part III, Language planning and language politics. Mouton de Gruyter. xxx check

Hellinger, Marlis & Pauwels, Anne (2007). Language and sexism. In Handbooks of Applied Linguistics, Volume 9. Handbooks of Language and Communication: Diversity and Change, eds Marlis Hellinger & Anne Pauwels, Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 651-684.

Helm, Toby (2012). Living standards report shows bleak future of a divided Britain. Study says rich will get richer and the poor poorer after 10 billion pound welfare cuts. The Guardian Weekly 28.09.2012, p. 15.

Helmreich, W. B. (1984). The Things They Say Behind Your Back: Stereotypes and the Myths Behind Them. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

HŽlot, Christine  (2012). Linguistic diversity and education. In Martin-Jones, Marilyn, Blackledge, Adrian and Creese, Angela (eds). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. London & New York: Routledge, 214-231.

HŽlot, Christine & de Mej’a, Anne-Marie (eds) (2008). Forging Multilingual Spaces: Integrated Perspectives on Majority and Minority  Bilingual Education. Language Policy. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

HŽlot, Christine & Young, Andrea (2006). Imagining multilingual education in France: A Language and cultural awareness project at primary level. In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres-Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools. Languages in Education and Glocalization. Clevedon, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 69-90.

Helsinki Watch (1990). Destroying ethnic identity. The Kurds of Turkey. An update, September (1990). New York/Washington, D.C.: Helsinki Watch.

Helsloot, Niels (2010). Marxist linguistics. In Jaspers, JŸrgen, …stman, Jan-Ola & Verschueren, Jef (eds). Society and Language Use. Volume 7, Handbook of Pragmatics Highlights. Amsterdam/ Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 233-240.

Hemara, Wharehuia (2000). Maori Pedagogies: A View from the Literature. Wellington: New Zealand Council for Educational Research.

Henderson,  Brent, Rohloff, Peter & Henderson, Robert (2014). More than Words: Towards a Development-Based Approach to Language Revitalization. Language Documentation & Conservation 8: 75-91.

Henderson, James L. (1969). Hammarskjšld. Servant of a world unborn. London: Methuen Education Limited.

Hennessy, Patrick (2006). Blair Entrusts Policy to Peace, Love and Harmony. The Sunday Telegraph, 30 October 2006 http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2006/10/29/nmemo129.xml.

Henrard, Kristin (2000). Devising an Adequate System of Minority Protection: Individual Human Rights, Minority Rights and the Right to Self-Determination. The Hague, Boston, London: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.

Henrard, Kristin (2001). Language and the Administration of Justice: The International Framework. In Deprez, Kas, di Plessis, Theo & Teck, Lut (eds.). Multilingualism, the Judiciary and Security Services. Pretoria: Van Schaik, 15-29. ISBN: 0627025080.

Henrard, Kristin (2010). ÔThe EU, Double Standards and Minority ProtectionÕ: A Double Redefinition and Future Prospects. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). Double standards pertaining to minority protection. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 1. Leiden & Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 21-70.

Henrard, Kristin (2013). A critical appraisal of the margin of appreciation left to states pertaining to Òchurch-state relationsÓ under the jurisprudence of the European court of human rights. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). The interrelation between the right to identity of minorities and their socio-economic participation. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 2. Leiden and Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 229-260.

Henrard, Kristin (2013). Minorities, identity, socio-economic participation and integration: about interrelations and synergies. In Henrard, Kristin (ed.). The interrelation between the right to identity of minorities and their socio-economic participation. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 2. Leiden and Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 21-72.

Henrard, Kristin (2015). The UN Declaration on MinoritiesÕ Vision on ÔIntegrationÕ. In Caruso, Ugo & Hofmann, Rainer (eds). The United Nations Declaration on Minorities. An Academic Account on the Occasion of its 20th Anniversary (1992-2012). Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, volume 9. Leiden/Boston: Brill Nijhoff, 156-191.

Henrard, Kristin (ed.) (2010). Double standards pertaining to minority protection. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 1. Leiden & Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.

Henrard, Kristin (ed.) (2013). The interrelation between the right to identity of minorities and their socio-economic participation. Studies in International Minority and Group Rights, Volume 2. Leiden and Boston: Brill/ Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.

Henriksen, Carol (1992). ÒThe Danish language in the European CommunityÓ, Scandinavian Studies 62/4: 685-698.

Henriksen, Inger (1985). Indvandrernes levevilkŒr i Danmark, K¿benhavn: Socialforskningsinstituttet, Publikation 142.

Henriksen, Stein (2007). Hvorfor et samisk gymnas? [Why a Saami upper secondary school?]. In Lund, Svein, Boine, Elfrid & Johansen, Siri Broch (eds) (2007). S‡mi skuvlahistorj‡ 2 / Samisk skolehistorie 2 [Saami school history]. Karasjok: Davvi Girji, 194-201. davvi@davvi.no, in English at http://www.davvi.no/site/index.php?l=eng&s=01 or direct at http://skuvla.info where the book can be read in Norwegian and Saami

Herbert, Robert K. (1995). Language policy, language planning and standardization. In Verschueren, Jef, …stman, Jan-Ola & Blommaert, Jan (eds). Handbook of Pragmatics. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1-15.

Herberts, Kjell & Turi, Joseph G. (eds) (1999). Multilingual Cities and Language Policies ( Villes plurilingues et politiques linguistique. Vasa: bo Akademi.

Herman, Edward & McChesney, Robert W. (1997). The Global Media: The New Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism. London: Cassell.

Herman, Edward S. (2004). Foreword. In Chomsky, Noam. Letters from Lexington: Reflections on Propaganda. New updated edition. Boulder & London: Paradigm Publishers, vii-ix.

Herman, Edward S. & Chomsky, Noam (1988). Manufacturing Consent: the Political Economy of the Mass Media. New York: Pantheon.

Hermans, Stefaan (1997). Promoting foreign language competence in the European Community: The LINGUA programme. World Englishes 16:1, 45-55.

Hermes, Mary (2005). ÒMaÕiingan Is Just a Misspelling of the Word WolfÓ: A Case for Teaching Culture through Language. Anthropology and Education Quarterly 36(1), 43-56.

Hermes, Mary, Cash Cash, Phil, Donaghy, Keola, Erb, Joseph, and Penfield, Susan (2016). New Domains for Indigenous Language Acquisition and Use in in the USA and Canada. In Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. and McCarty, Teresa L. (eds). The Handbook of Indigenous Language Revitalization in the Americas. New York: Routledge, 269-291.

Hern‡ndez-Ch‡vez, Eduardo (1978). Language maintenance, bilingual education, and philosophies of bilingualism in the United States, in Alatis (Ed), 527-50.

Hern‡ndez-Ch‡vez, Eduardo (1979). Meaningful bilingual bicultural education: A fairytale, in Ortiz (Ed), 48-57.

Hern‡ndez‑Ch‡ves, Eduardo (1984). The Inadequacy of English Immersion Education as an Educational Approach for Language Minority Students in the United States. In CDE (1984)., 144-183.

Hern‡ndez‑Ch‡vez, Eduardo (1988). Language policy and language rights in the United States: Issues in bilingualism. In Skutnabb‑Kangas & Cummins (eds), 45‑56.

Hern‡ndez-Ch‡vez, Eduardo (1990). The role of suppressive language policies in language shift and language loss, Estudios Fronterizos, Revista del Instituto de Investigaciones Sociales, VII:VIII, 18-19, 123-135.

Hern‡ndez-Ch‡vez, Eduardo (1994). Language policy in the United States: a history of cultural genocide. In Skutnabb-Kangas & Phillipson (eds), 141-158.

Hernes, Gudmund & Knudsen, Knud (1990). Svart pŒ hvitt. Norske reaksjoner pŒ flyktninger, asyls¿kere og innvandrere (Black on white. Norwegian reactions on refugees, asylum seekers and immigrants). FAFO-rapport nr. 109. Oslo/Stavanger: Fagbevegelsens senter for forskning, utredning of dokumentasjon.

Hernes, Gudmund & Knudsen, Knud (1994). Klimaskifte? Norske reaksjoner pŒ flyktninger, asyls¿kere og innvandrere 1988-1993 (Change of climate? Norwegian reactions on refugees, asylum seekers and immigrants). Tidskrift for samfunnsforskning 35:3, 319-342.

Herriman, Michael & Burnaby, Barbara (eds) (1996). Language policies in English-dominant countries: six case studies. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Heryanto, Ariel (2007). Then There were Languages: Bahasa Indonesia was One Among Many. In Makoni, Sinfree & Pennycook, Alastair (eds). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 42-61.

Hetmar, Tytte (1991). Tosprogede elever. En undervisning i udvikling, K¿benhavn: Folkeskolens UdviklingsrŒd og Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole.

Hettne, Bjšrn (1987). Etniska konflikter och internationella relationer, Rapport 6 frŒn DEIFO. Stockholm: DEIFO (Delegationen fšr invandrarforskning).

Hettne, Bjšrn (1990). Development Theory and the Three Worlds. Harlow: Longman.

Heugh, Kathleen (1995). Disabling and Enabling: Implications for language policy trends in South Africa. In Mesthrie, Rajend (ed.). Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics. Cape Town: David Philip, 329-350.

Heugh, Kathleen (1995). From unequal education to the real thing. In Heugh, Kathleen, SiegrŸhn, Amanda & PlŸddemann, Peter (eds). Multilingual Education for South Africa. Johannesburg: Heinemann, 42-51.

Heugh, Kathleen (1995). The multilingual school: modified dual medium. In Heugh, Kathleen, SiegrŸhn, Amanda & PlŸddemann, Peter (eds). Multilingual Education for South Africa. Johannesburg: Heinemann, 79-82.

Heugh, Kathleen (2000). Giving good weight to multilingualism in South Africa. In Phillipson, Robert (ed.) (2000). Rights to language. Equity, power and education. Celebrating the 60th Birthday of Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. Mahwah, NJ & London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 234-238.

Heugh, Kathleen (2000). The Case against Bilingual and Multilingual Education in South Africa. PRAESA Occasional Papers No.6. Cape Town: University of Cape Town.

Heugh, Kathleen (2002). ÔThe case against bilingual and multilingual education in South Africa: Laying bare the mythsÕ. Perspectives in Education. Vol. 20. No.1, 171-196.

Heugh, Kathleen (2003). Language Policy and Democracy in South Africa. Ph.D. dissertation, Centre for Research on Bilingualism, Stockholm University. Stockholm: Elanders Gotab.

Heugh, Kathleen (2006). ÔIntroduction II—Theory and practice—Language education models in Africa: Research, design, decision-making, outcomes and costsÕ. In Alidou, Hassana, Aliou Boly, Birgit Brock-Utne, Yaya Satina Diallo, Kathleen  Heugh and H. Ekkehard Wolff, Optimizing Learning and Education in Africa – the Language Factor. A Stock-taking Research on Mother Tongue and Bilingual Education in Sub-Saharan Africa. Association for the Development of Education in Africa (ADEA), 31-62. http://www.adeanet.org/biennial-2006/doc/document/B3_1_MTBLE_en.pdf. (accessed 4 August 2008).

Heugh, Kathleen (2006). ÔTheory and Practice – Language Education Models in Africa: research, design, decision-making, and outcomesÕ. In Alidou, Hassana, Aliou Boly, Birgit Brock-Utne, Yaya Satina Diallo, Kathleen Heugh, and H. Ekkehard Wolff. Optimizing Learning and Education in Africa – the Language Factor. A Stock-taking Research on Mother Tongue and Bilingual Education in Sub-Saharan Africa. Paris: Association for the Development of Education in Africa (ADEA).

Heugh, Kathleen (2007). ÔLanguage and Literacy Issues in South AfricaÕ. In Rassool, Naz. Global Issues in Language, Education and Development. Perspectives from Postcolonial Countries. Series Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights.  Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 187-217.

Heugh, Kathleen (2007). Implications of the stocktaking study of mother-tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa: who calls which shots? In Cuvelier, Pol, du Plessis, Theodorus, Meeuwis, Michael & Teck, Lut (eds) (2007). Multilingualism and Exclusion. Policy, Practice and Prospects. Studies in Language Policy in South Africa. Pretoria: Van SchaikPublishers, 40-61.

Heugh, Kathleen (2008). Language Policy and Education in South Africa. In Volume 1. Language Policy and Political Issues in Education, eds. Stephen May and Nancy H. Hornberger. Encyclopedia of Language and Education, 2nd edition. New York: Springer, 355-368.

Heugh, Kathleen (2008). Power Point presentation in Delhi, India, in January 2008, leading to Heugh, Kathleen (2009). Literacy and bi/multilingual education in Africa: recovering collective memory and knowledge. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit K. & Panda, Minati (Eds.), Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 103-124.

Heugh, Kathleen (2009). ÔLiteracy and bi/multilingual education in Africa: recovering collective memory and knowledge.Õ In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds), Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 95-113.

Heugh, Kathleen (2009). ÔLiteracy and bi/multilingual education in Africa: recovering collective memory and knowledge.Õ In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit K. & Panda, Minati (Eds.), Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 103-124.

Heugh, Kathleen (2014). Turbulence and dilemma: implications of diversity and multilingualism in Australian education. International Journal of Multilingualism 11:3, August 2014, 347-363.

Heugh, Kathleen (2016). Metaphors, Diversity and Sustainable Education: Conversations of Multilingual Practices between India, Africa and Australia. In Pattanayak, Supriya, Pattanayak, Chandrabhanu, and Bayer, Jennifer (eds). Multilingualism and Multiculturalism: Perceptions Practices and Policy. Celebrating the 80th birthday of D. P. Pattanayak. Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 36-60.

Heugh, Kathleen & Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds) (2010). Multilingual Education Works. From the Periphery to the Centre. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan.

Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove  (2010). Multilingual education works when ÔperipheriesÕ take the centre stage. In Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Multilingual Education Works. From the Periphery to the Centre. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan, 316-342.

Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove  (2011). ÔPeripheriesÕ Take Centre Stage: Reinterpreted Multilingual Education Works. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove and Heugh, Kathleen (eds). Multilingual Education and Sustainable Diversity Work. From Periphery to Center. New York: Routledge, 263-283.

Heugh, Kathleen, Benson, Carol, Gebre Yohannes, Mekonnen Alemu and Bogale, Berhanu (2011). Multilingual education in Ethiopia: what assessment shows about what works and what doesnÕt. In Heugh, Kathleen and Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (eds). Multilingual Education Works. From the Periphery to the Centre. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan 287-315.

Heugh, Kathleen, Benson, Carol, Gebre Yohannes, Mekonnen Alemu and Bogale, Berhanu (2011). Implications for Multilingual Education: Student Achievement in Different Models of Education in Ethiopia. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove and Heugh, Kathleen (eds). Multilingual Education and Sustainable Diversity Work. From Periphery to Center. New York: Routledge, 239-262.

Heugh, Kathleen, Carol Benson, Berhanu Bogale and Mekonnen Alemu Gebre Yohannes (2007). Final Report. Study on Medium of Instruction in Primary Schools in Ethiopia. Commissioned by the Ministry of Education, September 2006. Addis Ababa: Ministry of Education of Ethiopia.

Heugh, Kathleen, Blasius Agha-ah Chiatoh and Godfrey Sentumbwe (2016). ÕHydra LanguagesÕ and Exclusion versus Local Languages and Community Participatio in three African Countries. In Bunce, Pauline, Phillipson, Robert, Rapatahana, Vaughan and Tupas, Ruanni (eds). Why English? Confronting the Hydra. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 171-184.

Heugh, Kathleen, Curnow, Timothy Jowan, Liddicoat, Anthony J. & Scarino, Angela (guest eds) (2014). Special Issue: Educational Responses to Multilingualism. International Journal of Multilingualism 11:3, August 2014.

Heugh, Kathleen, Gerda Diedericks, Cas H. Prinsloo, Dorethea Herbst and Lolita Winnaar (2007). Assessment of the Language and Mathematics Skills of Grade 8 Learners in the Western Cape in 2006. Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council.

Heugh, Kathleen, SiegrŸhn, Amanda & PlŸddemann, Peter (eds) (1995). Multilingual Education for South Africa. Johannesburg: Heinemann.

Heywood, V.H. (ed.) (1995). Global Biodiversity Assessment. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge University Press & UNEP (United Nations Environmental Program).

Higgins, Christina (2009). English as a Local Language. Post-colonial Identities and Multilingual Practices. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Hildesheim‑New York: Olms. Classic typological survey from 1902‑6.

Hill, C. Peter (1986). Patterns of Language Use among Tanzanian Secondary School Pupils 1970: A Benchmark. In Centre of African Studies, 231‑276.

Hill, Jane H. (2002). ÒExpert RhetoricsÓ in Advocacy for Endangered Languages: Who is Listening, and What Do They Hear? Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 12, 119-133.

Hill, Jane H. & Hill, Kenneth C. (1986). Speaking Mexicano. Dynamics and syncretic language in Central Mexico, Tucson: The University of Arizona Press.

Hill, M. (1995). Invandrarbarns mšjligheter. Om kunskapsutveckling och sprŒkutveckling i fšrskola och skola (Immigrant childrenÕs prospects. On development of knowledge and language in preschool and school). Gšteborg: Gšteborgs universitet, Institutionen fšr pedagogik.

Hill, Richard and May, Stephen (2011). Exploring Biliteracy in Maori-Medium Education: An Ethnographic Perspective. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Ethnography and Language Policy. New York & London: Routledge,161-184.

Hilton, Anthony (1990). Une perestro•ka ˆ la canadienne, Le Devoir, MontrŽal, June 8.

Hindess, Barry (1992). Democracy and Big Government. In Nelson et al. (eds), 96-108.

Hint, Mati (1991). Kaksikielisyys sosiaalisena ja poliittisena ongelmana (Bilingualism as a social and political problem). In Mustakallio, Marja & Tuula Uusi‑Hallila (toim) Joka puulla juurensa (Every tree has its roots). €idinkielen Opettajain Liiton Vuosikirja XXXVIII, Helsinki: €idinkielen Opettajain Liitto, 43-55.

Hinton, Kip Austin (2016). Call It What It Is: Monolingual Education in U.S. Schools, Critical Inquiry in Language Studies, 13:1, 20-45. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15427587.2015.1124021.

Hinton, Leanne (1994). Flutes of Fire. Berkeley: Heyday.

Hinton, Leanne (2001). Language Planning. In Hinton, Leanne and Ken Hale (eds). The Green Book of Language Revitalisation in Practice. San Diego: Academic Press, 51-59. 

Hinton, Leanne (2002). Commentary: Internal and External Language Advocacy. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 12, 150-156.

Hinton, Leanne (ed.) (2013). Bringing Our Languages Home. Language Revitalization for Families. Edited and with a How-to Guide for Parents by Leanne Hinton. Berkeley, CA: Heyday Books.

Hinton, Leanne (with Matt Vera and Nancy Steel and the Advocates for Indigenous California Language Survival) (2002). How to Keep Your Language Alive. A Commonsense Approach to One-on-One Language Learning. Berkeley, CA: Heyday Books.

Hinton, Leanne and Hale, Ken (eds) (2001). The Green Book of Language Revitalization in Practice. San Diego: Academic Press.

Hinton, Leanne, Huss, Leena & Roche, Gerald (eds) (in press, publ.date 26 Feb. 2018). The Routledge Handbook of Language Revitalization. Routledge. https://www.routledge.com/The-Routledge-Handbook-of-Language-Revitalization/Hinton-Huss-Roche/p/book/9781138674493

Hinton, Leanne & Meek, Barbara A. (2016). Language Acquisition, Shift, and Revitalization Processes in the USA and Canada. In Coronel-Molina, Serafin M. and McCarty, Teresa L. (eds). The Handbook of  Indigenous Language Revitalization in the Americas. New York: Routledge, 57-75.

Hirdman, Yvonne (1989). (red) Maktens former, Stockholm: Carlssons.

Hirdman, Yvonne (1989). Att lŠgga livet till rŠtta, Stockholm: Carlsson.

Hirvonen, Vuokko (1996). Research ethics and Sami people – from the womanÕs point of view. In Helander, Elina (ed.) (1996). Awakened Voice. The Return of Sami Knowledge. Guodvageaidnu: Nordic Sami Institute, 7-12.

Hirvonen, Vuokko (1999). Saamenmaan ŠŠniŠ. Saamelaisen naisen tie kirjailijaksi. (Voices from S‡pmi. Sami women become authors). Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura.

Hirvonen, Vuokko (ed.) (2004). S‡mi Culture and the School: Reflections by S‡mi Teachers and the Realization of the S‡mi School. An Evaluation Study of Reform 97. Research Council of Norway, Saami University College. English translation by Kaija Anttonen. K‡r‡šjohka/ Karasjok, Norway: Samisk H¿gskole, Norges ForskningsrŒd, ȇlliidL‡g‡dus.

Hirvonen, Vuokko (red.) (2004). Samisk skole i plan og praksis. Hvordan m¿te utfordringene i O97S? Evaluering av Reform 97. (Saami school, plan and practice. How to meet the challenges in O97S. An evaluation of Reform 97). K‡r‡šjohka - Karasjok: ȇlliidl‡g‡dus.

Hjarn¿, Jan (1983). Indvandrerforskning i Danmark. Rapport fra udvalget vedr¿rende indvandrerforskning, K¿benhavn: Statens Samfundsvidenskabelige ForskningsrŒd.

Hjarn¿, Jan (1990). Indvandrernes situation pŒ det danske arbejdsmarked: strukturŸndringernes og stereotypiernes onde cirkel, Politica 3, (1990)., 320-331.

Hjarn¿, Jan (Ed.) (1995). Multiculturalism in the Nordic Societies. Proceedings of the 9th. Nordic Seminar for Researchers on Migration and Ethnic Relations. Final Report. TemaNord 1995: 516. Copenhagen: Nordic Council of Ministers.

Hjorth, Ejnar (1998). Hvor mange ord findes i Esperanto? (How many words are there in Esperanto?). Esperanto-nyt 1, 11.

Hlongwa, Nobuhle (2011). School of isuZulu Studies/ Isikole sezifundo sesiZulu Research Report 2008-2010/ Umbiko wocwaningo wezi 2008-2010. Durban: University of Kwazulu-Natal/ Inyuvesi Yakwazulu-Natali.

Hlongwa, Nobuhle and Wildsmith, Rosemary (eds) (2010). Multilingualism for Access, Language Development and Language Intellectualisation. Alternation. Interdisciplinary Journal for the Study of the Arts and Humanities in Southern Africa. Durban: CSSALL.

Hobsbawm, E.J. (1991). Nations and nationalism since 1780. Programme, myth, reality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hobsbawm, Eric and Terence Ranger (eds) (1983). The invention of tradition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hodges, John (1982). Fraser Reaffirms Multiculturalism, Canberra Times, October 25.

Hodgson, Godfrey (2013). Brilliant philosopher of law who put human dignity at the centre of his moral system. Ronald Dworkin obituary. The Guardian, 14 February 2013.

Hodson, J.A. (1902). Imperialism, a study, London: Allen and Unwin.

H¿eg, Peter (1990). FortŸllinger om natten. K¿benhavn: Rosinante Munksgaard.

Ho‘m, Anton (1976). Makt og kunnskap (Power and knowledge). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. [first published as a dissertation 1971].

Ho‘m, Anton (1996) - see Darnell.

Ho‘m, Anton & Tjeldvoll Arild (eds) (1980). Etnopolitik som skolepolitik: samisk fortid, norsk framtid? Utdrag av kopib¿kker etter Finnmarks f¿rste skoledirekt¿r, Bernt Thomassen, embetstid 1902-1920 (Ethnic policy as school policy: S‡mi past, Norwegian future?). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

Hoffman, Charlotte (1991). An Introduction to Bilingualism. London: Longman.

Hoffmann, Charlotte (ed.) (1996). Language, Culture and Communication in Contemporary Europe. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hoffman, Eva (1997). Lost in Translation. A Life in a New Language. London: Minerva. [1989].

Hofstede, Gert (1980). CultureÕs consequences: International differences in work-related values. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Hšglund, Bengt & ULRICH, Jšrgen Wilian (Eds) (1972). Conflict Control and Conflict Resolution. Interdisciplinary Studies from the Scandinavian Summer University, Vol. 17, Copenhagen: Munksgaard.

Hoijer, Harry (1976). History of American Indian Linguistics. In Sebeok, Thomas A. (ed.). Native Languages of the Americas. vol. 1. New York & London: Plenum Press, 3-22.

H¿j, Poul (2006). Yes, we speak English. Berlingske, 3 May 2006, p. 12. [Berlingske is a conservative daily; the article is written in Danish, only the title is in English].

Holborow, Marnie (2006). Ideology and Language: Interconnections between Neo-liberalism and English. In Edge, Julian (ed.). (Re)Locating TESOL in an Age of Empire. Palgrave/Macmillan,  84-103.

Holden, Patrck (2008). Changing the frame of the debate. In In Soil Association. Soil Not Oil. Bristol: Soil Association, 3-4. [http://www.soilassociation.org/soilnotoil]

Holliday, Adrian (2005). How is it possible to write? Journal of Language, Identity, and Education 4:4, 304-309.

Holliday, Adrian (2009). English as a Lingua Franca, ÔNon-native SpeakersÕ and Cosmopolitan Realities. In Sharifian, Farzad (ed.). English as an International Language. Perspectives and Pedagogical Issues. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 21-33.

Holm Bull, Ella (1998). Laavlomh maanide [Songs for children, in South Saami, with Norwegian and English translations]. Indre Billefjord: Idut, Iggaldas.

Holm, Agnes and Wayne Holm (1990). Rock Point, A Navajo Way To Go To School: A Valediction. Annals of the American Academy of Philosophy and Social Science.  Vol. 508, 170-184.

Holm, Agnes and Wayne Holm (1995). ÔNavajo Language Education: Retrospect and ProspectsÕ. Bilingual Research Journal. Vol. 19, No. 1, 141-167.

Holm, Erik (2001). The European Anarchy. EuropeÕs Hard Road into High Politics. Copenhagen: Copenhagen Business School Press.

Holm, Wayne (2006). ÔThe ÒGoodnessÓ of Bilingual Education for Native American ChildrenÕ. In McCarty, Teresa L., and Ofelia Zepeda (eds). One Voice, Many Voices – Recreating Indigenous Language Communities. Tempe: Arizona State University Center for Indian Education, 1-46.

Holmberg, Maj-Lis (1974). Mellan fjŠll och hav. Modern islŠnds lyrik av Steinn Steinar, J—n œr Všr, Snorri Hjartarson & Hannes PŽtursson, i svensk tolkning av Maj-Lis Holmberg. Helsingfors: Holger Schildts fšrlag.

Holmegaard, Margareta & Gunnar Tingbjšrn (red) (1986). Gymnasiekonferensen i Gšteborg (1985)., Nr 31, Gšteborg: Gšteborgs Universitet, SPRINS-gruppen.

Holmen, Anne (1990). Udviklingslinier i tilegnelsen af dansk som andetsprog, K¿benhavnerstudier i tosprogethed 12, K¿benhavn: Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole.

Holmen, Anne (1991). Tyrkiske b¿rn i K¿ge: Sprogbrug og sprogmilj¿, i Gunnarsson (red) (1991), 47-59.

Holmen, Anne (1992). Forskning i dansk som andetsprog, i Axelsson & Viberg (red) (1992).

Holmen, Anne (1993). Dansk som andetsprog - tilegnelse og undervisning. I Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Holmen, Anne & Phillipson, Robert (red.). Uddannelse af minoriteter, K¿benhavnerstudier i tosprogethed 18. K¿benhavn: Danmarks LŸrerh¿jskole, Center for multikulturelle studier: xx-xx.

HolmŽn, Janet (2012). Push and pull among Finnish reindeer herders. Research notes. Based on S‡mi reindeer herders in Finland: Pulled to community-based entrpreneurship and pushed to individualisti firms, by Leo Paul Dana and Jan ge Riseth, in the anthology Entrepreneurship, Social Capital and Governance. London: E. Elgar. Fram  Forum 2012, 22-23.

Holmestad, Einar & Lade, Arild Jostein (eds) (1969). Lingual minorities in Europe. A selection of papers from the European conference on lingual minorities in Oslo. Oslo: Det norske samlaget.

Holmstrand, Lars (1979). The effects on general school achievement of early commencement of English instruction. Uppsala: Department of Education, University of Uppsala.

Holmstrand, Lars (1980). Effekterna pŒ kunskaper, fŠrdigheter och attityder av tidigt pŒbšrjad undervisning i engelska (The effects on knowledge, skills and attitudes of early teaching of English). Pedagogisk forskning i Uppsala 18, Uppsala: Pedagogiska institutionen, Uppsala Universitet.

Holmstrand, Lars S.E. (1982). English in the Elementary School. Theoretical and Empirical Aspects of the Early Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis, Uppsala Studies in Education 18, Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell International.

Holt, Daniel (1993). Cooperative Learning: A Response to Linguistic and Cultural Diversity. Language in Education Series: ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics. McHenry, Illinois: Delta Systems Company.

Holter, Harriet (1973). Sex roles and social structure. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

Homel, Peter, Palij, Michael & Aaronson, Doris (eds) (1987). Childhood bilingualism: Aspects of linguistic, cognitive and social development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers.

Honey, J. (1989). Does Accent Matter? London: Faber.

Hongchen, Xu (2009). Ethnic Minorities, Bilingual Education and Glocalization. In Lo Bianco, Joseph, Orton, Jane and Yihong, Gao (eds). China and English. Globalisation and the Dilemmas of Identity. Bristol, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 181-191.

Honkala, Tuula, Leporanta-Morley, Pirkko, Liukka,  Lilja & Rougle, Eija (1988). Finnish children in Sweden strike for better education. In Skutnabb-Kangas & Cummins (eds) 239-250.

Honkasalo, Marja-Liisa, Kangas, Ilka & SeppŠlŠ, Ulla-Maija (eds) (2003). Sairas, potilas, omainen. NŠkškulmia sairauden kokemiseen (Ill, patient, relative. Perspectives on experiencing illness). Helsinki: Suomalaisen kirjallisuuden seura.

Honna, Nobuyuki (1975). Cultural Pluralism in Japan: A sociolinguistic outline. In Proceedings of the Eighth Annual International Bilingual Bicultural Education Conference. Tex.: International Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education, 44-55 (quoted in Maher & Yashiro 1995: 5).

Honna, Nobuyuki (1995). English in Japanese Society: Language within Language. In Maher & Yashiro (eds), 45-62.

Hopgood, Stephen (2013). The Endtimes of human rights. Ithaca and London: Cornell University Press.

Hoping Against Hope. The Struggle Against Colonialism in Canada.  Featuring Jeanette Armstrong, Andrea Bear Nicholas, Roland Chrisjohn, Ward Churchill, Arnie Jack, Patricial Monture-Angus, Michael Parenti, and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas. www.praxismedia.ca & www.nspirg.org (Nova Scotia Public Interest Research Group). 2007.

Hopson, Rodney (2011). Reconstructing Ethnography and Language Policy in Colonial Namibian Schooling. Historical Perspectives on St MaryÕs High School at Odibo. In McCarty, Teresa (ed.). Ethnography and Language Policy. New York & London: Routledge, 98-118.

Hšrdegen S. (2001). The Fribourg Linguistic Case – Controversy about the language of instruction in schools in the light of freedom of language and equal educational opportunities in Switzerland. European Journal for Education Law and Policy, Volume 5:1-2, 73-82.

Horii, Sachiko Yokoi (2011). Book review of Kanno, Yasuko (2011). Language and education in Japan: Unequal access to Bilingualism. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.  Language Policy 10:1, 69-71.

Horn, Frank (1993). Recent attempts to elaborate standards on minority right. In xx (eds). Festschrift fšr Jerzy Sztucki. Stockholm: Norstedts.

Hornbeck, David (1987). Interview with Dr. Hornbeck. In Costo & Costo (eds), 195-201.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1988). Bilingual education and language maintenance. A southern Peruvian Quechua case. Dordrecht: Foris Publication.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1989). Can PeruÕs rural schools be agents for Quechua language maintenance? Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 10: 2, 145‑160.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1991). Extending enrichment bilingual education: Revisiting typologies and redirecting policy. In Garc’a,  Ofelia (ed.). Bilingual education: Festschrift in honor of Joshua A.Fishman on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Volume I. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 215-234.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1991). Extending enrichment bilingual education: Revisiting typologies and redirecting policy. In Garc’a (ed.), 215-234.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1994). Literacy and language planning. Language and education 8: 75-86.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1995). Five vowels or three? Linguistics and politics in Quechua language planning in Peru. In Tollefson (ed.), 187-205.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1997). Literacy, language maintenance, and linguistic human rights: Three telling cases. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 127, 87-103.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (1998). Language policy, language education, language rights. Indigenous, immigrant, and international perspectives. Language in Society 27, 439-458.

Hornberger, Nancy (2003). ÔContinua of biliteracyÕ. In Hornberger, Nancy (ed.), Continua of Biliteracy. An Ecological Framework for Educational Policy, Research, and Practice in Multilingual Settings. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 3-34.

Hornberger, Nancy (2005). Nichols to NCLB: Local and global perspectives on U.S. language education policy. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics 20:2, 1-18.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (2006). Nichols to NCLB:   Local and global perspectives on U.S. language education policy. In Garc’a, Ofelia, Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove & Torres-Guzm‡n, Mar’a (eds). Imagining Multilingual Schools. Languages in Education and Glocalization. Bristol, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 223-237.

Hornberger, Nancy (2006). Frameworks and Models in Language Policy and Planning. In Ricento, Thomas (ed.). An Introduction to Language Policy. Theory and Method. Oxford: Blackwells, 24-41.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (2013). On not taking language inequality for granted: Hymesian traces in ethnographic monitoring of South AfricaÕs multilingual language policy.  In Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, vol. 28:1, 1-22.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (ed.) (1996). Indigenous literacies in the Americas: Language planning from the bottom up. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (ed.) (2003). Continua of Biliteracy. An Ecological Framework for Educational Policy, Research, and Practice in Multilingual Settings. Clevedon, Buffalo, Toronto, Sydney: Multilingual Matters.

Hornberger, Nancy H. (ed.) (2011). Can Schools Save Indigenous Languages? New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Hornberger, Nancy H. & King, Kendall (1999). Authenticity and unification in Quichua language planning. In May, Stephen (ed.). Indigenous Community-Based Education. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters, 160-180.

Hornberger, Nancy H. & McKay, Sandra Lee (eds). (2010). Sociolinguistics and Language Education. Bristol, Buffalo & Toronto: Multilingual Matters,

Hornberger, Nancy H. & PŸtz, Martin (eds) (2006). Language Loyalty, Language Planning and Language Revitalization. Recent Writings and Reflections from Joshua A. Fishman. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Hornberger, Nancy H., DeKorne, Haley, & Weinberg, Miranda (2015). Ways of Talking (and Acting) About Language Reclamation: An Ethnographic Perspective on Learning Lenape in Pennsylvania. Working Papers In Educational Linguistics 30(1), 1-20.

Hornby, Peter A. (ed.) (1977). Bilingualism. Psychological, social and educational implications. New York: Academic Press.

Hornsby, Michael (2015). Revitalizing Minority Languages. New Speakers of Breton, Yiddish and Lemko. London & New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Hornsby, Michael (2015). Revitalizing Minority Languages. New Speakers of Breton, Yiddish and Lemko. London & New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Horst, Christian (1980). Arbejdskraft: Vare eller menneske? Migration og vesteuropŸisk kapitalisme, K¿benhavn: Akademisk Forlag.

Horst, Christian (1988). Integration og assimilation, i Horst, Christian (red) Den flerkulturelle udfordring. Socialisation og b¿rn fra etniske mindretal, K¿benhavn: Akademisk Forlag, Kultursociologiske skrifter nr. 24, 11‑29.

Horst, Christian (1990). Kan tal diskriminere? Kommentar til en indvandrerrapport fra Ish¿j kommune, Esbjerg: Sydjysk Universitetsforlag.

Horst, Christian (red) (1988). Den flerkulturelle udfordring. Socialisering og b¿rn fra etniske mindretal, Kultursociologiske skrifter 24, Akademisk forlag.

Horton, Myles and Freire, Paulo 1990. We Make the Road by Walking. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Horvath, Barbara (1986). An Investigation of Class Placement in New South Wales Schools,  Sydney: Ethic Affairs Commission. Short version available as VARBRUL Analysis in Applied Linguistics: a Case Study, Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 10: 2, (1987)., 59‑67.

Horvath, Ronald and TAIT, David (1984). Sydney - a social atlas. Canberra: Division of National Mapping and Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Hossain, Tania & Tollefson, James W. (2007). Language Policy in Education in Bangladesh. In Tsui, Amy B. M. & Tollefson, James W. (eds). Language Policy, Culture, and Identity in Asian Contexts. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers, 259-270.

Hough, David A. (2003). ÔMicronesia and Japan: Building Communities of Intercultural PraxisÕ. In Proceedings: UNESCO Conference on Intercultural Education. CD ISBN 951-39-1531-X.

Hough, David A. (2005). ÔLinguistic Documentation or Critical Pedagogy in Indigenous Language Teacher EducationÕ. Unpublished conference paper, Language Teacher Education 2005, Minneapolis, USA.

Hough, David (2017). Ethical and Moral Issues for Doing Fieldwork with Indigenous Peoples. Sociology and Anthropology 5(8): 651-654, 2017 http://www.hrpub.org DOI: 10.13189/sa.2017.050809.

Hough, David (2017). Bilingual Education in the Marshall Islands. The Marshall Islands Journal 48(33): 18-19, 2017.

Hough, David, Ram Bahadur Thapa Magar and Amrit Yonjan-Tamang (2009). ÔPrivileging Indigenous Knowledges: Empowering MLE in Nepal.Õ In Mohanty, Ajit, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson and Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (eds). Multilingual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local. New Delhi: Orient Longman, 146-161.

Hough, David, Ram Bahadur Thapa Magar and Amrit Yonjan-Tamang (2009). ÔPrivileging Indigenous Knowledges: Empowering MLE in Nepal.Õ In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit & Panda, Minati (eds). Social Justice through Multilingual Education. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 159-176.

 

Hountondji, Paulin J. (2002). Knowledge Appropriation in a Post-Colonial Context. In Odora Hoppers, Catherine A. (ed.). Indigenous Knowledge and the Integration of Knowledge Systems. Towards a Philosophy of Articulation. Claremont: New Africa Books, 23-38.

Housen, Alex (1993). The Expression of Temporality in the English Interlanguage of French, Dutch and German Child Learners of English, Paper presented at AILA Ô93, Amsterdam.f

Housen, Alex & Baetens Beardsmore, Hugo (1987). Curricular and Extra‑Curricular Factors in Multilingual Education. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 9, 83‑102.

Houston, Christopher (2001). Islam, Kurds and the Turkish Nation State. Oxford and New York: Berg.

Hovens, Mart 2002. ÔBilingual education in West Africa: Does it work?Õ International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 5:5, 249-266.

Hroch, Miroslav (1985). Social Preconditions of National Revival in Europe. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. http://www.tooyoo.l.u-toyko.ac.jp/publications/pdf/ichells6/ichells6.pdf

Hudson, Michael (2014). The New Cold WarÕs Ukraine Gambit. In Lendman, Stephen (ed.). Flashpoint in Ukraine. How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks World War III. Atlanta, GA: Clarity Press, 26-45.

Huebner, Thom, Davis, Kathryn A., & Lo Bianco, Joseph (eds). (2000). Sociopolitical perspectives on language policy and planning in the USA. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Hughes, Arthur 2003. Testing for Language Learners, 2nd edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Huguet, Angel, Vila, Ignasi & Llurda, Enric (2000). Minority Language Education in Unbalanced Bilingual Situations: A case for the Linguistic Interdependence Hypothesis. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 29: 3, 313-333.

Huhta, Marjatta (2002). Tools for planning language training / Outils pour la planification de la formation linguistique. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

Hujanen, Taisto (1986). Kultamaa ja kotimaa (Golden country and home country), Acta Universitatis Tamperensis, ser A vol 205, Tampere: Tampereen yliopisto.

Hujanen, Taisto (Ed) (1988). Joint study on the role of information in the realization of the human rights of migrant workers, Tampere: University of Tampere, Dept. of Journalism and Mass Communication, Series B.

HŸllen, Werner (2003). Global English - Desired and Dreaded. In Ahrens, RŸdiger (ed.). EuropŠische Sprachenpolitik/ European Language Policy. Heidelberg: UniversitŠtsverlag WINTER, 113-122.

Hulstijn, Jan H. (1991). How is reading in a second language related to reading in a first language? Guest-editorÕs preface, in Hulstijn & Matter (Eds) (1991)., 5-14.

Hulstijn, Jan H. & Matter, Johan F. (eds) (1991). Reading in two languages. AILA Review 8. Amsterdam: Free University Press.

Hult, Francis M. & Johnson, David Cassels (eds). Research Methods in Language Policy and Plannng. A Practical Guide. Malden, MA: Wiley Blackwell.

Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission (1997). Bringing Them Home: National Inquiry into the Separation of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Children from Their Families. Sydney.

Human Rights in Kurdistan (1989). Documentation of the international conference on human rights in Kurdistan, 14‑16 April, Hochschule Bremen. Bremen: The Initiative for Human Rights in Kurdistan.

Human Rights in Kurdistan (1990). Silence is killing them, Bremen: The Initiative for Human Rights in Kurdistan.

Human Rights in Kurdistan. Documentation of the international conference on human rights in Kurdistan, 14-16 April 1989. Initiative for Human Rights in Kurdistan. Bremen: Hochschule Bremen.

Human Rights Watch (1993). Genocide in Iraq. The Anfal Campaign Against the Kurds, A Middle East Watch Report, New York, Washington, Los Angeles & London.

Humblet, Jean E (1984).